Tecknit Catalog PDF

TECKNIT EM!
SHIELDING PRODUCTS
After World War II, the increased use of high fre-
quencies in communications and electronic
equipment created the crippling problem of
Electromagnetic Interference (EMI). Tecknit was
one of the pioneering leaders in the search for
EMI shielding methods.
Wire knitting
Founded in 1958, Tecknit at first specialized in
the manufacture of wire based shielding products
designed for military use. Since then, Tecknit has
matched continuing advances in electronic tech-
nology by expanding its line of shielding products
to include metal impregnated silicone elastomers,
air vent panels, shielding windows, beryllium cop-
per finger stock, coatings and a host of hybrid
shielding products. Computer controlled milling
Today, Tecknit supplies shielding solutions to an

ever widening range of technology companies,
including telecommunications, aerospace, data
communications, medical diagnostic equipment,
test instrumentation, automotive, military, and
information technology.
MANUFACTURING / ENGINEERING
Precision metal stamping
Tecknit EMI Shielding Products maintains a staff
of experienced engineers—expert in every phase
of shielding technology. The Tecknit Global
Manufacturing Facilities have an ever widening
range of precision disciplines including: injection
molding, precision computer controlled milling,
silicone extrusion and stamping, wire spinning,
precision wire forming and clean room assembly.
In addition, Tecknit maintains EMI shielding test
Form-In-Place production in England
laboratories in order to help insure quality stan-
dards and a reliable flow of world class products.
RECOGNIZED FOR QUALITY
Tecknit EMI Shielding Products has been award-
ed ISO 9001:2000 certification and distributes
products into every important technology center
around the world, where Tecknit shielding prod-
ucts enjoy a reputation for technical excellence
and high reliability. Heat Treating
QUALITY POLICY
Tecknit strives to expand its market share and to
maintain its presence as a world class manufac-
turer through it s ongoing commitment to continu-
ous quality improvement and customer satisfac-
tion. Tecknit is dedicated to exceeding customer
expectations and needs by delivering high quality
products and maintaining an exceptional on time
delivery performance.
Mexico: 528-18-369-8610 • China: 86-10-67884650 • www.tecknit.com

Contents Page
Number
Product
Code
U.S. Customary INTRODUCTION ..............................................................................................................1 - 4

[SI Metric]
EMI Shielding Design Guide
SECTION 1 ..................................................................................................................5 - 22
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY OVERVIEW ..................................................................5
ELECTROMAGNETIC SHIELDING OVERVIEW....................................................................6 - 7
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY DESIGN ..............................................................8 - 14
PCB Design ..................................................................................................................8 - 9
Internal Cable Design ..........................................................................................................9
Enclosure Shielding Design..........................................................................................9 - 12
Filters ........................................................................................................................12 - 13
Bonding and Grounding ..........................................................................................13 - 14
SECTION 2
SPECIAL APPLICATIONS ..............................................................................................15 - 22
Military Equipment EMC Design ........................................................................................15
Modeling and Analysis ..............................................................................................15 - 16
Special Design Considerations ....................................................................................17 -22
Architectural Shielding Design ..........................................................................................22
A - Wire Mesh
TECKNIT STRIPS (Knitted Wire Mesh Material) ............................................................A1 - A2 20
CUSTOM STRIPS (Wire Mesh Knitted over Elastomer Core) ..........................................A3 - A4 21
EMC SHIELDING TAPE (Thin Strip of Knitted Wire Mesh) ............................................A5 - A6 23
TECKMESH TAPE (Shield and Seal Wire Mesh) ............................................................A7 - A8 23
SEAMLESS KNITTED WIRE (Die-Compressed Mesh Gaskets) ....................................A9 - A10 30
CUSTOM KNITTED WIRE (Custom Mesh Gaskets)....................................................A11 - A12 31
DUOSTRIPSTM AND DUOGASKETS™ (Knitted Wire Mesh with Elastomer Seal) ......A13 - A16 43
TECKSTRIP® (Knitted Wire Mesh with Extruded Aluminum Strips or Frames) ............A17 - A18 51
DUOSIL® (Extruded Strip of Wire Mesh and Silicone) ................................................A19 - A20 80
B - Metal Fibers And Screens

DUOLASTIC™(Woven Wire Impregnated with Elastomer) ............................................B1 - B2 42
TECKFELT™ (Thin Gasket Sheets of Sintered Metal Fiber) ..........................................B3 - B4 45
TECKSPAN™ (Expanded Metal with Optional Elastomer Filler) ....................................B5 - B6 48
C - Oriented Wire
ELASTOMET® (Oriented Array of Wires in Silicone Rubber) ..........................................C1 - C5 82
ELASTOFOAM (Oriented Array of Wires in Silicone Sponge) ........................................C6 - C8 88
D - Conductive Elastomers
ELASTOMER SHIELDING DESIGN GUIDE ..................................................................D1 -D11
CONSIL SILICONE ELASTOMER PRODUCT CHART ..................................................D13 -D14
CONDUCTIVE ELASTOMER TOLERANCES (Sheets, Rule Die Cut and Molded Gaskets) ....D15 68
CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVE TRANSFER TAPE ......................................................................D16 03
VULCON™ (Molded-In Place Conductive Elastomers) ..............................................D17 - D20 67
TECKFIP® GASKETING ( Formed-In Place Conductive Elastomers) ..........................D21 - D24
2
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
Page Product
Number Code
CONSIL® - E (Extruded Silver-Filled Silicone Elastomer) ............................................D25 - D26 81

CONSIL® - II (Conductive Silver/Silicone Elastomers) ................................................D27 - D28 84
CONSIL® - R (Pure Silver-Filled Silicone Elastomer) ..................................................D29 - D30 85
SC-CONSIL® (Carbon-Filled Silicone Elastomer) ........................................................D31 - D32 86
CONSIL® - C (Silver-Copper Filled Silicone Elastomer) ..............................................D33 - D34 87
CONSIL® - N (Silver-Nickel Filled Silicone Elastomer) ................................................D35 - D36 83
CONSIL® - A (Silver-Aluminum Filled Silicone Elastomer) ..........................................D37 - D38 89
CONSIL® - V (Extruded Silver-Filled Silicone Elastomer) ............................................D39 - D40 75
NC-CONSIL® (Nickel Coated Graphite-Filled Silicone Elastomer) ..............................D41 - D42 79
E - Windows
WINDOWS DESIGN GUIDE ........................................................................................E1 - E17
ECTC ........................................................................................................................E19 - E20 70
TECKFILM ..........................................................................................................................E21 70
TECKSHIELD F ..................................................................................................................E22 71
TECKSHIELD F: POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS ..................................................................E23
TECKSHIELD F: ALLYCARBONATE WINDOWS....................................................................E24
F - Air Vent Panels

TECKCELL - A™ AND PARACELL™ (Aluminum Honeycomb Vent Panels) ..................F1 - F4 60
TECKCELL™- SIB (Steel and Brass Honeycomb Vent Panels) ...................................... F5 - F6 62
TECKCELL™-A (LP) (Low Profile, Aluminum, Shielding Air Vent Panels) ......................F7 - F8 60
TECKSCREEN™ (Dust Arresting EMI Shielding Air Vent Panels)..................................F9 - F10 63
TECKAIRE™ (Low Profile Dust and EMI Filtering Air Vent Panels) ............................F11 - F12 64
G - Conductive Systems
CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVES (One Part Silver-Filled RTV) ..............................................G1 - G2 72
CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVES (Silver and Nickel Filled RTV) ............................................G3 - G4 72
TECKBOND™- C (Silver Plated Copper-Filled Silicone Adhesive) ........................................ G5 72
TECKBOND™- A (Silver Plated Aluminum-Filled Silicone Adhesive).................................... G6 72
TECKBOND™ NC (Nickel Coated Graphite-Filled Silicone Adhesive) ..................................G7 72
CONDUCTIVE CAULKING (Silver-Filled Flexible Resin Caulking Systems) ..................G9 - G10 72
CONDUCTIVE EPOXY (Silver-Filled Systems for Joining, Bonding and Sealing) ........G11 - G12 72
CONDUCTIVE GREASE (Electrically Conductive Silver-Filled Grease) ........................G13 - G14 72
CONDUCTIVE COATINGS (Electrically Conductive Paints) ........................................G15 - G16 73
H Shielding Components
DIE COMPRESSED MESH CONTACTS (Wire Mesh Resilient Contact Element) ..............H1 -H2 32
EMI CONNECTOR GASKETS (EMI Flange Seals for Electrical Connectors)....................H3 - H7 XX
CONDUCTIVE O-SEALS (Conductive Elastomer Gaskets)............................................H9 - H10 XX
WAVEGUIDE GASKETS (Silicone Elastomer Gaskets) ................................................H11 - H13 87
EMC FOIL TAPE (Conductive Foil Tape with Conductive Adhesive ......................................H14 23
TECKMASK™ (EMI Foil Tape with Easy Peel Mask) ................................................H15 - H16 23
I - Beryllium Copper Gaskets

BERYLLIUM COPPER (Copper EMI Shielding Gaskets)....................................................I1 - I8 55-56
J - Fabric-over-Foam Gaskets
TECKSOF 2000™ (Conductive Fabric over Foam Gaskets) ............................................J1 - J9 27
K - Glossary and Appendix A....................................................................K1 -K6

3
Tecknit World-Wide
TECKNIT INC.
Founded in 1958, Tecknit has grown into a
multimillion dollar international group of companies
offering a broad range of EMI shielding products
and services. In order to better serve customers,
Tecknit maintains manufacturing facilities in the
United States, England, Spain, Mexico and China.
Cranford, NJ Each facility is equipped to efficiently and
economically supply EMI shielding products to
regional customers as well as making available cost
savings to customers world-wide. Our Tecknit-USA
facility, located in Cranford, New Jersey, is an ISO
9001:2000 certified company.
TECKNIT EUROPE
Tecknit Europe is headquartered in Grantham,
Grantham, England England, it supplies the European automotive,
telecommunication, aircraft and commercial
electronics manufacturers. Tecknit Europe consists
of manufacturing facilities in Grantham, England
and Madrid, Spain. These facilities enable Tecknit
Europe to pursue specialized engineering projects
tailored to fit your requirements in the European
market. Tecknit Europe is a BS-EN-ISO 9002
certified company.
Madrid, Spain
TECKNIT DE MEXICO
Tecknit de Mexico offers both Latin American and
North American customers design and engineering
support from its large facility conveniently located
near the U.S. border in Apodaca, Mexico. Here,
Central, South and North American customers
benefit from the unique manufacturing advantages
found in Mexico, plus the pooled world-wide
Apodaca, Mexico engineering resources of Tecknit EMI Shielding
Products. Tecknit de Mexico is an ISO 9001:2000
certified company.
TECKNIT CHINA
China is a major participant in the world economy.
In order to serve China and the growing Asian
market Tecknit has established manufacturing
facilities in the heart of Beijing’s Economic And
Beijing, China Industrial Development Area as well as in Shenzhen
and Shanghai, China. Here large varieties of
shielding materials are fabricated to suit customer’s
needs. Tecknit China manufactures beryllium-
copper fingerstock, ventilation panels, knitted mesh
products, Form-In-Place gaskets and other EMI
shielding products. Tecknit (Beijing) Electronics
Technologies Co. is an ISO 9001:2000 certified
company.
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

INTRODUCTION
Introduction
U.S. Customary
[SI Metric]
1
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
INTRODUCTION
STANDARD PRODUCTS AND SPECIALS causing or suffering unacceptable performance

degradation due to electromagnetic radiation
This catalog presents a technical review of the
or response, are described as having
TECKNIT EMI Shielding Product Line. It is intend-
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC). A review of
ed to serve as a guide to the selection, engineer-
the following electromagnetic spectrum describes
ing, and specification of materials and compo-
the area in which TECKNIT products can provide
nents for EMI or EMP shielding, grounding, and
the designer with the required shielding levels of
static discharge. While the standard products illus-
Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) protection for
trated in this catalog cover a broad range of mate-
electronic equipment and systems.
rials and applications, TECKNIT has consistently
provided successful solutions to an even broader Both mechanical and electrical design aspects
range of special problems. We invite inquiries should be carefully considered in the selection of
about our capabilities and recommendations for EMI Shielding products. Mechanical considera-
any shielding, grounding, or static discharge tions are significant because of physical dimen-
application. sions and tolerances involved in construction of
electronic equipment and systems. These factors
may seriously impact on the electrical perform-
BASIC DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS ance characteristics of EMI shielding products. It
The following will serve to introduce basic is thus essential that the designer adequately con-
mechanical and electrical packaging design sider the origin and methods of suppression of
considerations for effectively achieving EMI.
Electromagnetic Compatibility through the use of The EMI Shielding Design Guide section of this
TECKNIT EMI Shielding products described in this catalog contains valuable theoretical and practical
catalog. Terminology used, in some cases, is information on “how to select” TECKNIT EMI/FFI
somewhat unique to the subject, and is described shielding materials. In addition, the EMI Shielding
in the Glossary of Terms included in a separate Design Guide provides specific information on EMI
section of this catalog. shielding requirements for electronic circuits
Electronic equipment/systems, which operate which either radiate electromagnetic energy or
effectively within design parameters without are susceptible to electromagnetic interference.
TYPES OF INTERFERENCE
RFI - Radio Frequency
Interference: unwanted radiat-
ed electronic noise (broad-
cast) 10 kHz to 1000 MHz
EMP - ElectroMagnetic Pulse:
broadband, high intensity
transient phenomena, such as
lightning or nuclear explosion
EMI - ElectroMagnetic
Interference: dc to 300 GHz
ESD - ElectroStatic Discharge:
A Transient Phenomena
Involving Static Electricity-
Friction
2
INTRODUCTION
Introduction, Continued
By using the information provided, the design or There are seven basic steps involved in the selec-
packaging engineermay develop an EMI shielding tion and specification of EMI shielding materials.
profile by comparing the required shielding levels 1. IDENTIFY - susceptible devices and major emis-
of specific TECKNIT EMI shielding materials. sions sources. Example: Home computer power
supply, aircraft navigation equipment, etc. (gen-
Total shielding is accomplished through the use of
erally specified).
line filters, and EMI shielding materials. These EMI
shielding materials consist of gasket and barrier 2. EMI SHIELDING DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS -
materials which provide custom designed products Example: Military, FCC, VDE, Tempest, etc.
for specific applications. (Specified)
EMI shielding materials may be generally classified 3. PERFORM SHIELDING ANALYSIS - Reference
into three categories: TECKNIT Design Guide to determine shielding
profile by comparing "required shielding" with
• Gasketing Materials
shielding obtained for various gaskets and
• Barrier Materials materials.
• Shielding Components 4. IDENTIFY MECHANICAL RESTRAINTS - Example:
Openings and discontinuities for viewing, servic-
As shown in the Table of Contents, the products in ing, air flow, moisture seals, temperature
these categories may then be arranged to form extremes, etc.
eight subsections (A through H) based upon
shielding materials (e.g., knitted wire mesh) or 5. TEST-VERIFICATION - To FCC, VDE, MIL-STD
product type (e.g., windows, vent panels, etc.) specification. Examine new methods employing
Transfer Impedance or TEM cell.
6. GENERATE SHIELDING SPECIFICATION - For gas-
GASKETING MATERIALS: ket, barrier, gasket and/or shielding compo-
• Knitted Wire Mesh (Section A) nents. Reference TECKNIT EMI Shielding
• Metal Fibers & Screen Gaskets (Section B) Products Catalog data sheets for specific mate-
rial specifications. Contact TECKNIT
• Oriented Wire Gaskets (Section C) Representative or TECKNIT Factory locations for
design assistance if required and for assigning
• Conductive Elastomers (Section D)
of TECKNIT part numbers.
• Beryllium Copper Gaskets (Section I)
• Fabric-over-Foam (Section J)
MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF THE SELECTION OF
GASKETING MATERIALS
BARRIER MATERIALS: In developing EMI Shielding, many mechanical
• Viewing Windows (Section E) and electrical design considerations are interde-
pendent. One of the more important is joint
• Air Vent Panels (Section F) unevenness. Joint unevenness refers to the degree
• Conductive Coatings (Section G) of mismatch between mating seam surfaces. It
results when the mating surfaces make contact at
irregular intervals due to surface roughness or to
SHIELDING COMPONENTS: bowing of cover plates which may be the result of:
Improper Material Selection, Thickness of Cover
• Toggle boots and shaft seals, foil tape, FUZZ Plate, Too Few Fasteners, Excessive and/or
BUTTON contact elements, connector gaskets, Uneven Bolt Alignment, Improper Gasket Size
O-Seals (Section H). Selection. Ideally, gaskets should make even, con-
3
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
INTRODUCTION
tinuous and uniform contact with seam surfaces. ADMINISTRATION AND MANUFACTURING
Seam surfaces should be free of contaminates and
From its origin in 1958 as Technical Wire
insulating materials such as paints or other deco-
Products, Inc., TECKNIT has become a world
rative finishes. Joint uneveness and surface condi-
leader in the design and production of EMI/EMP
tions are excellent examples of mechanical
shielding, grounding, and static discharge prod-
restraints which can have adverse effects on the
ucts. Today TECKNIT occupies administrative and
electrical performance of a gasket. The ideal gas-
manufacturing facilities in the United States,
ket material will bridge irregularities without losing
Mexico, China, Spain and the UK.
its properties of resiliency, stability or conductivity.
The primary function of an EMI seam gasket is to
minimize the coupling efficiency of a seam. To
provide effective EMI Shielding, the seam design
SALES AND APPLICATIONS ASSISTANCE
should incorporate the following features: TECKNIT sales representatives and distributors
located throughout the World are available to pro-
• Mating surface should be as flat as economically
vide sales and product application assistance.
possible.
• Flange width should be at least (5) times the
maximum expected joint unevenness. PRICE AND AVAILABILITY
• Mating surfaces requiring dissimilar materials Price and delivery quotations on catalog items
should be selected from the groupings of metals are available from your nearest TECKNIT
shown in the electrochemical compatibility chart representative or directly from TECKNIT Sales
in the TECKNIT Shielding Design Guide. Administration Offices Worldwide.
Materials at opposite ends of the table should be
avoided.
STATEMENT IN LIEU OF WARRANTY
• Mating surfaces should be cleaned to re-move All technical information and data in this docu-
all dirt and oxide films just prior to assembly of ment is based on tests and is believed accurate
the enclosure parts. and reliable. Nevertheless, since the products
• Dielectric protective/decorative coatings should described herein are not provided to conform with
be removed in the mating surface area. These mutually accepted specifications and the use
faces should be treated with chromate conver- thereof is unknown, the manufacturer and seller of
sion coating for aluminum, and plated with tin, the products do not guarantee results, freedom
nickel, or zinc for steel. from patent infringement or suitability of the prod-
ucts for any application thereof. The manufacturer
• Fasteners should be tightened from the middle and seller of the products described in this docu-
of the longest seam toward the ends to minimize ment will provide all possible technical assistance
buckling and warping. In most cases, there will and will replace any products proven defective. No
be several gasket and barrier shielding materials statement or recommendation made by the manu-
which can be utilized. A final selection is made facturer or seller not contained herein shall have
through the consideration of application require- any force or effect unless in conformity with an
ments, as well as, mechanical design restraints, agreement signed by an officer of the seller or
economics and other factors which might be manufacturer.
imposed.
4
EMI SHIELDING DESIGN GUIDE
Section 1:
Electromagnetic Compatibility Overview
U.S. Customary Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) is the ability The emitter represents a system or subsystem
[SI Metric] of an electronic system or subsystem to reliably that generates noise and the susceptor represents
operate in its intended electromagnetic environ- a system or subsystem that is susceptible to
ment without either responding to electrical noise. In the real world, a system or subsystem
noise or generating unwanted electrical noise. can be simultaneously an emitter and a suscep-
Electromagnetic interference (EMI) is the impair- tor. The dotted lines show examples of radiated
ment of the performance of an electronic system interference phenomena and the solid lines show
or subsystem by an unwanted electromagnetic examples of conducted interference phenomena.
disturbance. The arrows indicate the direction of noise trans-
mission and coupling. Line A depicts interference
Electromagnetic compatibility is achieved by
coupled directly from the emitter to the susceptor
reducing the interference below the level that dis-
through radiation paths. Line B shows that inter-
rupts the proper operation of the electronic sys-
connect cables can also act as emitters of radiat-
tem or subsystem. This compatibility is generally
ed noise. Line C shows that interconnect cables
accomplished by means of electronic filters, and
can act as susceptors and respond to noise that
component or equipment shielding. An example
originated as radiated emissions. Thus, noise that
of an EMI emitter/ susceptor system is shown in
originally began as radiated emission can show
Figure 1.
up in the susceptor system as conducted suscep-
tibility. Line D represents the crosstalk problem
found in interconnect cables where noise in one
cable can be capacitively and inductively coupled
to another cable.
FIGURE 1
INTERFERENCE COUPLING PATHS
5
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
Section 1:
Electromagnetic Shielding Overview
Electromagnetic waves consist of two oscillating interaction with conductive materials were devel-
fields at right angles (Figure 2). One of these oped well over a hundred years ago by J.C.
fields is the electric field (E-Field) while the other Maxwell. The solutions of these differential equa-
is the magnetic field (H-Field). The electromagnet- tions are generally complex, even for simple mod-
ic wave impedance (Zw) in ohms is defined as the els. This has discouraged their use in shielding
ratio of E-Field intensity expressed in volts per analysis.
meter (V/m) to the H-Field intensity expressed in
amperes per meter (A/m). E-Fields are generated
by and most easily interact with high impedance
voltage driven circuitry, such as a straight wire or
dipole. H-Fields are generated by and most readi-
ly interact with low impedance current driven cir-
cuitry such as wire loops.
FIGURE 3
LOSSES DUE TO A SOLID CONDUCTIVE BARRIER
A simpler method for studying the effects of elec-

FIGURE 2 tromagnetic wave interaction with conductive bar-
ELECTROMAGNETIC PLANE POLARIZED WAVEFORM
riers was developed by S.A. Schelkunoff in the
1930’s. Using this technique, total shielding
Any barrier placed between an emitter and a sus- effectiveness (SEdB) of a solid conductive barrier
ceptor that diminishes the strength of the interfer- can be expressed as the sum of the reflection,
ence can be thought of as an EMI shield. How (RdB), absorption, (AdB) and re-reflection (BdB)
well the shield attenuates an electromagnetic field losses (refer to Figure 3). The reflection loss is
is referred to as its shielding effectiveness (SE). proportional to the electromagnetic wave imped-
Therefore, shielding effectiveness is a measure of ance (ZW) and inversely proportional to the barrier
the ability of that material to control radiated elec- intrinsic impedance (ZB). The absorption loss is
tromagnetic energy. The standard unit of meas- proportional to the barrier thickness (t) and
urement for shielding effectiveness is the decibel absorption coefficient of the barrier (α ). The
(dB). The decibel is expressed as the ratio of two inverse of the absorption coefficient is called the
values of electromagnetic field strength where the ‘skin depth’ (δ ). Skin depth is a magnetic proper-
field strengths are compared before and after the ty that tends to confine the current flow to the
shield is in place. It is defined as: surface of a conductor. The skin depth becomes
shallower as frequency, conductivity or permeabil-
E-Field, SEdB = 20 log10 (E1\ E2)
ity increases. Electromagnetic fields become
H-Field, SEdB = 20 log10 (H1\ H2) attenuated by 1/e (natural logarithm) for every
skin depth of penetration into the barrier as
The losses in field strength from a shielding barri-
shown in Figure 4. The greater the number of
er are a function of the barrier material (perme-
skin depths that exist within a given thickness of
ability, conductivity and thickness), frequency and
metal, the greater the absorption loss. Since the
distance from the EMI source to the shield.
skin depth becomes shallower as frequency
The basic differential equations that express clas- increases, absorption loss becomes the dominant
sical electromagnetic field phenomena and its term at high frequencies. The re-reflection loss is
6
Section 1:
Electromagnetic Shielding Overview, cont
U.S. Customary strongly dependent upon the absorption loss. Just rier increases and as the frequency increases. For
[SI Metric] as a reflection occurs at the air to metal entrance absorption, the losses are independent of the
boundary of the barrier, a similar reflection occurs near field/far field condition and are the same
at the metal to air exit boundary . For an absorp- whether the wave is predominantly an E-Field,
tion loss of greater than 10 dB, the reflection term HField or a plane wave, which is an electromag-
can be ignored. netic wave in which all points normal to the direc-
tion of propagation are in phase or parallel to one
another or going in the same direction.
Summarizing:
• Absorption: Absorption increases with increase
in frequency of the electromagnetic wave,
barrier thickness, barrier permeability, and
conductivity.
• Reflection: As a general rule, above 10 kHz,
reflection increases with an increase in conduc-
tivity and a decrease in permeability.
• Reflection - E-Field: Increases with a decrease
in frequency and a decrease in distance
between the source and shielding barrier.
• Reflection - H-Field: Increases with an increase
FIGURE 4 in frequency and an increase in distance
ABSORPTIVE LOSSES AS A FUNCTION OF SKIN DEPTH (δ)
between the source and shielding barrier.
The barrier intrinsic impedance is a function of • Reflection - Plane Wave: Increases with a
the barrier relative permeability (µr), relative con- decrease in frequency.
ductivity (σr), and frequency (f). The wave imped-
ance is a function of the absolute permeability The solution of shielding effectiveness equations
(µo) and absolute permittivity (εo). Two other for solid conductive barriers, which considers the
important factors in the shielding equation are the barrier as an infinite plane of finite thickness,
distance (r) from the source of electromagnetic usually results in shielding levels much greater
energy to the barrier, and wavelength (λ). than practically achieved with an actual shielded
Wavelength is related to the propagation velocity enclosure. This is due to barrier finite dimensions
(C = 3 x 108 m/sec) and the frequency (f) as fol- and discontinuities, which are a necessary part of
lows: λ = c/f. When the source to barrier distance a conductive cabinet design (e.g., seams, cable
is less than about one sixth of the wavelength of penetrations and air vents). Barrier thickness
the frequency of the electromagnetic energy required to meet mechanical strength require-
(λ/2π), the field is called the ‘near field’. When ments generally provides adequate shielding
the source to barrier distance is greater than effectiveness. The barrier material and shielding
λ/2π, the field is called the ‘far field’. treatments of seams, penetrations and apertures
are the more important design considerations. In
The distance between the source and barrier is Appendix A is a ranking of materials with respect
important in determining the reflectivity factors in to relative conductivity, relative permeability,
the near field for E-Fields and H-Fields. For E- absorption loss, and, reflection loss. Shielding
Fields the reflection loss in the near field increas- treatments, including those manufactured by
es as the separation between the source and Tecknit, are discussed in the following sections of
shielding barrier decreases and as frequency this Design Guide.
decreases. For H-Fields, on the other hand, the
reflection loss in the near field increases as the
separation between the source and shielding bar-
7
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
Section 1:
Electromagnetic Compatibility Design
EMC design should be an integral part of any Next, internal cables are generally used to con-
electronic device or system. This is far more cost nect PCBs or other internal subassemblies. The
effective than the alternative, that is, attempting to internal cable EMC design, including routing and
achieve EMC on a finished product. The primary shielding, is very important to the overall EMC of
EMC design techniques include electromagnetic any given device.
shielding, circuit filtering, and good ground
After the EMC design of the PCB and internal
design including special attenuation to the bond-
cables are complete, special attention must be
ing of grounding elements.
given to the enclosure shielding design and the
Figure 5 presents a recommended methodology treatment of all apertures, penetrations and cable
to good EMC design of a device or system. A hier- interfaces. Finally, consideration must be given to
archy is presented in the form of a pyramid. First, filtering of input and output power and other
the foundation of a good EMC design is simply cables.
the application of good electrical and mechanical
The following sections look at each of these
design principles. This includes reliability consid-
important areas and provide practical EMC design
erations like meeting design specifications within
guidelines.
acceptable tolerances, good packaging and com-
prehensive development testing. PCB DESIGN
When designing a PCB, the design goal is to con-
trol the following:
1. emissions from the PCB circuitry,
2. susceptibility of the PCB circuits to external
interference,
3. coupling between PCB circuits and other near-
by circuits in the device, and
4. coupling between circuits on the PCB.
This is accomplished primarily by paying special
attention to the board layout and design, minimiz-
ing impedance discontinuities, and, when possi-
ble, by using low amplitude signals.
If clock frequencies above 10 MHz are used, in
most cases it will be necessary to use multilayer
FIGURE 5 design with an embedded ground layer. If this is
EMC DESIGN PYRAMID
cost prohibitive for your product, use guardband-
ing, that is, grounds on each side of signal traces.
Generally, the engine that drives today’s electronic
Components should be located such that noisy
equipment is located on a printed circuit board
and sensitive circuits can be isolated. Keep clock
(PCB). This engine is comprised of potential inter-
traces, buses and chip enables separate from I/O
ference sources, as well as components and cir-
lines and connectors. Clock runs should be mini-
cuits sensitive to electromagnetic energy.
mized and oriented perpendicular to signal
Therefore, the PCB EMC design is the next most
traces. If the clocks go off the board, then they
important consideration in EMC design. The loca-
should be located close to the connector.
tion of active components, the routing of traces,
Otherwise, clocks should be centrally located to
impedance matching, grounding design, and cir-
help minimize onboard distribution traces.
cuit filtering are driven, in part, by EMC consider-
Input/output chips should be located near the
ations. Certain PCB components may also require
associated connectors. Output circuits should be
shielding.
damped with a resistor, inductor or ferrite bead
8
Section 1:
Electromagnetic Compatibility Design, cont
U.S. Customary mounted close to the driver. Circuit types (i.e., ENCLOSURE SHIELDING DESIGN
[SI Metric] digital, analog, power) should be separated, as
The enclosure must be designed with shielding in
well as their grounds. Tecknit offers a variety of
mind. If PCBs and internal cabling are properly
shielding components especially suited for PCB
designed, the need for enclosure shielding will be
shielding applications including a comprehensive
minimized. However, if it is found that enclosure
line of conductive elastomers. See Section D of
shielding is required, designing the enclosure to
the Tecknit Shielding Products Catalog.
permit the application of shielding treatments will
For high frequency design, the layout should be minimize the level of the shielding design and
treated as a signal transmission environment, associated cost.
necessitating that impedance discontinuities be
A shielded enclosure should be fabricated from
minimized.
materials that possess the desired physical and
Good decoupling practices should be used electrical characteristics, including resistance to
throughout the PCB; use bypasses liberally. adverse environmental conditions. Discontinuities
Typically, this will be a 0.1 to 1.0 microfarad degrade the shielding and their design is critical
ceramic capacitor. Bypass capacitors should be in maintaining the desired levels of shielding
mounted close to the IC. effectiveness, providing the possibility of electro-
magnetic coupling through the openings and
Minimize power bus loop areas by routing the seams. The efficiency of the coupling depends
power bus as close as possible to its return. upon the size of the hole or seam in relation to
Power lines should be filtered at the PCB inter- the wavelength of the interference. Any openings
face. in an enclosure can provide a highly efficient cou-
INTERNAL CABLE DESIGN pling path at some frequency. As the aperture
Internal cabling should be minimized as much as increases in size, its coupling efficiency increases.
possible. When cables are required to connect A good rule of thumb to follow in general design
assemblies and PCBs, the lengths should be min- practice is to avoid openings larger than l/20 for
imized. Long service loops can be disastrous. If standard commercial products and l/50 for prod-
PCBs are properly designed, the requirement for ucts operating in the microwave range. Since
shielding of internal cabling will be minimized. most EMI coupling problems are broadband in
However, if it is found that cable shielding is nature, the frequency of concern would be the
required, the technique used to ground the shield highest threat frequency within the bandwidth
is critical to the attenuation afforded by the envelope. Figure 6 shows l/20 and l/50 aperture
shield. Cable shields should not be used as signal sizes over the frequency range 100 kilohertz
returns. For certain unbalanced circuits, coaxial (kHz) to 10 gigahertz (GHz).
cables are often used. In this case the ‘shield’ of
the coaxial cable is intentionally used for signal
return. In this application, the shield is not
intended for attenuation of electromagnetic ener-
gy emanating from the center conductor. If the
circuits at each end of a coaxial cable are
designed properly, the coaxial cable should not
radiate. However, if circuit impedances are not
properly matched and the coaxial cable does
radiate, another shield must be added to the
cable (triaxial). This outer ground would be then
bonded to the chassis ground.
In the Tecknit EMI Shielding Products Catalog,
knitted wire mesh and metal foil tapes can be
found which are specifically designed for harness
and cable shielding, as well as grounding FIGURE 6
applications. MAXIMUM SIZE OPENING AGAINST THREAT FREQUENCY
9
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
When it is necessary to specify an opening larger frequency is reduced proportionally to the ratio of
than λ/20 or λ/50, protective measures, such as the distance from the aperture:
the products manufactured by Tecknit, may be
fc = (C/2d) (r/d) and
required to reduce the coupling which the aper-
RdB = (20 log l/2d) (r/d), where λ/2 > d
ture introduces. See Section 4 for application
solutions. The presence of more than one aperture of the
same size in a solid metal barrier has the effect of
Electromagnetic energy leakage through an aper-
reducing the total effective shielding. The amount
ture is dependent upon two factors:
of shielding reduction is dependent on the spac-
1. the longest dimension, (d), of the aperture ing between any two adjacent apertures, the
wavelength of the interference and the total num-
2. the wavelength of the radiating field.
ber of apertures. If the adjacent apertures have
For wavelengths less than two times the longest the same maximum dimension and are spaced at
aperture dimension, the electromagnetic energy least a half wavelength apart, the shielding reduc-
will pass freely through the opening without being tion is minimal and can be considered zero for
attenuated. For wavelengths equal to twice the practical purposes.
opening, the shielding is zero. The frequency at
As the apertures are brought closer together (s<2
which this occurs is called the cutoff frequency
λ ), they no longer behave independently as sin-
(fc).
gle apertures. The reduction in shielding due to
fc = C/2d, where C is the propagation velocity of multiple apertures is approximately proportional to
electromagnetic waves the square root of the total number (n) of equal
sized apertures.
For wavelengths greater than two times the maxi-
mum dimension, the attenuation is expressed as : RdB = 20 log λ/2d - 20 log n 1/2 ,
RdB = 20 log λ/2d, where 2 > d > t where n = number of apertures
(t = material thickness)
s < λ/2 > d > t
Apertures affect both the reflection and absorp-
s = edge to edge hole spacing
tion terms. The reflection term is lowered as a
result of an increase in the barrier impedance rel- These relationships apply to knitted or woven wire
ative to the wave impedance. This increase in screen material if the wires make good contact at
barrier impedance is caused by leakage induc- each crossover or intersection.
tance, which is related to the dimensions of the
Nonmetallic Enclosures
aperture and the spacing of the radiating circuits
from the aperture. A good approximation of the Many commercial electronic devices are pack-
net shielding is to assume 0 dB shielding at the aged in enclosures of plastic or other nonconduc-
cutoff frequency and a linear increase of 20 dB tive materials. If the devices must rely on enclo-
per decade in shielding as the frequency sure shielding for EMC compliance, these enclo-
decreases. The maximum possible shielding sures must be treated with a conductive material
effectiveness, of course, is equal to that calculat- to provide shielding. Metallizing techniques for
ed for a solid barrier without an aperture. this application include vacuum deposition, elec-
However, this does not consider the effects of the troless plating, arc spray, and conductive spray
noise source in close proximity to the aperture. As ‘paint’. The latter is the most frequently used
long as the potential EMI source is spaced at technique which is really a paint-like slurry of
least as far away as the largest dimension of the metal particles in a carrier. These conformal coat-
aperture, this approximation will hold true. ings are loaded with very fine particles of a con-
ductive material such as silver, nickel, copper and
When a noise source is closer than the largest carbon. For example, Tecknit manufactures a
dimension of the aperture, a reduction in shield- highly conductive acrylic and polyurethane paints
ing can be expected. Deriving the shielding filled with silver particles. Surface resistivities as
requirement in this situation can be very compli- low as 50 milliohms per square are attainable for
cated. As an approximation, the effective cutoff a one mil coating thickness. The lower the sur-
10
Section 1:
U.S. Customary face resistivity of the conductive coating, the If the seam surfaces are conductive and mate
[SI Metric] greater the shielding effectiveness. Shielding tightly, an electrical short is provided. To ensure
effectiveness levels of 60 dB to 100 dB can be a tight seam design, conductive gasketing along
achieved. the entire length of the seam may be used.
Conductive gasketing should be considered in the
Windows following cases:
Often, large-area openings are required for view-
1. Total enclosure shielding requirements exceed
ing displays, status lamps and device operating
40dB.
status. When shielding of these large areas is
required for EMC purposes, several options are 2. Enclosures with seam openings greater than
available: (a) laminating a conductive screen λ/20.
between optically clear plastic or glass sheets; (b)
3. Threat/emission frequencies exceed 100 MHz.
casting a mesh within a plastic sheet; and (c)
applying an optically clear conductive layer to a 4. Machined mating surfaces are impractical.
transparent substrate.
5. Dissimilar materials are used on the mating
Refer to Section E of the Tecknit EMI Shielding surfaces of the seam and the device is
Products Catalog for application and performance designed to operate in severe environments.
data on EMI shielding windows. 6. Environmental (e.g., dust, vapor) seals are
Seams necessary.
In the design of seams, the goal should be to Tecknit manufactures a wide variety of conductive
achieve complete conductive contact along the gaskets for a broad range of applications, see the
entire length of the seam. In cases where this is Tecknit Catalog.
not practical, special attention must be given to:
When using gasketing materials to attain a satis-
1. Seam Overlap: The two surfaces of the seam factory EMI shield, as well as proper environmen-
form a capacitor. Since capacitance is a function tal seal, be aware that gaskets are subject to both
of area, seam overlap should be made as large as minimum and maximum pressure limits to
practical to provide sufficient capacitive coupling achieve a proper electromagnetic seal. The
for the seam to function as an electrical short at greater the pressure applied to the gasketed joint,
high frequencies. As a good rule to follow, the the better the apparent environmental and EMI
minimum seam overlap to spacing-between-sur- seal. However, should the pressure exceed the
faces ratio should be 5 to 1. maximum pressure limit of the gasket, permanent
damage to the gasket can occur. This damage
may decrease pressure across the seam and
degrade both the environmental and EMI shield-
ing characteristics. Wherever possible, use gasket
compression stops or grooves to limit compres-
sion to the maximum recommended values.
FIGURE 7
SEAM OVERLAP AND SPACING
Penetrations
Enclosure penetrations may be categorized as (a)
2. Seam Contact Points: Along the entire length of those through which a conductor is passed, and
every seam there should be firm electrical contact (b) those through which a conductor does not
at intervals no greater than λ/20 for most com- pass. An example of the former is a cable inter-
mercial devices and λ/50 for microwave devices. face port, and examples of the latter are air vents
This contact can be obtained by using pressure and holes for dielectric shafts.
devices such as screws or fasteners, grounding
Generally, to maintain the shielding integrity of the
pads, contact straps across the seam, or conduc-
enclosure at cable penetrations, electronic filters
tive gaskets. Tecknit manufactures foil tapes, or shielded cables must be used. Tecknit manu-
thin elastomer gaskets, conductive caulks and factures wire mesh and foil tapes which can be
various other products which can be used in this used for cable shielding purposes. See Section A
application. in the Tecknit Catalog.
11
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
To maintain the shielding integrity of an enclosure FILTERS

with feedthroughs for non-conductive shafts or air
Generally, to suppress power line and signal line
vents, waveguide theory may be applied. A metal
emission, some form of filtering is required. Filter
tube may be used for non-conductive shafts as
attenuation is highly dependent upon source and
shown in Figure 8. This tube may be treated as a
load impedances. Manufacturers’ data is general-
waveguide to determine its ‘shielding’ characteris-
ly published for 50 ohm source and load imped-
tics. The attenuation (A) characteristics of an indi-
ances while actual impedances are generally
vidual waveguide below the cutoff frequency (fc)
reactive and vary considerably over the frequency
is a function of the depth to width ratio (d/w). As
range of interest. While there are methods for
the depth to width ratio increases, so does the
determining the actual impedances, these values
shielding.
are usually unknown. Hence, the selection of fil-
For circular waveguides, the following relation- ters through mathematical computation is usually
ships apply: impractical.
fc = 1.76 x 1010/wcm = 6.92 x 109/win An alternative approach is that of impedance mis-
AdB = 32 d/w match. That is, if a filter mismatches its source
and load impedances, minimum transfer of signal
For rectangular waveguides, the following relation-
(EMI) power will occur. If the source impedance
ships apply:
is high, the filter input impedance should be low,
fc = 1.5 x 1010/wcm = 5.9 x 109/win or shunt capacitive. If the source impedance is
AdB = 27.3 d/w low, the filter input impedance should be high, or
series reactive. The same mismatch should exist
As discussed above, air vents that attenuate elec- between the load impedance and the filter’s out-
tromagnetic energy can generally be designed put impedance.
using multiple small holes in a metallic enclosure.
However, in some cases where adequate attenua- Another consideration is whether the EMI is com-
tion can not be achieved in this manner, for mon mode or differential mode, where common
example, when the noise source is close to the air mode refers to noise voltages on two conductors
vent, a honeycomb waveguide design may be referenced to ground, and differential mode refers
used as shown in Figure 8. These waveguide air to a voltage present on one conductor referenced
vent panels are available from Tecknit. See to the other. In many cases both types of EMI
Section F in the Tecknit Catalog. must be attenuated.
Virtually all off-the-shelf power line filters are
designed to handle common mode noise, and
many provide both common and differential
mode filtering. Without conducted emission test
data, it is generally difficult to determine the inter-
ference mode of the equipment and thus the type
of filter required.
FIGURE 8
WAVEGUIDES BEYOND CUTPFF
FIGURE 9
EXAMPLE OF FILTER TYPES
12
Section 1:
U.S. Customary Some knowledge of basic filter design is helpful in cautious that the capacitor and ferrite imped-
[SI Metric] selecting which filter type to try first. Where com- ances do not affect intended signal characteristics.
mon mode filtering is required, line-to-ground
BONDING AND GROUNDING
capacitors and common core inductors should
be used. In the preceding sections, references were made
to the importance of good low impedance ground
Where differential mode filtering is required, line- connections for shielding and filtering. Grounding
to- line capacitors and discrete series inductors is probably the most important, yet least under-
should be used. Figure 9 illustrates examples of stood, aspect of EMI control. Often, ‘ground’ con-
both filter types. Most filter manufacturers, given nections are made without appropriate attention
some knowledge of a particular device and the to the ground conductor impedance at the fre-
EMI problem, can assist in selecting a suitable fil- quencies of interest. As a result, the performance
ter. The only way to be sure that a filter will of enclosure shielding, cable shielding or filtering
reduce EMI to compliant levels is to test the may be degraded, and the erroneous conclusion
equipment for conducted emissions, and be pre- made that the ‘shield’ or ‘filter’ design is incorrect.
pared to try several different filters. This trial-and-
error approach may be unscientific, but in most When we use the word "ground", we are generally
cases proves to be the fastest, most cost effec- speaking about a reference point. In most cases,
tive, and minimum risk approach. the best place to begin is with the green safety
wire of the AC power cable, assuming the device
The installation of a filter is extremely critical. is not battery powered of course. Since safety
Filter case-to-frame ground connections must organizations require that the safety ground be
have low impedance over the frequency range of connected to the chassis, the green wire is gener-
the filter, input- to-output leads must have maxi- ally attached to the chassis immediately upon
mum physical isolation, and, in the case of power entering the enclosure. This is good practice for
line and I/O line filters, the filtered lines must be EMI control as well since this ‘safety ground point’
as close as possible to the enclosure entry point will also serve as the primary point of reference
(see Figure 10). for all other ground connections. The goal is to
maintain a very low impedance path between this
point and any other ground connection point in
the device.
Thus, ‘bonding’, or maintaining a low impedance
connection between mating conductive parts, is
an important part of a good ground scheme. This
requires that mating parts of enclosures not be
painted, the ground straps not be attached to
painted surfaces, and, perhaps, in corrosive envi-
ronments, special attention be given to the use of
dissimilar metals to preclude the effects of gal-
vanic action. The goal is to maintain, as close
as practical, a single potential ‘safety ground’
system.
Signal returns should generally be attached to
safety ground at one point (single-point ground
FIGURE 10 concept) to avoid ground loops. The term gener-
FILTER INSTALLATION ally is important to note here since, in some
cases, it might be found that a multi-point ground
Connector pin filters and ferrite beads are also approach yields better results. Trial-and-error may
very effective, especially on I/O line and for high be required. Printed circuit board design should
frequency (>100 MHz) attenuation. One must be also employ a singlepoint ground approach to
13
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
maintain isolation of different circuit types as pre-

viously discussed. The best approach is to devel-
op a ground diagram showing all ground connec-
tions, using different symbols for ‘safety’, ‘analog’,
‘digital’, and ‘rf’ grounds. This will help to high-
light potential problems such as ground loops and
common ground paths for different circuit types.
Figure 11 illustrates the concept described above.
This is an ideal condition. However, in many
cases it is necessary to connect returns from one
PCB to another or one circuit type to another.
This results in ground loops. To minimize the
potential EMI threat, the following approaches
can be taken:
1. use balanced differential circuits when possi-
ble,
2. minimized loop areas, and
3. run hot and return leads next to each other.
FIGURE 11
EXAMPLE OF DEVICE GROUND DIAGRAM
14
Section 2:
Special Applications
U.S. Customary MILITARY EQUIPMENT EMC DESIGN
[SI Metric]
Since about 1990, there has been a trend in the
military to accept commercial-off-the-shelf (COTS)
equipment, especially in ‘noncritical’ equipment.
In many military contracts, EMC requirements ref-
erencing FCC and IEC standards can be found.
There are several reasons for this including cost
reduction.
However, where more stringent requirements are
deemed necessary the most commonly used mili-
tary standards for both emissions and immunity
(more commonly referred to as susceptibility in
the military) are MIL-STD-461D, Requirements for
the Control of Electromagnetic Interference
Emissions and Susceptibility and MIL-STD-462D,
Measurement of Electromagnetic Interference
Characteristics. As the titles indicate, one docu-
ment sets forth emission limits and susceptibility FIGURE 12
criteria while the other defines the test methodology. IDEALIZED SQUARE WAVE WITH ITS FOURIER COMPONENTS
As one might expect, the military emission limits

are much lower and the susceptibility criteria instantaneous transitions between levels. Figure
more severe than those found in most commer- 12 illustrates an ideal square wave along with its
cial standards. Also, the frequency ranges are frequency spectrum. Fourier theory states that a
broader as referenced in the MIL-STD- 461D square wave spectrum can be expressed as an
requirements. infinite sum of simple sine waves of decreasing
The basic EMC design principles set forth in this amplitude whose frequency decreases as the odd
Design Guide for commercial products applies as multiple of the basic frequency of the square
well to military products. The primary areas that wave itself. This figure illustrates that there is a
differ are generally in the design of the enclosures significant amount of energy still contained in the
and line filters. Also, especially in large complex higher order harmonics when compared to the
systems, EMC design analyses are required in the energy contained in the fundamental frequency.
schematic design phase to guide the electrical
and mechanical engineers. Figure 13 shows the same ideal square wave
spectrum with amplitude converted to decibels
MODELING AND ANALYSIS and frequency on a logarithmic scale. This is
In many cases a circuit or module will emit or be commonly done to permit comparison with appli-
susceptible to EMI only on certain frequencies. cable limits which are formatted in this manner.
For example: a radio transmitter operating at 10 The vertical lines represent the signal amplitude
MHz might interfere with the normal operation of as a function of frequency and the curve drawn
a digital electronic circuit located nearby, where- through the points of maximum amplitude repre-
as, with a difference of as little as one percent in sents the worst case limits. It is standard practice
the transmission frequency, the problem might to ignore the discrete nature of emissions and
not exist. On the other hand, a particularly ‘noisy’ deal exclusively with the curve shown connecting
signal source might have several discrete emis- the points of maximum amplitude since it is diffi-
sion frequencies, all within the response band- cult and time consuming to predict emissions one
width of the susceptible circuit. frequency at a time. Figure 13 shows that the
To comprehend the multifrequency problem asso- emissions profile of an ideal square wave
ciated with electromagnetic emissions, it is help- decreases at the rate of 20 dB per frequency
ful to understand frequency relationships associ- decade. Actual square waves do not have instan-
ated with fundamental waveforms, such as the taneous transitions to perfectly flat voltage levels
square wave. An ideal square wave consists of a as shown in the idealized case. They are more
signal switching two distinct voltage levels with accurately modeled by a trapezoidal waveform.
15
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
FIGURE 13
AMPLITUDE OF IDEALIZED SQUARE WAVE IN dB REFERENCE TO A
Figure 14 shows a trapezoidal wave with a finite

rise time together with a frequency versus ampli-
tude plot. The slope of the emissions shifts from
20 dB per decade to 40 dB per decade as a FIGURE 14
TRAPEZOIDAL WAVEFORM AMPLITUDE VERSUS FREQUENCY
function of the rise time/fall time of the waveform
(1/+tr). As the rise time (tr) increases, the fre-
quency at which the slope changes from 20 dB to Both the emitter noise level as well as the suscep-
40 dB per decade decreases. In addition, the tor’s noise threshold must be considered. If the
emissions profiles are functions of the duty cycle susceptor’s lowest signal threshold level can be
of the signal. If the signal is symmetrical (50% made greater by at least two times the highest
duty cycle) the worst case emissions profile emitter (noise) level (for a 6dB safety margin),
results. As the duty cycle decreases, the ampli- then the emitter and susceptor are considered to
tude of the low frequency emissions also decreas- be compatible with each other.
es. the amplitude of the low frequency emissions
also decreases. Figure 14 shows the amplitude In addition to the interaction of the system with
verses frequency plot for 50% and 20% duty the external environment, interaction inside the
cycle trapezoidal waveforms. system must also be considered, i.e., crosstalk
must be controlled. In other cases, it may be nec-
After the major emission sources and the most essary to characterize electromagnetic fields from
susceptible devices in system have been identi- high power antennas on ships and aircraft plat-
fied and characterized, the entire EMC problem forms, and how these fields affect on-board
must be integrated into the total system EMC equipment. The more complex analytic problems
design plan. The noise acceptable from individual require computer aided techniques. Many EMC
units or subsystems must be allocated on the analysis software packages are available for mod-
basis of the total acceptable system noise. Each eling these complex scenarios. Whether simple
emitter circuit adds its noise to the system in a manual models or the more complex computer
root mean square (rms) fashion. If all the noise aided models are used, the characteristics of any
emitters are of approximately equal strength, the EMI control devices or techniques must be
total noise is equal to the average noise of the included in the final analysis. For example,
emitters times the square root of the number of shielding attenuation levels and filter insertion
emitters. If one emitter dominates the others, total loss levels.
noise would be approximately equal to the noise
of the dominant emitter. Usually there are two
or three dominant emitters of comparable
magnitude.
16
Section 2:
Special Applications, cont
U.S. Customary SPECIAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS shielding is often required, or as a minimum, the
[SI Metric] cables must be routed close to the metal enclo-
When military equipment must operate in severe
sure surface. The latter enhances harness emis-
electromagnetic environments or mission critical
sion decoupling to ground. Tecknit EMC Shielding
scenarios, the EMC design moves to a much
Tape is specially designed for harness shielding
higher level. As mentioned above, the basic EMC
providing 60 dB of shielding at 10 MHz and 30
design principles and approach for non-military
dB of shielding at 10 GHz.
equipment and illustrated in Figure 5 still apply,
however, the level of design changes significantly. Enclosure Shielding Design
Let’s look at each design phase shown on Figure
5 and the briefly review the ways the design The area where EMC design criteria varies most
might change for a severe military environment or between non-military and military equipment is in
mission critical application. the enclosure shielding design. Therefore, this
topic requires special attention. The reason for
Good Electrical and Mechanical Design this is simply that the enclosure is the last line of
defense for controlling radiated EMI, often the dif-
The major impact on the basic design of the
ference between meeting specification require-
equipment is generally due to reliability, maintain-
ments and not meeting the requirements. Minor
ability, and atmospheric and mechanical environ-
miscalculations in gasket pressure, aperture
mental constraints. Thus, ‘MIL’ parts, those meet-
dimensions, and seam design, for example, may
ing military standards are used PCB Design.
result in major EMC problems. Also, atmospheric
Again PCB material, design and layout will be and mechanical environmental factors must be
affected primarily by reliability, maintainability, integrated into the shielding design as discussed
and atmospheric and mechanical environmental below.
constraints. However, when devices must operate
a. Environmental Seals The EMI gasket is often
in extremely high frequency regions, impedance
called upon to function as an environmental seal
discontinuities become particularly critical. For
to provide protection from dust, moisture and
mission critical equipment, all aspects of good
vapors. Therefore, selection of the sealing elas-
PCB EMC design become critical including the
tomer is as important as the EMI gasket. To seal
control of circuit emission, circuit susceptibility to
against dust and moisture, flat or strip EMI gas-
external interference, coupling between circuits
kets joined to a sponge or solid elastomer are
on the board, as well as circuits on the board and
adequate. Sponge elastomers, characterized by
other nearby circuits.
compressibility, are ideally suited for use in sheet
Tecknit offers a variety of shielding components metal enclosures having uneven joints. Required
especially suited for PCB shielding applications. closure pressures are generally low, between 5
These are very effective in minimizing chip and and 15 psi. To avoid overcompressing sponge
circuit radiation. For example, Tecknit Shielding elastomers, compression stops are recommend-
Laminates are available in a variety of foil and ed. These stops can be designed into the enclo-
substrate combinations, from simple die cut sure or embedded in the elastomer. Both tech-
shapes to formed complex assemblies with folds, niques are illustrated in Figure 15. Tecknit offers
scores, and cooling holes. a wide variety of sponge elastomer gaskets, as
well as other types of low closure force gaskets.
Internal Cable EMC Design
Internal cable design and layout is a real chal-
lenge in military equipment. For equipment
designed to operate at millimeter wave and
microwave frequencies, extremely high quality,
rigid coaxial transmission lines must be used. In
complex equipment in mission critical systems,
containing large multi-wire cable harnesses, dif-
ferent circuit types ( i.e., rf, data, DC power, AC
power) must be separated and the cable routing
controlled to prevent interference coupling. To FIGURE 15
prevent or minimize radiation from harnesses, GASKET COMPRESSION STOPS
17
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
The listing below presents the most important Buna-n Butadiene-Acrylonitrile resists swelling in
characteristics of the more common elastomers. the presence of most oils, has moderate strength
and heat resistance although it is not generally
Neoprene This elastomer is used commonly in
suited for low temperature applications.
EMI gaskets and will withstand temperatures
ranging from -54°C to +100°C for sponge Natural Rubber This material has good resistance
(closed cell) elastomers. Neoprene is lightly resist- to acids and alkalies (when specially treated) and
ant to normal environmental conditions, moisture can be used to 160°C, is resilient and impervious
and to some hydrocarbons. It is the least expen- to water. Rubber will crack in a highly oxidizing
sive of the synthetic rubber materials and is best (ozone) atmosphere and tends to swell in the
suited from a cost standpoint for commercial presence of oils.
applications.
Fluorosilicone Has the same characteristics of sili-
Silicone This material has outstanding physical cone with improved resistance to petroleum oils,
characteristics and will operate continuously at fuels and silicone oils. Since most seals used with
temperatures ranging from -62°C to +260°C for EMI gaskets have elastomeric properties of
solid and - 75°C to +205°C for closed cell sponge stretch and compressibility, some guidelines are
elastomers. Even under the severest temperature needed when specifying the dimensional toler-
extremes these materials remain flexible and are ance of these materials. Figure 16 shows some of
highly resistant to water and to swelling in the the common errors encountered in gasket design.
presence of hydrocarbons.
FIGURE 16
GASKET DESIGN ERRORS
a.) Minimum gasket width should not be less than one half of the thickness (height).
b.) Minimum distance from bolt hole (or compression stop) to nearest edge of sealing gasket should not
be less than the thickness of the gasket material. When bolt holes must be closer, use U-shaped slots.
c.) Minimum hole diameter not less than gasket thickness.
d.) Tolerances should be conservative whenever possible. Refer to Tecknit Shielding Products Catalog for
tolerances on rule die-cut gaskets and elastomer strips.
18
Section 2:
U.S. Customary Sealing against differential pressure between the minimize the effects of minor pressure difference.
[SI Metric] enclosure interior and exterior is best accom- The maximum recommended closure force (Pmax)
plished using a gasket which is contained within is based on two criteria:
a groove in the enclosure. This is also true for
1. maximum compression set of 10% and/or
shielding extremely high frequencies. For these
applications, the best known seal is the "O" ring. 2. avoidance of possible irreversible damage to
Tecknit offers seals of this type in either solid or the gasket material when pressure exceeds the
hollow cross sections, and in various shapes. recommended maximum.
Unlike sponge elastomers, solid elastomers do Higher closure pressures may be applied to most
not compress, they deflect. Since solid elastomers knitted wire mesh gaskets when used in Type 1
do not change volume under pressure, groove joints, but the gaskets should be replaced when
design must take into consideration seal deflec- cover plates are removed, i.e., whenever the
tion. As a rule of thumb, the groove should have seam is opened.
a minimum cross sectional area at least equal to
125% of that of the seal to accommodate deflec-
tion under worst case tolerance conditions of
elastomer and groove.
Normal deflection for solid rectangular seals
ranges from 5 to 15%. The pressure required to
deflect solid elastomer seals is a function of the
elastomer hardness and the cross section shape.
Typical pressures are as low as 20 psi for low
compression, low durometer material to 150 psi
for high compression, high durometer material.
FIGURE 18
COMPRESSION SET
c. Compression Set Selection of a gasketing mate-

rial for a seam which must be opened and closed
is to a large extent determined by the compres-
sion set characteristics of the gasket material.
Most resilient gasket materials will recover most of
their original height after a sufficient length of
time when subjected to moderate closing forces.
The difference between the original height and
the height after the compression force is removed
FIGURE 17
SHIELDING EFFECTIVENESS VERSES CLOSURE FORCE is compression set. As the deflection pressure is
(TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS AT A GIVEN FREQUENCY) increased, the compression set increases. See
Figure 18.
Another consideration for pressure seals is the
b. Closure Pressure Shielding effectiveness and
chemical permeability of the elastomer com-
closure pressure have a general relationship as
pound. This is defined as the volume (cm3) of
shown in Figure 17. The minimum closure force
gas that will permeate in one second through a
(Pmin) is the recommended applied force to estab-
specimen of one cubic centimeter.
lish good shielding effectiveness and to
19
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
Finally, leakage can be reduced by using conduc- are in contact for an extended period of time with
tive grease. Compatibility of the grease with the appropriate protective finish. Maximum galvanic
seal elastomer and the application should be activity occurs when dissimilar metals are
checked. Tecknit manufactures a wide variety of exposed to salt atmosphere, fuels, chemicals and
“O” ring gaskets and conductive grease for a other liquids which may act as electrolytes. To
broad range of applications. minimize corrosion, all surfaces should be free of
moisture.
d. Corrosion It is necessary to select shielding
materials and finishes which inhibit corrosion, are Therefore, EMI gasket material making contact
compatible with the enclosure materials and are with the enclosure material in a corrosive atmos-
highly conductive. Corrosion occurs between dis- phere must be selected or treated to ensure that
similar metals in the presence of an electrolyte. materials in contact are compatible. Table 1 sepa-
The rate of corrosion depends on the electro- rates metals by electrochemical compatibility. The
chemical potential between two metals and the design goal should be to use metals in the same
conditions under which contact is made. group. When this is not feasible, a protective fin-
Materials must be used which provide the least ish must be used to retard corrosion.
corrosion due to galvanic action when materials
Table 1
GROUPING OF METALS BY ELECTROCHEMICAL COMPATIBILITY
GROUP I GROUP II GROUP III GROUP IV
Magnesium Aluminum Cadmium Plating Brass
Magnesium Alloys Aluminum Alloys Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
Aluminum Beryllium Iron Copper & Copper Alloys
Aluminum Alloys Zinc & Zinc Plating Nickel & Nickel Plating Nickel/Copper Alloys
Beryllium Chromium Plating Tin & Tin Plating Monel
Zinc & Zinc Plating Cadmium Plating Tin/Lead Solder Silver
Chromium Plating Carbon Steel Lead Graphite
Iron Brass Rhodium
Nickel & Nickel Plating Stainless Steel Palladium
Tin & Tin Plating Copper & Copper Alloys Titanium
Tin/Lead Solder Nickel/Copper Alloys Platinum
Lead Monel Gold
When it is necessary for dissimilar metals to be than the area of the anodic metal (higher posi-
used, the following practices should be applied to tion in a group).
insure compatibility:
e. Seam Design Generally, higher enclosure
1. Use a tin or cadmium plated washer between a shielding effectiveness levels will be required for
steel screw in contact with aluminum. military equipment operating in severe electro-
magnetic environments or mission critical scenar-
2. Use selective plating where it is essential to
ios. Therefore, special attention must be given to
have reliable electrical contact.
seam design. A few special seam shielding fea-
3. Design to ensure that the area of the cathodic tures for achieving higher levels of shielding effec-
metal (lower position in a group) is smaller tiveness are as follows:
20
Section 2:
U.S. Customary Grooves For Retaining Gaskets: A groove for retain- for calculating fastener spacing (Refer to Figure
[SI Metric] ing a gasket assembly provides several advan- 20):
tages: C = [480 (a/b) E t3 DH / 13 Pmin + 2Pmax ]1/4
1. Can act as a compression stop. where
a = width of cover plate flange at seam
2. Prevents overcompression.
b = width of gasket
3. Provides a fairly constant closure force under
C = fastener spacing
repeated opening and closing of the seam.
E = modulus of elasticity of cover plate
4. Provides a moisture and pressure seal when
properly designed. ∆H = H1 - H2
H1 = minimum gasket deflection
5. Cost effective in lowering assembly time and
cost of gasketing material. H2 = maximum gasket deflection
6. Best overall sealing performance. H = gasket height

Pmin / Pmax = minimum/maximum
gasket pressure
t = thickness of cover plate
FIGURE 19
GROOVE DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
Solid elastomers are not compressible. They are FIGURE 20

easily deformed but do not change in volume as COVER PLATE AND GASKET DIMENSION
do sponge elastomers. Therefore, allowance for
material flow must be considered in the groove
design. If the groove cross section (volume), Input/Output Filters
when the cover flange is fully closed, is insuffi-
Just as the enclosure shielding design is the last
cient to contain the fully deflected material, prop-
line of defense for radiated EMI control, I/O filter-
er closure of the flange may be difficult. In addi-
ing is the last line of defense for controlling con-
tion, overstressing of the material may degrade
ducted EMI. Generally, higher filter insertion loss
electrical and physical properties of the shielding
levels will be required for military equipment
material. Figure 19 depicts the various conditions
operating in severe electromagnetic environments
of groove design.
or mission critical scenarios. This generally results
Closely Spaced Fasteners: Fastener spacing in physically larger filters, which could conflict
design is a function of cover plate thickness, min- with size and weight constraints. To accommo-
imum- maximum pressures, gasket compressibili- date large filters it is often necessary to design the
ty and material characteristics, and flange dimen- filter enclosure around other subassemblies with-
sions. This is reflected in the following equation in the equipment, resulting in filters with complex
21
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
shapes. Interface connectors are often unique. Once these requirements have been established,
Therefore, all things considered, filters for military they are passed on to the architects and engineers
equipment will most likely be a custom design. who generally work with an engineering firm that
specializes in shielding design, so that the proper
To minimize cost and schedule impacts, the filter
shielding design approach is employed in the
should be designed early in the equipment devel-
building plans and specifications. Tecknit can
opment cycle, as part of the EMC analysis and
direct you to the appropriate design firms.
modeling effort.
Where unfinished material is appropriate, tin coat-
ARCHITECTURAL SHIELDING DESIGN
ed steel, galvanized steel, aluminum and copper
Certain buildings, and large areas within buildings, are most frequently used. Basically, the entire
must be designed to provide electromagnetic wave building, or area in the building to be shielded, is
shielding. The purpose of this requirement is “covered” with this metallic material; that is, the
either: roof (or ceiling), walls and floor. In some cases, it
1. to protect sensitive electronic equipment operat- is possible to make use of earth for completing a
ing inside the building (generally computer building shielding system. When shielding an
based equipment) from high level rf or radar entire building the shielding may be installed: a)
signals outside the building, or outside the structural steel, b) as an integral part
of the structure, or, c) inside, depending on the
2. to protect confidential or proprietary information building design, materials selected, shielding
being processed on computer equipment inside requirements and cost. When shielding is required
the building from interception by unauthorized as part of the renovation of an existing building,
persons outside the building through the detec- shielding options are more limited. In the latter
tion and analysis of the electromagnetic waves case, it is generally easier to apply to shielding on
emanating from the computer equipment. the exterior of the building.
A few examples of the first condition are as follows: In general, the shielding material is covered with
standard exterior or interior building finishes such
1. airline reservation centers located near airports,
as architectural panels, sheet rock, brick, and so
2. computer facilities located near military installa- forth. Finished exterior metal architectural panels
tions, and may be used to achieve shielding where low leve
requirements exit (< 30 dB). The obvious advan-
3. Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) facilities tage is economic where the finish and shield mate-
located near a commercial radio broadcast sta- rial are the same. This applies as well to metal
tion. The second scenario is generally associat- roofing.
ed with the following:
The shielding envelope must be continuous, free
1. government embassies, of openings which might allow a leak. This require-
2. secure government computer facilities, ment poses some unique problems in the treat-
ment of windows, doors, air vents, plumbing, elec-
3. stock and other financial organizations, and trical connections and other penetrations which
4. industrial computer facilities involved in classi- are essential for the operation of the building.
fied government contracts. An important consideration is the method used in
In both cases some level of electromagnetic shield- joining the metallic shielding panels. The seams
ing is required over a specified frequency spec- must be tight, metal-to-metal connections, free of
trum. The owner, or user, of the building deter- paint, dirt, rust or any other insulating material.
mines this shielding requirement based on an The various techniques used for joining shielding
analysis of the potential problem. This analysis panels include welding, soldering, mechanical fas-
might include a site or computer equipment sur- teners with pressure plates, and conductive tape.
vey. When associated with a government installa- Tecknit has many products in its Shielding
tion, certain regulations and guidelines must Products Catalog that can be used in these, archi-
also be followed to determine the shielding tectural shielding applications, including gaskets,
requirements. windows, vents, conductive coatings and tapes,
etc..
22
A. WIRE MESH
Section A:
U.S. Customary
[SI Metric]
Knitted Wire Mesh
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

A. WIRE MESH
PRODUCT PAGE
TECKNIT STRIPS (Knitted Wire Mesh Material) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A1 - A2

CUSTOM STRIPS (Wire Mesh Knitted over Elastic Core) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A3 - A4
EMC SHIELDING TAPE (Thin Strip of Knitted Wire Mesh) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A5 - A6
TECKMESH TAPE (Shield and Seal Wire Mesh) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A7 - A8
SEAMLESS KNITTED WIRE (Die-Compressed Mesh Gaskets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A9 - A10
CUSTOM KNITTED WIRE (Custom Mesh Gaskets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A11 - A12
DUOSTRIPS™ AND DUOGASKETS™ (Knitted Wire Mesh with Elastomer Seal) . . . . . . . . . . .A13 - A16
TECKSTRIP® (Knitted Wire Mesh with Extruded Aluminum Strips or Frames) . . . . . . . . . . . . .A17 - A18
DUOSIL® (Extruded Strip of Wire Mesh and Silicone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A19 - A20

A. WIRE MESH
Tecknit Strips
WIRE MESH GASKET MATERIAL
U.S. Customary GENERAL DESCRIPTION

[SI Metric]
TECKNIT STRIPS are resilient, conductive, knit-
ted wire mesh strips used as gasket material to
provide effective EMI shielding at the joints and
seams of electronic enclosures. Any metal that
can be produced in the form of wire can be fabri-
cated by TECKNIT into one of the EMI shielding
strips. TECKNIT STRIPS are produced in one of
four basic cross sections: rectangular, round,
round with fin and double core. The standard
materials used are: Tin-Plated Phosphor Bronze
(Sn/Ph/Bz), Tin-Coated Copper-Clad Steel
(Sn/Cu/Fe), Silver-Plated Brass (Ag/Brass), Monel
(a Nickel-Copper alloy) and Aluminum (Al). SPECIFICATIONS
Wire Mesh Material Description
APPLICATION INFORMATION
- Phosphor Bronze: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diame-
TECKNIT STRIPS are used to provide EMI shield-
ter, per ASTM B-105, Alloy 30 (CDA C50700),
ing for electronic enclosures. Generally the rec-
tin-plated per ASTM B-33.
tangular strips are used on cast or machined
(Code: 20-6XXXX).
enclosures while the round and fin types are used
on sheet metal enclosures. TECKNIT STRIPS - Sn/Cu/Fe: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diameter, per
can be attached using TECKNIT conductive ASTM B-520. (Code: 20-4XXXX).
adhesives. (Refer to Conductive Adhesives ) They
- Ag/Brass: .005 in. [0.114 mm] diameter, per
can also be riveted or spot-welded. Mesh strip
QQ-W-321, (ASTM-B-134) silver-plated (3% sil-
does not provide a pressure or weather seal and
ver by weight). (Code: 20-3XXXX).
should not be used in salt spray environments. To
shield effectively, the mesh should be deflected - Monel: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diameter, per
15% (min.) to 30% of its height. QQ-N-281, or AMS-4730. (Code: 20-1XXXX).
- Aluminum Alloy: .005 in. [0.127 mm] diameter,
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* per SAE-AMS-4182 (except max. tensile
TECKNIT STRIPS Shielding Effectiveness has strength is 75,000 psi). (Code: 20-2XXXX).
been tested in accordance with TECKNIT Test
Method TSETS-01 and based upon modified
MIL-STD-285. Typical values are: ORDERING INFORMATION
H-FIELD E-FIELD PLANE WAVE After selecting the TECKNIT standard material
MATERIALS 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz and the strip cross section desired, substitute the
dB dB dB dB TECKNIT wire code number in place of the “X” to
Ag/Br 80+ 135+ 105 95 complete the Part Number as indicated on the
Sn/Cu/Fe 80+ 130+ 105 95 following page.
Sn/Ph/Bz 80+ 130+ 110 100 Example: The part number signifying a round with
Aluminum 60 130 90 80 fin strip made of Sn/Cu/Fe wire (.063 in. dia. x
Monel 60+ 130 90 80 .750 in. overall width) would be 20 - 4 2114.
*Based on 127 mm x 127 mm Aperture Wire Code Dimensions
Reference
A-1
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
A. WIRE MESH
ROUND CROSS SECTION ROUND WITH FIN
DIAMETER PART DIAMETER PART DIA. O/A PART DIA. O/A PART
in. [mm] NUMBER in. [mm] NUMBER in. [mm] in. [mm] NUMBER in. [mm] in. [mm] NUMBER
.063 [1.60] 20-X1110t .250 [6.35] 20-X1103 .063 [1.60] .375 [9.53] 20-X2111 .188 [4.78] .875 [22.23] 20-X2128
.094 [2.39] 20-X1111t .313 [7.95] 20-X1113 .063 [1.60] .500 [12.70] 20-X2112 .250 [6.35] .500 [12.70] 20-X2129
.125 [3.18] 20-X1101 .375 [9.53] 20-X1114 .063 [1.60] .625 [15.88] 20-X2113 .250 [6.35] .625 [15.88] 20-X2104
.156 [3.96] 20-X1112 .438 [11.13] 20-X1115 .063 [1.60] .750 [19.05] 20-X2114 .250 [6.35] .750 [19.05] 20-X2105
t Tolerance is +.015-0. .094 [2.39] .375 [9.53] 20-X2115 .250 [6.35] .875 [22.23] 20-X2130
.094 [2.39] .500 [12.70] 20-X2116 .250 [6.35] 1.000 [25.40] 20-X2131
.094 [2.39] .750 [19.05] 20-X2117 .313 [7.95] .625 [15.88] 20-X2132
.125 [3.18] .375 [9.53] 20-X2101 .313 [7.95] .750 [19.05] 20-X2133
RECTANGULAR CROSS SECTION .125 [3.18] .438 [11.13] 20-X2118 .313 [7.95] .875 [22.23] 20-X2134
.125 [3.18] .500 [12.70] 20-X2119 .375 [9.53] .625 [15.88] 20-X2135
.125 {3.18] .563 [14.30] 20-X2120 .375 [9.53] .750 [19.05] 20-X2136
.125 [3.18] .625 [15.88] 20-X2102 .375 [9.53] .875 [22.23] 20-X2137
.125 [3.18] .750 [19.05] 20-X2121 .375 [9.53] 1.000 [25.40] 20-X2138
.156 [3.96] .500 [12.70] 20-X2122 .438 [11.13] .750 [19.05] 20-X2139
.156 [3.96] .625 [15.88] 20-X2123 .438 [11.13] .875 [22.23] 20-X2140
.156 [3.96] .750 [19.05] 20-X2124 .438 [11.13] 1.000 [25.40] 20-X2141
.188 [4.78] .438 [11.13] 20-X2125 .500 [12.70] .750 [19.05] 20-X2142
.188 [4.78] .500 [12.70] 20-X2126 .500 [12.70] .875 [22.23] 20-X2143
WIDTH HEIGHT PART WIDTH HEIGHT PART
in. [mm] in. [mm] NUMBER in. [mm] in. [mm] NUMBER .188 [4.78] .625 [15.88] 20-X2103 .500 [12.70] 1.000 [25.40] 20-X2144
.063 [1.60] .063 [1.60] 20-X0105 .250 [6.35] .188 [4.78] 20-X0118 .188 [4.78] .750 [19.05] 20-X2127
.094 [2.39] .094 [2.39] 20-X0107 .250 [6.35] .250 [6.35] 20-X0119
.125 [3.18] .063 [1.60] 20-X0104 .313 [7.95] .063 [1.60] 20-X0120
.125 [3.18] .094 [2.39] 20-X0110 .313 [7.95] .094 [2.39] 20-X0121
.125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] 20-X0101 .313 [7.95] .125 [3.18] 20-X0122 DOUBLE CORE
.125 [3.18] .156 [3.96] 20-X0102 .313 [7.95] .188 [4.78] 20-X0123
.188 [4.78] .063 [1.60] 20-X0111 .313 [7.95] .250 [6.35] 20-X0124
.188 [4.78] .094 [2.39] 20-X0112 .313 [7.95] .313 [7.95] 20-X0125
.188 [4.78] .125 [3.18] 20-X0113 .375 [9.53] .063 [1.60] 20-X0126
.188 [4.78] .188 [4.78] 20-X0114 .375 [9.53] .094 [2.39] 20-X0127
.250 [6.35] .094 [2.39] 20-X0116 .375 [9.53] .188 [4.78] 20-X0129
.250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] 20-X0117 .375 [9.53] .250 [6.35] 20-X0130
.375 [9.53] .375 [9.53] 20-X0131
DIA. O/A PART DIA. O/A PART

in. [mm] in. [mm] NUMBER in. [mm] in. [mm] NUMBER
.063 [1.60] .500 [12.70] 20-X5103 .188 [4.78] .625 [15.88] 20-X5112
.063 [1.60] .625 [15.88] 20-X5104 .188 [4.78] .750 [19.05] 20-X5113
.063 [1.60] .750 [19.05] 20-X5106 .188 [4.78] .875 [22.23] 20-X5114
.063 [1.60] .875 [22.23] 20-X5107 .188 [4.78] 1.000 [25.40] 20-X5115
.125 [3.18] .500 [12.70] 20-X5108 .250 [6.35] .750 [19.05] 20-X5116
.125 [3.18] .625 [15.88] 20-X5101 .250 [6.35] .875 [22.23] 20-X5117
.125 [3.18] .750 [19.05] 20-X5109 .250 [6.35] 1.000 [25.40] 20-X5118
.125 [3.18] .875 [22.02] 20-X5115 .375 [9.53] 1.000 [25.40] 20-X519
.125 [3.18] 1.000 [25.40] 20-X5111 .375 [9.53] 1.250 [31.75] 20-X5120
A-2
A. WIRE MESH
Custom Strips
WIRE MESH OVER ELASTOMER CORE

[SI Metric]
TECKNIT Custom Strip combines the resiliency
and conductivity of knitted wire mesh with excel-
lent compression and deflection characteristics of
sponge elastomer. TECKNIT Custom Strip con-
sists of two covers of knitted wire mesh over an
elatomer (core). Core materials can be either
neoprene, silicone closed cell sponge or TECKNIT
low-closure force elastomer tubing. The knitted
wire mesh can be either Tin Plate Phosphor
Bronze, Tin Coated Copper Clad Steel (Sn/Cu/Fe),
or Monel.
APPLICATION INFORMATION SPECIFICATIONS

TECKNIT Custom Strip is intended for use in MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
electronic enclosures exhibiting a wide range of
Wire Mesh:
seam unevenness. It is especially useful as an
EMI shieldseal for doors and other access open- - Phosphor Bronze: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diame-
ings where lowclosure force and compression set ter, per ASTM B-105, Alloy 30 (CDA C50700),
are primary considerations. TECKNIT Custom tin-plated per ASTM B-33.
Strip is also ideal for EMI shielding applications
- Sn/Cu/Fe: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diameter, per
that demand frequent assembly and disassembly
ASTM B-520.
and whose environmental requirements are not
critical factors. For more critical environmental - Monel: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diameter per
sealing, refer to TECKNIT DUOSTRIP™, DUOSIL®, QQ-N-281 or AMS-4730.
ELASTOMET®, ELASTOFOAM™, or CONSIL®
materials. Elastomer Core:
- Neoprene sponge: per MIL-R-6130, Type II,
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* Grade A, Condition medium (ASTM-D-6576).
Optimum EMI shielding is obtained with two (2) - Silicone sponge: per SAE-AMS-3195.
knitted covers deflected to 75% of original gasket
- Silicone solid: per ZZ-R-765, Class 2,
height. The use of only one (1) knitted cover
Grade 40 (Standard), Grade 50 (Hollow Cores)
decreases shielding effectiveness 5-10 dB. More
(AA-59588).
than two (2) covers do not improve shielding
effectiveness significantly. See total shielding PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
effectiveness data given below.
Temperature Range:
TECKNIT CUSTOM STRIPS Shielding Effectiveness
has been tested in accordance with TECKNIT - 24°F to 212°F [-30°C to 100°C] for Neoprene
Test Method TSETS-01 and based upon modified sponge.
MIL-STD-285. Typical values are given below. - 103°F to 401°F [-75°C to 205°C] for Silicone
sponge.
H-FIELD E-FIELD PLANE WAVE
MATERIALS 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz - 75°F to 500°F [-60°C to 260°C] for Silicone
dB dB dB dB solid.
Sn/Ph/Bz 80 130 110 95
Monel 60 125 90 80
Sn/Cu/Fe 80 130 105 95
*Based on 127 mm x 127 mm Aperture
A-3
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
A. WIRE MESH
TABLE 1-STANDARD FORMS AVAILABLE

RECTANGULAR ELASTOMER DIMENSIONS NEOPRENE SPONGE CORE SILICONE SPONGE CORE
DOUBLE KNITTED COVER MIN. [MM] L X W Sn/Ph/Bz Sn/Cu/Fe Monel Sn/Ph/Bz Sn/Cu/Fe Monel
OVER SPONGE
.125 X 188 [3.18 X4.78] 21-63915 21-43915 21-13915 21-63948 21-43948 21-13948
.125 X250 [3.18 X6.35] 21-63916 21-43916 21-13916 21-63949 21-43949 21-13949
.125 X.375 [3.18 X 9.53] 21-63917 21-43917 21-13917 21-63950 21-43950 21-13950
.188 X .188 [4.78 X 4.78] 21-63918 21-43918 21-13918 21-63951 21-43951 21-13951
.188 X .375 [4.78 X 9.53] 21-63920 21-43920 21-13920 21-63953 21-43953 21-13953
ROUND DOUBLE KNITTED ELASTOMER DIMENSIONS NEOPRENE SPONGE CORE SILICONE SPONGE CORE
COVER OVER SPONGE Sn/Ph/Bz Sn/Cu/Fe Monel Sn/Ph/Bz Sn/Cu/Fe Monel
.063 [1.60] - - - - 21-00076 -
.125 [3.18] 21-63900 21-43900 21-13900 21-63933 21-43933 21-13933
.188 [4.78] 21-63901 21-43901 21-13901 21-63934 21-43934 21-13934
.250 [6.35] 21-63902 21-43902 21-13902 21-63935 21-43935 21-13935
SINGLE FIN ELASTOMER NEOPRENE SPONGE CORE SILICONE SPONGE CORE

DOUBLE KNITTED COVER DIA. O.A. Sn/Ph/Bz Sn/Cu/Fe Monel Sn/Ph/Bz Sn/Cu/Fe Monel
OVER SPONGE
.125 [3.18] .500 [12.70] 21-63907 21-43907 21-13907 21-63940 21-43940 21-13940
.125 [3.18] .625 [15.88] 21-63908 21-43908 21-13908 21-63941 21-43941 21-13941
.125 [3.18] .750 [19.05] 21-63909 21-43909 21-13909 21-63942 21-43942 21-13942
.188 [4.78] .500 [12.70] 21-63910 21-43910 21-13910 21-63943 21-43943 21-13943
.188 [4.78] .625 [15.88] 21-63911 21-43911 21-13911 21-63944 21-43944 21-13944
.188 [4.78] .750 [19.05] 21-63912 21-43912 21-13912 21-63945 21-43945 21-13945
.250 [6.35] .750 [19.05 ] 21-63913 21-43913 21-13913 21-63946 21-43946 21-13946
.250 [6.35] 1.000 [25.40] 21-63914 21-43914 21-13914 21-63947 21-43947 21-13947
ROUND DOUBLE KNITTED ELASTOMER DIAMETER SILICONE HOLLOW CORE

COVER OVER HOLLOW CORE DIA. O.A. Sn/Ph/Bz Sn/Cu/Fe Monel
.062 [1.58] .500 [12.70] .375 [9.53] - 21-00070 21-00072
CORE WALL
.375 [9.53] .250 [6.35] - 21-00071 21-00073
THICKNESS
"D" DOUBLE KNITTED COVER ELASTOMER DIAMETER SILICONE SOLID HOLLOW CORE
OVER HOLLOW CORE W H Sn/Ph/Bz Sn/Cu/Fe Monel
.093 [2.36] .500 [12.70] .500 [12.70] - 21-00074 21-00075
CORE WALL
THICKNESS
ELASTOMER TOLERANCES: ±.031 in. [0.79 mm] ORDERING INFORMATION

For TECKNIT OVERALL DIMENSIONS, add .031 To order available TECKNIT Custom Strip, specify
in. [0.79 mm] to Elastomer Dimension. Resulting TECKNIT Part Number and quantity required. For
dimensions are applicable to parts under a 4 oz. other types of custom strips or for those utilizing
[113 g.] load using .75 in. [19.05 mm] anvils. fiberglass, high-temperature ceramic fibers, elas-
tomer tubing, or other specialized materials, con-
tact your nearest TECKNIT area representative or
factory.
A-4
A. WIRE MESH
EMI Shielding Tape

THIN STRIP OF WIRE MESH

[SI Metric]
EMC SHIELDING TAPE is a double layered strip
of knitted wire mesh providing effective EMI
shielding for electrical and electronic cable
assemblies. The knitted construction of EMI
SHIELDING TAPE maximizes conformability and
flexibility while minimizing bulk and weight.
Standard EMC SHIELDING TAPE uses Sn/Cu/Fe
knitted wire to provide greater physical strength
and shielding effectiveness than may be achieved
with other tape materials.
TIN COATING 3% by weight offering

low impedance contact and maximum
corrosion resistance.
COPPER CLADDING 40%

by weight offering maximum
conductivity.
STEEL CORE 57% by weight offing

maximum strength and permeability.
Figure 1. Cross section of Sn/Cu/Fe wire.

SPECIFICATIONS
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION INFORMATION Wire Mesh*: Sn/Cu/Fe, (tin coated copper clad
TECKNIT EMC SHIELDING TAPE is recommend- steel see Figure 1) .0045 ± .0005 in. [0.114 ±
ed for EMI shielding, grounding, and static dis- 0.012mm] diameter in accordance with ASTM
charge applications. It is particularly effective as a B-520.
primary or supplementary shield for electronic
cables and cable assemblies. The flexibility of Width: 1.00 in. [25.4 mm] nominal.
EMC SHIELDING TAPE permits it to conform to Thickness: .02in. [0.45 mm] nominal.
irregular surfaces. EMC SHIELDING TAPE is use-
ful in a broad range of temperatures and environ- Weight: 8.0 oz. per 100 feet [745 grams per
ments. 100 meters].
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS

TECKNIT EMC SHIELDING TAPE Shielding Corrosion Resistance: Excellent.
Effectiveness has been tested in accordance with
TECKNIT Test Method TSETS-01 and based upon Solderability: Excellent.
modified MIL-STD-285. Typical values are given
below.
MATERIALS 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz *Special orders available in different widths and in such mate-
rials as Monel, Aluminum, Silver Plated Brass, Tin-Plated
dB dB dB dB
Phosphor Bronze.
Sn/Cu/Fe 45 60 40 30
A-5
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
A. WIRE MESH
TAPE LENGTH VS. CABLE SIZE TECKNIT LENGTH OF

PART NUMBERS EMC TAPE
23-50225 25 ft. [7.6 m] per roll
23-50200 100 ft. [30.5 m] per roll
23-50233 1000 ft. [305 m] per spool
23-50231 1500 ft. [457 m] per spool
23-50228 2000 ft. [610 m] per spool
23-50229 2500 ft. [762 m] per spool
WIRE TYPE / WIRE DIAMETER

TECKNIT mesh stockings are available in any of
our standard wires:
WIRE TYPE WIRE DIAMETER
Note: For each termination and/or branch connection add 30
Sn/Cu/Fe .0045"
in. [76 cm] of EMC tape to anticipated usage. Monel .0045"
Figure 2
Aluminum .005"
Sn/Phosphor Bronze .0045"
Ag/Brass .005"
SHIELDING TAPE TERMINATION
Stockings are available in widths from .250" to 10.0"
TECKNIT Two Part, Silver-filled, Conductive Epoxy
(Part No. 72-08116), is recommended for cable Contact TECKNIT for price and availability.
shielding tape termination. The epoxy is rigid with
a volume resistivity of 0.001 ohm-cm. EMC
SHIELDING TAPE may also be terminated by
ORDERING INFORMATION
means of soldering or clamping. For 25 and 100 ft. [7.6 and 30.5 m] lengths,
EMC SHIELDING TAPE is supplied in individual
packages. Longer continuous lengths are sup-
METHODS OF APPLYING EMC SHIELDING TAPE plied on spools. To order standard parts, specify
TECKNIT EMC SHIELDING TAPE the TECKNIT Part Number and the quantity or
should be wrapped around the cable assembly. rolls or feet. For non-standard items contact your
Wrap the main cable and terminate the tape nearest TECKNIT area representative or factory
before beginning to wrap the cable branch. Start location.
and end all helical wrapping with a minimum of
two overlapping circumferential wraps. At branch
connections, start at least 4 in. [100 mm] before
and after branch to assure adequate EMC
SHIELDING TAPE coverage at the “V” section.
Branch connections should not be designed to
occur within 4 in. [100 mm] or each other.
Recommended lead for most applications is 0.50
in. [13 mm], although some additional shielding
will be achieved when utilizing a 0.25 in. [6 mm]
lead. The length of EMC SHIELDING TAPE
required for each cable using these two types
of lead wraps can be obtained by referring to
Figure 2.
A-6
A. WIRE MESH
Teckmesh Tape
SHIELD & SEAL WIRE MESH

[SI Metric]
TECKMESH is a flexible EMC tape for shielding
and sealing cables and harnesses. Constructed of
knitted wire mesh for shielding and silicone elas-
tomer for sealing, it is self-sealing and insepara-
ble after 24 hours at room temperature.
The shield is a double layer of knitted wire mesh.
Standard wire material is tin coated copper clad
steel (Sn/Cu/Fe) for optimum magnetic and elec-
tric field shielding. Minimum shielding in the 100
kHz to 1 GHz spectrum is 40 dB. Other materials
are available such as tin plated phosphor bronze SPECIFICATIONS
for increased shielding in the 10 MHz to 10 GHz
region.
Shield:
The seal is a silicone elastomer that fuses on con- - Phosphor Bronze: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diameter,
tact with itself. No adhesives, clamps or special per ASTM B-105, Alloy 30 (CDA C50700), tin-
tools are required for cable or harness wrapping plated per ASTM B-33.
or curing. - Knitted wire mesh: 1.0 in. [25.4 mm] wide.
- Standard (P/N 23-50300): Sn/Cu/Fe (tin coated
The combination of shielding and sealing materi- copper clad steel), .0045 in. [0.114 mm] dia. per
als provides uniform tension on the shielding ASTM B-520.
mesh to ensure tight EMI control even under - Option (P/N 23-50303): Tin plated phosphor
adverse conditions of cable twisting and bending. bronze, .0045 in. [0.114 mm] per ASTM B-105,
The tape seals against moisture, corrosive elec- alloy 30 (CDA C50700), plated per ASTM B-33.
trolytes, and noxious gases permitting extended Seal: Silicone, 1.0 in. [25.4 mm] wide.
life. It readily conforms to cable or harness sur- - Width (overall): 1.50 in. [38.1 mm] nominal.
face permitting branching, extensions, repairs - Length (of roll): 36 ft. [10.97 meters] nominal.
and the mounting of grounding tabs. It is - Thickness: Tape, .04 in. [1.0 mm] nominal. 50%
extremely easy to use. overlap, .09 in. [2.2 mm] nominal.
- Weight: 24.6 oz. per 100 ft. [2.3 kg per 100
APPLICATION INFORMATION meters].
TECKMESH is recommended for shielding,
grounding, and static discharge applications. It is PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
effective for most commercial applications for Shield:
supplemental shielding of electrical and electron- - Pull Strength: 50 lbs. [222 N].
ic cables and harnesses against radiating emis- - Elongation (max.): 100%.
sions under FCC or VDE regulations. As a primary - Solderability: Excellent.
shield, it provides more than an adequate shield Seal:
when properly assembled for personal comput- - Hardness, Shore A Durometer: 50 (ASTM D-2240).
ers, communication devices and equipment con- - Room Temp. Cure: 24 hours.
trollers. - Tensile Strength (min.) (ASTM D-412): 700 psi
[4.8 MPa].
- Tear Strength (min.) (ASTM D-624): 85 lbf/in.
[148 N/m].
- Bond Strength (min.) 24 hours at room temp.:
2 lbs. [8.5 N].
- Dielectric Strength (min.): 400V/mil [15.7 kv/mm].
- Volume Resistivity (min.): 1014 ohms/cm.
- Temperature Range: -67°F to 390°F [-55°C to
200°C]
A-7
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
A. WIRE MESH
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE ORDERING INFORMATION

TECKMESH Shielding Tape has been tested for To order, specify the TECKNIT part number and
shielding effectiveness (SE) in accordance with the quantity or rolls or feet. For assistance contact
TECKNIT Test Method TSET-01 based on a modi- your nearest TECKNIT area representative or fac-
fied MIL-STD-285 test. The tests were performed tory location.
using a 50% overlap which produces a 4 layer
shield. Typical values are given below.
TECKNIT LENGTH
H-FIELD E-FIELD PLANE WAVE PART NUMBERS
MATERIALS 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz
23-50300 36 ft. roll
dB dB dB dB
23-50303 36 ft. roll
Sn/Cu/Fe 45 60 40 30
Sn/Ph/Bz -- 70 50 35
METHOD OF APPLICATION
The overall width of the shielding tape is 1.5 inch-
es; one inch for the shield and one inch for the
elastomer. The two sections of the tape are over-
lapped by .5 inch and bonded together:
Figure 1. Cross Section
Wrap tape around the cable starting at one end.

Wrap the main cable before wrapping the branch-
es. Secure the beginning wrap by using the seal-
ing tape. Remove about 4 inches of the shielding
mesh by clipping the tie points holding the mesh
to the elastomer seal. The 4 inch long tab of
mesh can be used as a grounding point or
removed if the opposite end is to be grounded.
The mesh shield can be soldered to a convenient
ground or a spade lug attached to the mesh for
grounding to a mounting screw. The free end of
the sealing tape should be used to seal off the
end of the shield to exclude moisture.
A-8
A. WIRE MESH
Seamless Knitted Wire

DIE-COMPRESSED MESH GASKETS

[SI Metric]
SEAMLESS KNITTED WIRE gaskets are utilized
forhigh volume, custom engineered applications.
Although most applications involve rings, gaskets
can be produced in rectangular and special
shapes, with holes or mounting recesses, corner
radii and other special features. TECKNIT gaskets
are formed by die-compressing a controlled
amount of knitted wire mesh that contains no
joints or splices. SEAMLESS KNITTED WIRE
MESH gaskets offer excellent EMI shielding char-
acteristics, controlled density, good resiliency, low
cost, and easy installation. They can be manufac- SPECIFICATIONS
tured as small as 0.125 in. [3.18 mm] I.D. and MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
0.250 in. [6.35 mm] O.D. Wall thickness and
height are generally limited to 0.063 in. [1.59 Wire Mesh*:
mm] minimum and 0.250 in. [6.35 mm] maxi- - Phosphor Bronze: .0045 in. [0.114 mm]
mum. diameter, per ASTM B-105, Alloy 30 (CDA
C50700), tin-plated per ASTM B-33.
APPLICATION INFORMATION - Sn/Cu/Fe: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diameter, per
Unique SEAMLESS KNITTED WIRE MESH gas- ASTM B-520.
kets are used in EMI shielding applications that
include cable TV, microwave ovens, waveguide - Ag/Brass: .005 in. [0.127 mm] diameter, per
flanges, connector and filter mountings. They QQW-321 (ASTM B-520), silver-plated (3%
have also been used for shaft seals, heat sinks, silver by weight).
shock absorbers, and filters, and can be manu- - Monel: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diameter, per
factured by hand-forming and joining for proto- QQN-281 or AMS-4730.
type requirements. (For applications requiring
* NOTE: Recommended volume density of wire is 14 to 20
both EMI shielding and moisture sealing, see percent.
TECKNIT DUOGASKET.)
MATERIAL RECOMMENDATIONS EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE

The four standard wire materials used to manu- TECKNIT SEAMLESS KNITTED WIRE Shielding
facture SEAMLESS KNITTED WIRE gaskets are Effectiveness has been tested in accordance with
listed under TECKNIT specifications. For availabil- TECKNIT Test Method TSETS-01 and based upon
ity of SEAMLESS KNITTED WIRE MESH gaskets modified MIL-STD-285. Typical values are given
in other wire materials, contact TECKNIT. below.
dB dB dB dB
Ag/Br 80 135 105 95
Sn/Cu/Fe 80 130 105 95
Sn/Ph/Bz 80 130 110 100
Monel 60 130 90 80
A-9
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
A. WIRE MESH
SEAMLESS KNITTED WIRE MESH gaskets may

also be made from wire of nonstandard materials
and diameters. Maximum gasket size is limited to
approximately 4 in. [102 mm] diameter. Contact
your nearest TECKNIT representative or factory
for design assistance.
STANDARD TOLERANCES
DIMENSIONS TOLERANCES
in. [mm] in. [mm]
I.D. 0.125-3.875 +0, -0.020 in.
[3.175-98.4] [+0, -0.50 mm]
O.D. 0.250-4.0 +0.020, -0 in.
[6.35-101.6 ] [+0.50, -0 mm]
HEIGHT* .063-.250 +0.020, -0 in.
[1.6-6.35] [+0.50, -0 mm]
*Dimensions applicable to parts under a 4 oz. [113g] load using .75 in

[19.1 mm] anvils.
When ordering round SEAMLESS KNITTED WIRE
MESH gaskets, specify the I.D., O.D. and height.
For gaskets of other shapes, provide a drawing
specifying all critical dimensions (i.e., corner
radii, hole dimensions, location of holes and
density/weight requirement.) Before finalizing
design, contact TECKNIT to determine whether
existing tooling is available for your application.
A-10
A. WIRE MESH
Custom Knitted Wire

CUSTOM MESH GASKETS

[SI Metric]
TECKNIT CUSTOM KNITTED WIRE MESH gas-
kets and assemblies are produced from many
standard forms of knitted wire materials. These
include TECKNIT STRIPS (rectangular, round,
double core and round with fin) and TECKNIT
CUSTOM STRIPS (double knit over sponge and
hollow cross section elastomer core construc-
tions). For standard materials and cross sections
used in the manufacture of TECKNIT CUSTOM
KNITTED WIRE gasket and assemblies, refer to
pages listing TECKNIT STRIPS and TECKNIT
CUSTOM STRIPS. SPECIFICATIONS
APPLICATION INFORMATION Wire Mesh*:
TECKNIT CUSTOM KNITTED WIRE MESH gas- - Phosphor Bronze: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diame-
kets and assemblies are effective in a variety of ter, per ASTM B-105, Alloy 30 (CDA C50700),
EMI shielding applications. They install easily and tin plated per ASTM B-33.
offer the design engineer many methods of
attachment, such as rivets, clips, retaining strips,
ASTM B-520.
spot welds, side wall friction, and adhesives (see
TECKNIT CONDUCTIVE systems). - Ag/Brass: .005 in. [0.127 mm] diameter, per
QQW-321 (ASTM-B-134), silver plated (3%
silver by weight).
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE*
- Monel: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diameter, per
TECKNIT CUSTOM KNITTED WIRE Shielding
QQN-281, or AMS-4730.
Effectiveness has been tested in accordance with
TECKNIT Test Method TSETS-01 and based upon - Aluminum Alloy 5056: .005 in. [0.127 mm]
modified MIL-STD-285. Typical values are given diameter, per SAE AMS-4182 (except max.
below. tensile strength is 75,000 psi).
Elastomer
- Neoprene sponge (closed cell): MIL-R-6130,
Type II, Grade A, Condition medium.
dB dB dB dB - Neoprene solid: MIL-R-6855, Class 2, Grade 40.
Ag/Br 80+ 135+ 105 95 - Silicone sponge (closed cell): AMS-3195.
Sn/Cu/Fe 80+ 130+ 105 95
Sn/Ph/Bz 80+ 130+ 110 100 - Silicone solid: ZZ-R-765, Class 2, Grade 40
(Standard), Grade 50 (For Hollow Cores).
Aluminum 60 130 90 80
Monel 60+ 130 90 80 PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
*Based on 127 mm x 127 mm Aperture Temperature Range
- Neoprene sponge: -24°F to 212°F [-30°C
to 100°C]
- Neoprene solid: -65°F to 212°F [-54°C
to 100°C]
- Silicone sponge: -103°F to 401°F [-75°C
to 205°C]
- Silicone solid: -75°F to 500°F [-60°C to 260°C]
A-11
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
A. WIRE MESH
INSPECTION METHODS ORDERING INFORMATION

TECKNIT CUSTOM KNITTED WIRE MESH gas- It is recommended that TECKNIT CUSTOM KNIT-
kets and assemblies conform to flange or groove TED WIRE MESH gaskets and assemblies be
mountings. Dimensional tolerances for gaskets designed using standard TECKNIT STRIP and
and assemblies are usually greater than the toler- CUSTOM STRIP cross sections listed on their
ances of flanges and grooves. The inherent respective pages in this catalog. Specify TECKNIT
resiliency and conformability of the gaskets allow Part Number for cross section and material.
them to easily adapt to enclosure dimensions. Supply the remaining specifications for finished
Recommended inspection methods for knitted parts: overall dimensions, hole locations, mount-
wire mesh gaskets employ the use of templates or ing methods, and any other mechanical require-
samples of the flange or groove into which the ments. Holes and ends of knitted wire mesh may
gasket will be installed. be finished to minimize fraying. This can be
accomplished by utilizing finishing methods such
as sewing, spot welding, grommetting, or similar
methods. For assistance with your custom appli-
cation, contact your nearest TECKNIT area repre-
sentative or factory location.
TOLERANCES
CROSS SECTION DIMENSIONS
Width and Height*
.06 to .38 in. [1.6 to 9.5mm] ............ ±.031 in. [0.79mm]
.38 in. [9.5mm] to .500 in. [12.7] ±.063 in. [1.60 mm]
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
Length and Width
Up to 12 in. [305mm].....................±.063 in. [1.60mm]
For additional
6 in. [152.4 mm] ............................±.031 in. [0.79mm]
Holes and Slots ..............................±.031 in. [0.79mm]
*NOTE: Dimensions are measured with parts under 4 oz. [113g] load
using .75 in. [19.1 mm] anvils.
A-12
A. WIRE MESH
Duostrips and Duogaskets ™ ™

WIRE MESH WITH ELASTOMER SEAL
U.S. Customary GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS

[SI Metric]
TECKNIT DUOSTRIPS and DUOGASKETS consist
of knitted wire mesh strips combined with an
elastomer. This combination provides electromag-
netic shielding plus an environmental seal. The
EMI shielding knitted wire mesh should be select-
ed to provide optimum shielding effectiveness
while assuring compatibility with the metals of the
surface being gasketed. Most commonly
employed metals are Tin-Plated Phosphor Bronze,
Tin-Coated Copper-Clad Steel (Sn/ Cu/Fe) and
Monel. Environmental sealing is achieved by
using elastomers with solid or closed cell sponge SPECIFICATIONS
neoprene or silicone. Optional elastomers include MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
fluorosilicone, buna and butyl rubber.
Wire Mesh:
APPLICATION INFORMATION - Phosphor Bronze: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diameter,

per ASTM B-105, Alloy 30 (CDA C50700),
TECKNIT DUOSTRIPS and DUOGASKETS are tin-plated per ASTM B-33.
used in applications requiring EMI shielding and
environmental sealing. Optional pressure sensitive
ASTM B-520.
adhesive backing provides a convenient and
effective means of mounting the gasket. - Ag/Brass: .005 in. [0.127 mm] diameter, per
DUOSTRIPS and DUOGASKETS are used to seal QQ-W-321, (ASTM-B-134) silver-plated (3%
enclosure doors and lids, removable cover plates, silver by weight).
and as interface gaskets for mounting shielding - Monel: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diameter, per
windows and air vent panels. QQ-N-281, or AMS-4730.
- Aluminum Alloy 5056: .005 in. [0.127 mm]
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* diameter, per SAE AMS-4182 (except max.
TECKNIT TWIN DUOSTRIP Shielding tensile strength is 75,000 psi).
Effectiveness has been tested in accordance with Elastomer:
TECKNIT Test Method TSETS-01 and based upon
modified MIL-STD-285. Typical values are given - Neoprene sponge: (closed cell), MIL-R-6130,
below. Type II, Grade A, Condition medium.
(ASTM-D-6576)
H-FIELD E-FIELD PLANE WAVE - Neoprene solid: MIL-R-6855, Class 2, Grade 40.
dB dB dB dB - Silicone sponge (closed cell): SAE AMS-3195.
Monel 65 135 100 90 - Silicone solid: ZZ-R-765, Class 2, Grade 40
*Based on 127 mm x 127 mm Aperture (Standard), Grade 50 (Hollow Cores).
(AA-59588)
PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
CLOSURE PRESSURES RECOMMENDED
Temperature Range:
The many parameters in shielding/sealing gasket
design, such as width, thickness and durometer, - Neoprene sponge: -24°F to 212°F [-31°C
make it difficult to specify exact closing pressure to 100°C]
criteria. A general rule, for both solid and sponge - Neoprene solid: -65°F to 212°F [-54°C to 100°C]
elastomers, closing pressures should be 69 kPa
[10 psi] min. - Silicone sponge: -103°F to 401°F [-75°C
to 205°C]
- Silicone solid: -75°F to 500°F [-60°C to 260°C]
A-13
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
A. WIRE MESH
DUOSTRIPS
Figure 1.
CROSS SECTION NEOPRENE SPONGE SILICONE SPONGE

DIMENSIONS in. [mm] PLAIN TECKSTIK ADH. PLAIN TECKSTIK-SIL. ADH.
A B C D MONEL SN/CU/FE MONEL SN/CU/FE MONEL SN/CU/FE MONEL SN/CU/FE
.062 [1.57] .250 [6.35] .062 [1.57] .125 [3.18] 43-13511 43-00213 43-16792 43-00252 43-13802 43-00120 43-00144 43-00165
.062 [1.57] .375 [9.53] .062 [1.57] .125 [3.18] 43-13446 43-00214 43-00003 43-00253 43-00063 43-00121 43-16796 43-00166
.062 [1.57] .500 [12.70] .062 [1.57] .125 [3.18] 43-00030 43-00215 43-16795 43-00000 43-13546 43-00122 43-00145 43-00167
.062 [1.57] .625 [15.88] .062 [1.57] .125 [3.18] 43-00200 43-00216 43-00237 43-00254 43-13841 43-00123 43-00041 43-46711
.093 [2.36] .250 [6.35] .093 [2.36] .125 [3.18] 43-13634 43-00217 43-16764 43-00255 43-00100 43-00124 43-00146 43-00168
.093 [2.36] .375 [9.53] .093 [2.36] .125 [3.18] 43-00201 43-00218 43-00238 43-46456 43-00101 43-00125 43-00147 43-00169
.093 [2.36] .500 [12.70] .093 [2.36] .125 [3.18] 43-13613 43-00219 43-16797 43-46458 43-00102 43-00126 43-16799 43-00170
.093 [2.36] .750 [19.05] .093 [2.36] .125 [3.18] 43-13245 43-00220 43-00239 43-00256 43-00103 43-00127 43-00148 43-00171
.125 [3.18] .187 [4.75] .125 [3.18] .187 [4.75] 43-13268 43-00221 43-00240 43-00258 43-00104 43-00128 43-00150 43-00173
.125 [3.18] .250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] 43-13334 43-00222 43-00241 43-46136 43-00105 43-00129 43-00021 43-00174
.125 [3.18] .250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] .250 [6.35] 43-13261 43-00223 43-16136 43-00259 43-13635 43-00130 43-00151 43-00175
.125 [3.18] .375 [9.53] .125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] 43-13971 43-43971 43-16106 43-46102 43-13980 43-43980 43-16404 43-46406
.125 [3.18] .500 [12.70] .125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] 43-13746 43-00224 43-16108 43-46100 43-13842 43-00131 43-16408 43-46408
.125 [3.18] .500 [12.70] .125 [3.18] .250 [6.35] 43-13262 43-00225 43-00242 43-00260 43-13794 43-00132 43-16431 43-46710
.125 [3.18] .625 [15.88] .125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] 43-13972 43-43972 43-16110 43-46101 43-13981 43-43981 43-16410 43-46410
.125 [3.18] .750 [19.05] .125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] 43-00202 43-43175 43-16112 43-00262 43-00107 43-43178 43-00040 43-00177
.125 [3.18] .750 [19.05] .125 [3.18] .250 [6.35] 43-00203 43-43162 43-00244 43-00263 43-00108 43-00134 43-00153 43-00178
.187 [4.75] .250 [6.35] .187 [4.75] .125 [3.18] 43-00204 43-00227 43-00246 43-00265 43-00109 43-43161 43-00155 43-00180
.187 [4.75] .375 [9.53] .187 [4.75] .125 [3.18] 43-13974 43-43974 43-16206 43-46206 43-13983 43-43983 43-16506 43-46506
.187 [4.75] .500 [12.70] .187 [4.75] .125 [3.18] 43-13115 43-00228 43-16208 43-46208 43-00110 43-00135 43-16508 43-46508
.187 [4.75] .625 [15.88] .187 [4.75] .125 [3.18] 43-13975 43-43975 43-16210 43-46210 43-13984 43-43984 43-16510 43-46510
.187 [4.75] .625 [15.88] .187 [4.75] .250 [6.35] 43-00205 43-00229 43-00247 43-00266 43-00111 43-00136 43-00156 43-00181
.187 [4.75] .750 [19.05] .187 [4.75] .250 [6.35] 43-00206 43-00230 43-00248 43-00267 43-00112 43-00137 43-00157 43-00182
.250 [6.35] .250 [6.35] .250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] 43-00207 43-00231 43-16304 43-00020 43-00113 43-43142 43-00159 43-00184
.250 [6.35] .375 [9.53] .250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] 43-13977 43-43977 43-16306 43-46306 43-13986 43-43986 43-16606 43-46606
.250 [6.35] .500 [12.70] .250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] 43-00208 43-00232 43-16308 43-46308 43-00114 43-00138 43-16608 43-46608
.250 [6.35] .625 [15.88] .250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] 43-13978 43-43978 43-16310 43-46310 43-13987 43-43987 43-16610 43-46610
TWIN MESH DUOSTRIP
Figure 2.
DIMENSIONS in. [mm] PLAIN TECKSTIK ADH. PLAIN TECKSTIK-SIL. ADH.

A B C D MONEL SN/CU/FE MONEL SN/CU/FE MONEL SN/CU/FE MONEL SN/CU/FE
.125 [3.18] .250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] 43-13335 43-43123 43-16718 43-46131 43-00324 43-00331 43-00042 43-00344
.125 [3.18] .375 [9.53] .125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] 43-13141 43-00306 43-16726 43-46137 43-00325 43-00332 43-00339 43-46138
.125 [3.18] .500 [12.70] .125 [3.18] .250 [6.35] 43-00302 43-00309 43-00315 43-00320 43-00328 43-00335 43-00341 43-00347
.187 [4.75] .250 [6.35] .187 [4.75] .125 [3.18] 43-00303 43-00310 43-00316 43-00321 43-13707 43-00336 43-00342 43-00348
A-14
A. WIRE MESH
Duostrips, Duogaskets Cont.

U.S. Customary
[SI Metric]
OPTIONAL CONSTRUCTIONS DUOSTRIP AND DUOGASKET TOLERANCES
ELASTOMER CROSS SECTION TOLERANCES

Dimensions Sponge Rubber Solid Rubber
under .100 in. ± .016 in. ± .016 in.
[2.54 mm] [.40 mm] [.40 mm]
A. 100 in. to .200 in. ± .031 in. ± .016 in.
[2.54 to 5.08 mm] [.79 mm] [.40 mm]
Figure 3. Twin Elastomer Duostrip .200 to .500 in. ± .047 in. ± .031 in.
[5.08 to 12.7 mm] [1.19 mm] [.79 mm]
under 1.00 in. ± .031 in. ± .031 in.
[25.4 mm] [.79 mm] [.79 mm]
B 1.00 to 2.00 in. ± .063 in. ± .063 in.
[25.4 to 50.8 mm] [1.59 mm] [1.59 mm]
WIRE MESH CROSS SECTION TOLERANCES

Dimensions Gasket Height & Width Tolerance
Figure 4. Solid Elastomer Duostrip .062 to .187 in. + .016, - 0 in.
[1.57 to 4.75 mm] [+ 0.41, - 0 mm]
C,D
DUOGASKET DRAWING STANDARDS .188 to .500 in. + .031, - 0 in.
[4.78 to 9.53 mm] [+ 0.79, - 0 mm]
DUOGASKET TOLERANCES
Dimensions Sponge Rubber Solid Rubber
under 6 in. ± .031 in. ± .016 in.
[152.4 mm] [.79 mm] [.40 mm]
E,F,G,H
each additional ± .005 in. ± .003 in.
1 in. [25.4 mm] [.13 mm] [.08 mm]
under 6 in. ± .016 in. ± .016 in.
[152.4 mm] [.40 mm] [.40 mm]
K,L,M,N
each additional ± .003 in. ± .003 in.
1 in. [25.4 mm] [.08 mm] [.08 mm]
P,S - ± .016 in. ± .016 in.
Figure 5. [.40 mm] [.40 mm]
NOTE: All tolerances are based on gasket thicknesses of .125" or less. For
NOTES: gaskets thicker than .125", contact factory for applicable tolerances. All
parts available with tin-plated phosphor bronze mesh.
1. Minimum sealing gasket with (B) is .125 in.
[3.18 mm] but not less than gasket thickness (A).
DESIGN AND THICKNESS CONSIDERATIONS
2. Minimum distance from bolt hole or compres- Most DUOSTRIP and DUOGASKET applications
sion stop to edge of sealing gasket is not less use sponge materials, however; any of the stan-
than thickness of gasket material nor less than dard cross sections shown in Figures 1-3 are
.062 in. [1.57 mm]. available using solid elastomers. For DUOSTRIPS
3. If bolt holes must be closer than shown in and DUOGASKETS designed with solid elas-
Note 2, use U-shaped slots (S). tomers, the thickness of the knitted wire mesh
EMI gasket is always 0.031 in. [0.79 mm] thicker
4. Minimum hole diameter not less than gasket than the elastomer for optimum shielding and
thickness nor less than .094 in. [2.39 mm] sealing (see Figure 5). With a sponge-elastomer,
A-15
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
A. WIRE MESH
the knitted wire mesh EMI gasket thickness is ADHESIVE BACK GASKETS AND STRIPS
generally the same as that of the elastomer (see
DUOSTRIPS and DUOGASKETS are available with
Figure 1).
TECKSTIK, a pressure-sensitive adhesive backing
The most common thickness specified for the on the elastomer portion of the gaskets, which
elastomer portion of DUOSTRIPS and DUOGAS- holds them in place temporarily for installation.
KETS is 0.125 in. [3.18 mm] and should be TECKSTIK shelf life is one year when stored at or
specified whenever possible. Also available are below 73°F [23°C].
0.062 in. [1.57 mm], 0.093 in. [2.36 mm], 0.187
in. [4.75 mm] and 0.250 in. [6.35 mm] thick DUOSTRIPS - SPECIAL LENGTHS AND
elastomer. FINISHED ENDS
Standard DUOSTRIPS are supplied in 25 ft. ± 1
COMPRESSION STOPS in. [7.60 ± 0.03 m] rolls. DUOSTRIPS can also
TECKNIT can provide disc or washer-type com- be cut to specific lengths with square or miter-cut
pression stops on sponge or solid elastomer ends, or strips with finished EMI gasket ends.
DUOSTRIP and DUOGASKETS to minimize over-
compressing and bowing of flanges between bolt DUOGASKETS-SIZES AVAILABLE
locations. TECKNIT stops are fabricated from
standard tubing materials in either aluminum or The sealing portion of the DUOGASKETS is diecut
stainless steel. from sheet elastomer. One-piece, jointless sealing
gaskets are available up to 36 in. x 36 in. [914
mm x 914 mm]. Larger gaskets are normally
spliced using one of the splicing methods shown
in Figure 7. These techniques should be consid-
ered if a jointless design results in a large waste
of elastomer. In preparing drawings, indicate
whether or not elastomer splices are permitted.
Molded sealing gaskets are also available to suit
special flange configurations. The elastomer por-
tion of the gasket may be molded for high vol-
Figure 6. Compression Stop Design ume, custom applications.
STANDARD ±.005 in. [± 0.13 mm]

O.D. .062 .093 .125 .188 .250 .375
[1.57] [2.36] [3.18] [4.78] [6.35] [9.53]
I.D. - - - .93 .125 .250
- - - [2.36] [3.18] [6.35]
MATERIAL T DIMENSION in.[mm] TOLERANCES in.[mm]
.040 - .090 ±.006
Aluminum [1.02 - 2.29] [0.15] Figure 7. Four basic splicing techniques.
.090 - .130 ±.008
[2.29 - 3.30] [0.20]
Stainless Steel .130 - .190 ±.010 ORDERING INFORMATION
[3.30 - 4.83] [0.25]
To order a standard 25 ft. ± 1 in. [7.60 m ± 0.03
Selected from std. gauge sheets, rod and tubing materials only. m] roll of DUOSTRIP, specify dimensions and part
number. For any DUOSTRIP variation, supply a
sketch and indicate special elastomer require-
ments and EMI gasketing. For design assistance,
contact your nearest TECKNIT area representative
or factory location.
A-16
A. WIRE MESH
Teckstrip
®
WIRE MESH WITH ALUMINUM STRIP

[SI Metric]
TECKSTRIP is a combination of resilient EMI
shielding mesh crimped in a solid aluminum
mounting strip. A jaw-type construction of the alu-
minum extrusion ensures secure fastening of EMI
shielding mesh. In addition, the aluminum extru-
sion provides a positive compression stop, mini-
mizing compression set of the EMI shielding
mesh. TECKSTRIP can be supplied as ready-to-
mount frames or in custom or bulk lengths.
SPECIFICATIONS
TECKSTRIP greatly simplifies shielding gasket
installation. TECKSTRIP can be attached directly MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
to the enclosure to be shielded by spot welding, TECKSTRIP Extrusion: Aluminum alloy 6063-T6 per
bolting, riveting, or similar fastening techniques. QQ-A-200/9 (ASTM-B-221) (Chromate conversion
The aluminum frame permits accurate position- coating per MIL-C-5541 Class 1A optional).
ing, is easy and economical to install, and when
attached to sheet metal enclosures, provides Wire Mesh:
rigidity and enhances structural strength. - Phosphor Bronze: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diameter
per ASTM B-105, Alloy 30 (CDA C50700), tin-
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* plated per ASTM B-33.
- Sn/Cu/Fe (Tin Coated, Copper Clad Steel): .0045
in. [0.114 mm], diameter per ASTM B-520.
dB dB dB dB - Monel: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diameter per QQN-
Sn/Ph/Bz 80 130 100 100 281 or AMS-4730.
Monel 60 130 90 80
Sn/Cu/Fe 80 130 105 95 Elastomer Core (when specified): Neoprene sponge
per MIL-R-6130, Type II, Grade A, Condition
*Based on 127 mm x 127 mm aperature. Medium (ASTM-D-6576).
Silicone sponge per SAE-AMS-3195.
FABRICATED STRIPS AND FRAMES
TECKSTRIP may be supplied as a finished frame PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
assembly manufactured to custom specifications. Temperature Range:
Individual prefabricated strips may also be uti-
lized to construct a custom, TECKSTRIP frame. -24°F to 212°F [-30°C to 100°C] for Neoprene
These prefabricated sections may be supplied sponge.
with holes, slots, and countersinks. Custom frame -103°F to 401°F [-75°C to 205°C] for Silicone
constructions are also available to meet customer sponge.
requirements. See Figures 1 and 2 for frame and
strip dimensioning and the table following Figure
2 for standard tolerances.
A-17
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
A. WIRE MESH
EXTRUSION STYLE
Table 1.
EXTRUSION SELECTION in. [mm]
Extrusion Bulk Strip
W T Style Code (A)
.375 in. [9.53 mm] .093 in. [2.36 mm] 165 0 Figure 1. Frame dimensions (Mesh not shown)
.375 in. [9.53 mm] .125 in. [3.18 mm] 153 1
.437 in. [11.10 mm] .093 in. [2.36 mm] 169 2
BULK AND FINISHED LENGTHS
.437 in. [11.10 mm] .125 in. [3.18 mm] 178 3 TECKSTRIP can be supplied in standard bulk
.500 in. [12.70 mm] .125 in. [31.8 mm] 160 4 lengths of 5 ft. [1.5 m], 7.5 ft. [2.25 m], or 15 ft.
.625 in. [15.88 mm] .125 in. [3.18 mm] 174 5 [4.5 m]. Ends are rough cut to a tolerance of
.750 in. [19.05 mm] .125 in. [3.18 mm] 150 6 ±1.0 in. [2.5 cm] in bulk lengths. Finished mesh
1,000 in. [25.40 mm]* .125 in. [3.18 mm] 155 7 ends can be supplied to any desired length up to
251 8 15 ft. [4.5 m] at nominal additional cost.
384 9
EXTRUSION STYLE 251
Figure 2. Finished strip dimensions
EXTRUSION STYLE 384 FINISHED STRIP AND FRAME TOLERANCES in. [mm]
0-12 12-24 24-36 36-48
DIM [0-305] [305-610] [610-915] [915-1220]
A,B,G ±.015[±0.38] ±.031[±0.79] ±.047[±1.19] ±.060[±1.52]
C,D,E,F ±.015[±0.38] ±.020[±0.51] ±.031[±0.79]
G Over 48 in. [1220 mm], check with TECKNIT Engineers.
EMI GASKETING MATERIAL Table 2.
EMI GASKET EMI GASKET MESH STRIP MESH STRIP GASKET SHAPE WIRE TYPE ORDERING INFORMATION
DIM. in. [mm] DESCRIPTION MATERIAL NUMBER CODE B CODE C
.188+.031-0
[4.78+0.79-0] Solid Monel 12150 0 Select TECKSTRIP by extrusion style and EMI
TECKNIT Strip Sn/Cu/Fe 42250 1 1 gasketing material by mesh strip number. Provide
Sn/Ph/Bz 62250 2 a sketch of all fabrication details. Part numbers
Rubber
Dimensions* Strip with Monel 12152 0 will be assigned by TECKNIT when the part
.188±.031 Neoprene Sn/Cu/Fe 42252 2 1
[4.78±0.79]
Sponge Core Sn/Ph/Bz 62252 2
description is complete. For bulk material, order
by part number. Part numbers are constructed
Rubber
as follows.
Dimensions* Custom Strip Monel 13452 0
.188±.031 with Silicone Sn/Cu/Fe 43252 3 1
[4.78±0.79]
Sponge Core Sn/Ph/Bz 63252 2 BULK STRIP DESIGNATION
*Overall dimensions: Add .031 in. [0.79 mm] to rubber dimension. Resulting dimensions are appli-
cable to parts under a 4 oz. [113g] load using .750 in. [19.05 mm] anvils.
Table 3.
BULK STRIP LENGTH FINISH LENGTH CODE (D)
5 Feet No Finish 0
Chromate 1
7.5 Feet No Finish 2 For assistance and for other selected extrusion
Chromate 3 crosssections and EMI gasket materials contact
15 Feet No Finish 4 your nearest TECKNIT area representative or
Chromate 5 factory location.
A-18
A. WIRE MESH
Duosil
®
COMPOSITE WIRE MESH AND SILICONE OR FLUOROSILICONE RUBBER STRIP

[SI Metric]
DUOSIL is a composite material which provides
an effective EMI shield and an optimum environ-
mental seal. It is produced by employing a
patented process and state-of-the-art elastomer
extrusion technology. This process accomplishes
the fusion of specially shaped silicone or fluorosil-
icone rubber to a knitted wire mesh shielding
strip. During manufacture, a controlled amount of
elastomer is permitted to penetrate the porous
boundary face of the shielding strip. Following
curing, the result is an inseparable composite
combining the high reliability of both materials SPECIFICATIONS
into a single rugged structure. MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Shielding Wire Mesh
DUOSIL was initially developed as a radiation and - Monel: per QQ-N-281, .0045 in. [0.114 mm]
environmental seal for outdoor, all-weather com- diameter or AMS 4730
mercial electronic VHF and UHF equipment. - Phosphor Bronze: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diameter,
Proven to be an ideal shield and seal in these per ASTM B-105, Alloy 30 (CDA C50700), tin-
severe commercial environments, DUOSIL has plated per ASTM B-33.
also been used with great effectiveness in
demanding military applications. DUOSIL EMI Sealing Elastomer
shielding gasket material is ideally suited for
- Silicone rubber: per ZZ - R - 765 Class 2,
installation into the narrow grooves in cast enclo-
Grade 50 (AA-59588).
sures. Its small cross section composite saves
space and weight without sacrificing shielding or - Fluorosilicone rubber: ref MIL-R-25988B, Class I,
sealing effectiveness. Grade 40, Type II (SAE-AMS-R-25988).
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS

TECKNIT DUOSIL Shielding Effectiveness has Silicone Fluorosilicone
been tested in accordance with TECKNIT Test Hardness, Shore
Method TSETS-01, based upon modified MIL- A Durometer 50 ± 7 40 ± 5
STD-285. Typical values are given below. ASTM D-2240
Temperature -80°F to 500°F -67°F to 257°F
Range [-62°C to 260°C] [-55°C to 125°C]
MATERIALS 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz Brittle Point
dB dB dB dB ASTM D-746 -100°F [-73°C] -81°F [-63°C]
Monel 60 130 90 80 Composite Peel
Sn/Ph/Bz 90 135 105 95 Strength (min.) 3 lbf/in. [525 N/m] 3 lbf/in. [525 N/m]
*Based on 127 mm x 127 mm aperature. Color Gray Blue
A-19
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
A. WIRE MESH
DUOSIL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS

Standard cross-sections are listed below. In addi-
tion, DUOSIL can be manufactured for custom
designed cross-sections. Custom designed cross-
sections become cost effective as the result of the
elimination of costly conventional mesh to elas-
tomer bonding techniques.
Contact TECKNIT factory personnel for custom
design assistance and/or application information
concerning DUOSIL.
STANDARD DUOSIL - CROSS SECTIONS AND

GROOVE DESIGN DATA
Figure 2. Compression Deflection data.
When ordering DUOSIL, specify reuqired length
and TECKNIT Part Number. For assistance, con-
tact your nearest TECKNIT area representative or
factory location.
STANDARD SILICONE ELASTOMER

DUOSIL DIMENSIONS
Part Gasket Dimensions Groove Dimensions
Number inches [mm] inches [mm]
A B C D E F
80-10008 .070 .098 .035 .035 .088 .088
[1.77] [2.48] [0.88] [0.88] [2.23] [2.23]
80-09863 .093 .125 .046 .046 .113 .110
[2.36] [3.18] [1.17] [1.17] [2.87] [2.79]
80-00013 .125 .062 .062 .062 .056 .163
[3.18] [1.57] [1.57] [1.57] [1.42]* [4.14]
80-00007 .125 .175 .062 .062 .158 .135
[3.18] [4.45] [1.57] [1.57] [4.01] [3.43]
80-09864 .156 .156 .062 .093 .141 .174
[3.96] [3.96] [1.57] [2.36] [3.58] [4.42]
80-00250 .180 .165 .090 .090 .150 .185
[4.57] [4.19] [2.28] [2.28] [3.80] [4.69]
80-09869 .188 .188 .093 .093 .169 .192
[4.78] [4.78] [2.36] [2.36] [4.29] [488]
*Groove (E) tolerance + 0 - .002 [0.05]
A-20
B. METAL FIBERS AND SCREENS
Section B:
U.S. Customary
[SI Metric]
Metal Fibers and Screens
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

PRODUCT PAGE
DUOLASTIC™ (Woven Wire Impregnated with Elastomer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B1 - B2

TECKFELT™ (Thin Gasket Sheets of Sintered Metal Fiber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B3 - B4
TECKSPAN™ (Expanded Metal with Optional Elastomer Filler) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B5 - B6

Duolastic
™
WIRE MESH GASKET MATERIAL

[SI Metric]
TECKNIT DUOLASTIC* material consists of a
woven aluminum wire screen impregnated with
neoprene or silicone elastomer. DUOLASTIC pro-
vides both EMI shielding and environmental seal-
ing. The aluminum wire screen provides electrical
contact between mating surfaces, while the elas-
tomer material fills the gaps between the individ-
ual wires of the screen to ensure a fluid tight seal.
TECKNIT DUOLASTIC is the thinnest TECKNIT
gasket material available. Parts are manufactured
from sheets 0.016 or 0.020 in. [0.41 or 0.51 SPECIFICATIONS
mm] thick. The physical properties of DUOLAS- MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
TIC allow gaskets of intricate shapes to be manu-
factured. DUOLASTIC should be used in applica- - Wire Screen: Aluminum alloy 5056 per
tions where space limitations require a gasket of SAE-AMS-4182.
minimum thickness. - Sealing Elastomer: Neoprene per
SAE-AMS-3222 or Silicone per AMS 3302D.
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE
When properly installed, DUOLASTIC will provide
a total E-Field shielding effectiveness of 75 to 100 Temperature Range:
dB, out to 1 GHz. -40°F to 212°F [-40°C to 100°C] for Neoprene.
-75°F to 500°F [-60°C to 260°C] for Silicone.
Recommended Closing Force: 100 psi [690 kPa].
CABLE CONNECTOR GASKET

(Mounting Flange Type)
TECKNIT offers many EMI materials which can be
formed into cable Connector Gaskets. DUOLAS-
TIC is the thinnest gasket material available for
applications where space limitations require a
gasket of minimum thickness and has proven to
be a very reliable EMI material in such applica-
tions. Refer to TECKNIT Standard Cable
Connector Gaskets.
B-1
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
HOL ES VS. SLO TS TOLERANCES

DUOLASTIC gaskets less than 10 in. can be cut
to ± .015 in.; greater than 10 in. but less than
20 in.: ± .030 in.; for gaskets 20 in. and greater:
± .040 in.
DUOLASTIC gaskets can be fabricated in virtually
any shape or size. Wall thickness should be not
less than .075 in. [1.91 mm] to avoid breakout.
DUOLASTIC materials are also available in bulk
form 8 in. [203 mm] wide and up to 50 ft. [15.24
m] in length. When ordering DUOLASTIC, specify
PARTS NUMBERS
all gasket dimensions and TECKNIT part number.
MATERIAL THICKNESS SEALING For assistance, contact the TECKNIT area repre-
NUMBER in. [mm] MATERIAL
sentative or factory nearest you.
42-80000 .020 ± .004 [0.51 ± 0.10] Neoprene
42-60000 .020 ± .004 [0.51 ± 0.10] Silicone
42-80500 .016 ± .004 [0.41 ± 0.10] Neoprene
42-60500 .016 ± .004 [0.41 ± 0.10] Silicone
“D” Subminiature Connector Gaskets

ALUMINUM WOVEN WIRE SCREEN IMPREGNATED WITH ELASTOMER
DUOLASTIC is also used to manufacture “D”
subminiature connector gaskets. The woven
aluminum wire screen is provided with either
neoprene or silicone elastomer to meet individual
design requirements where effective electrical
contact between mating surfaces is essential. In
addition, the elastomer material fills in between
the individual wires of the screen affording envi-
ronmental protection.
* See section H: EMI Connector Gaskets for additional information
GASKET DIMENSIONS
PART MOUNTING NUMBER OF A B C D E F
NUMBER METHOD CONNECTOR PINS ± .020 ± .005 ± .010 ± .010 ± .020 ± .005
42-X1700 Front Mounting 9 1.313 .984 .782 .450 .750 .140
42-X1701 Rear Mounting 1.313 .984 .665 .370 .750 .140
42-X1702 Front Mounting 15 1.641 1.312 1.110 .450 .750 .140
42-X1703 Rear Mounting 1.641 1.312 .993 .370 .750 .140
42-X1704 Front Mounting 25 2.188 1.852 1.650 .450 .750 .140
42-X1705 Rear Mounting 2.188 1.852 1.533 .370 .750 .140
42-X1706 Front Mounting 37 2.829 2.500 2.298 .450 .750 .140
42-X1707 Rear Mounting 2.829 2.500 2.181 .370 .750 .140
42-X1708 Front Mounting 50 2.740 2.406 2.200 .562 .860 .140
42-X1709 Rear Mounting 2.740 2.406 2.087 .480 .860 .140
NOTE: When ordering .020 Silicone Filled Duolastic, replace the “X” in the Part Number with a “6”.
When ordering .020 Neoprene Filled Duolastic, replace the “X” in the Part Number with an “8”.
B-2
Teckfelt
™
SINTERED METAL FIBER GASKET MATERIAL

[SI Metric]
TECKFELT is a sintered metal fiber felt structure
produced in sheet form. It can be filled with
silicone elastomer for applications requiring an
environmental or fluid seal. TECKFELT can
also be supplied unfilled when EMI is the sole
consideration.
The randomly arranged compacted metal fibers
characteristic of TECKFELT provide a highly con-
ductive path between mating surfaces. This
makes TECKFELT an ideal material for EMI or
EMP shielding, grounding, and static discharge SPECIFICATIONS
applications, especially in corrosive environments. MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Metals: Corrosion resistant steel.
SEALING PROPERTIES
TECKFELT elastomer impregnated gaskets have - Fiber Diameter: 0.0004 to 0.004 in. [0.01 to
been compared to other types of thin, dual-pur- 0.1 mm] mean diameter range.
pose gaskets and are proven to have the lowest - Density: 1.5 g/cm3 (unfilled).
air leak rate and best sealing properties of all thin
EMI gasket materials. Filler (when specified): Commercial Grade
Silicone elastomer
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* Temperature Range (with filler): -75°F to 392°F
TECKNIT TECKFELT Shielding Effectiveness has [-60°C to 200°C].
Method TSETS-01 and based upon modified
MIL-STD-285. Typical values are given below.
dB dB dB dB
Teckfelt 70 130 85 70
*Based on 127 mm x 127 mm Aperture
B-3
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
TECKFELT SHEETS ORDERING INFORMATION

Standard sheet size is 12 in.x 15 in. [305x380mm]. When ordering TECKFELT Gaskets, specify gasket
MATERIAL TYPE SHEET THICKNESS* PART NUMBER dimensions and TECKNIT part number. To order
Unfilled .031 in. [0.79 mm] 45-09810 CUSTOM TECKFELT or for other assistance, con-
.063 in. [1.59 mm] 45-09812 tact your nearest TECKNIT area representative or
Filled .031 in. [0.79 mm] 45-09811 factory location.
.063 in. [1.59 mm] 45-09813
*Sheet thickness tolerance ±.005 in. [0.13 mm]
CUSTOM TECKFELT GASKETS

TECKFELT gaskets can be manufactured in a
wide range of shapes and sizes.
When designing custom TECKFELT gaskets, it is
important to maintain a minimum wall thickness
of 0.090 in. [2.29 mm] between the outside edge
of the gasket and the edge of any internal open-
ing, such as at mounting holes, to avoid break out
of thin gasket sections. For standard TECKFELT
connector flange gaskets, see EMI Connector
information.
HOLES VS. SLOTS
TOLERANCES
TECKFELT gaskets less than 10 inches can be
cut to ± .015 inches. For each additional 5 inch-
es add an additional ± .015 inches to tolerance.
CUSTOM TECKFELT SHEETS

Sheets thicker than standard sheet size can be
manufactured by bonding two or more standard
TECKFELT sheets using a silicone adhesive.
B-4
Teckspan
™
EXPANDED METAL GASKETS

[SI Metric]
TECKSPAN materials are manufactured from
sheets of aluminum or monel expanded metal to
produce a conductive material with over 200 con-
tact points per square inch of gasket surface. The
small openings of the expanded metal can be
filled with a silicone elastomer which effectively
provides an environmental seal in addition to an
EMI shield. Where EMI shielding only is required,
metal gaskets may be easily stamped from the
unfilled sheets of TECKSPAN.
TECKSPAN is one of the TECKNIT family of thin SPECIFICATIONS
EMI shielding materials. TECKSPAN can be used MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
in shielding electronic enclosures where size limi-
tations necessitate the use of thin gasket materi- Expanded Metal
als and where closure pressures are 50 psi or - Monel: per QQ-N-281.
greater. When filled with a silicone elastomer,
TECKSPAN provides good fluid sealing properties - Aluminum alloy: QQ-A-250/2 (ASTM-B-209).
at moderate flange pressures. The many expand- - Openings: Diamond shaped, .100 in. x .100 in.
ed metal contact points of both filled and unfilled [2.54 mm x 2.54 mm] approximately.
TECKSPAN also provide a low impedance contact
surface. - Contact Points: 200-250 per in.2 [31-39
per cm2].
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE Sealing Elastomer
TECKNIT TECKSPAN Shielding Effectiveness has
- Silicone rubber: per ZZ-R-765 (AA-59588),
Class 2b, Grade 50, Color gray.
Methods TSETS-01 and based upon modified
MIL-STD- 285. Typical values for a 5" square size - Fluorosilicone Rubber: per MIL-R-25988B
are given below. Class 1 Grade 40. (SAE-AMS-25988)
H-FIELD E-FIELD PLANE WAVE PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
Temperature: -75°F to 500°F [-60°C to 260°C]
dB dB dB dB
Monel 60 125 85 50 Recommended Closing Force: 50 psi [345 kPa]
Aluminum 50 85 70 40 minimum.
B-5
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
CABL E CON NECTO R GASKETS TOLERANCES

(Mounting Flange Type) TECKSPAN gaskets less than 10 inches can be
TECKNIT has many EMI shielding materials that cut to ± .015 inches. For each additional 5 inch-
can be used for manufacturing cable connector es add an additional ± .015 inches to tolerance.
gaskets. TECKSPAN has proven to be a very reli-
able EMI material for such applications. Refer to ORDERING INFORMATION
TECKNIT Standard EMI Connector Gaskets data. TECKSPAN gaskets are available in many shapes
and sizes. TECKSPAN gaskets can be fabricated
to minimum tolerances of .015 in. [± 0.38 mm].
STANDARD BULK SHEET Wall thickness should not be less than .125 in.
THICKNESS METAL ELASTOMER PART [3.18 mm] to avoid “breakout”. All materials,
±.004 in. [±.10mm] EMI SHIELD SEAL NUMBER except where noted, are available in bulk form-
.020 [0.51] Monel Silicone 48-09862* 7.50 in. [190 mm] maximum width and from 10
.020 [0.51] Aluminum Silicone 48-09863*
ft. [3.05 m] to 50 ft. [15.25 m] maximum lengths.
.020 [0.51] Monel Fluorosilicone 48-01094**
.032 [0.81] Monel None 48-00476
Use TECKNIT Part Numbers for specifying mate-
.032 [0.81] Aluminum None 48-00481 rials. For specification assistance, contact your
.032 [0.81] Monel Silicone 48-09860 nearest TECKNIT area representative or factory
.032 [0.81] Aluminum Silicone 48-09866 location.
*Not stocked
**Standard Width 11.50 in.
NOTE: Except where noted, all materials are available 7.50" wide.
HOLES VS. SLOTS
B-6
C. ORIENTED WIRES
Section C:
U.S. Customary
[SI Metric]
Oriented Wires
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

C. ORIENTED WIRES
PRODUCT PAGE
ELASTOMET® (Oriented Array of Wires in Silicone Rubber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C1 - C5

ELASTOFOAM® (Oriented Array of Wires in Silicone Sponge) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C6 - C8

C. ORIENTED WIRES
Elastomet
®
ORIENTED WIRES IN SOLID SILICONE RUBBER

[SI Metric] TECKNIT ELASTOMET is a patented composite
gasket material consisting of scores of individual
fine wires embedded and bonded in a solid sili-
cone or fluorosilicone elastomer.
FEATURES
- Effective broadband shielding and environmental
sealing at moderate closure forces.
- Low contact resistance.
- Electrochemically compatible with most metals
and alloys.
- Wide operating temperature range.
- Available in sheets, strips, and stamped gaskets.
- All wires oriented perpendicular to mating H-FIELD E-FIELD PLANE WAVE
surfaces. MATERIALS 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz
- Convoluted wires acting like individual springs dB dB dB dB
permit superior gasket rebound. Monel 75 130+ 110 100
- Superior moisture resistance: absence of Phosphor Bronze 80 130+ 115 100
connections between wires prevents moisture
channeling or “wicking.”
SPECIFICATIONS
- In accordance with DESC drawing No. 90046.
- Meets salt spray test per ASTM B117-03. MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Wire
- Standard: Monel, .0045 in. [0.114 mm] dia.,
ELASTOMET is recommended for use in military,
per QQ-N-281.
industrial, and commercial applications requiring
EMI suppression, grounding, or static discharge - Special: Aluminum Alloy 5056, .005 in. [0.127
in conjunction with the following design criteria; mm] dia., per SAE-AMS-4182 (except max.
environmental sealing, medium to high closure tensile strength is 75,000 psi).
forces, and absence of loose wire fragments Phosphor Bronze, .0045 in. [0.114 mm] dia.
which could cause electrical or mechanical dam- per ASTM B 105, Alloy 30 (CDA C50700).
age to equipment. For applications with severe Elastomer
joint uneveness, low closure forces, and where
greater compressibility is required, use ELASTO- - Standard: Solid Silicone Rubber per ZZ-R-765,
FOAM® shielding material. Refer to ELASTOFOAM Class 3A, Grade 30. (30 + 5, - 10 Shore A
page for information. Durometer) (AA-59588).
- Color: Gray.
COMPRESSION/DEFLECTION CURVE
- Special: Fluorosilicone* per MIL-R-25988B
Class 1 Grade 40, Type II (SAE-AMS-R-25988).
- Color: Light Blue.
Wire Population: 960/1in.2 [150 cm2] ±15%.**
Temperature Range:
-65°F to 392°F [-55°C to 200°C].
Recommended Closure Force: 50 psi to 100 psi.
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* Recommended Compression: 5% min.

TECKNIT ELASTOMET Shielding Effectiveness
*Fluorosilicone available only with phosphor bronze wire.
has been tested in accordance with TECKNIT
** Minimum of 4 wires required in cross-section for effective shielding.
Test Method TSETS-01, based upon modified
MIL-STD- 285. Typical values are given below.
C-1
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
C. ORIENTED WIRES
STANDARD SHEETS (Table 1.) Table: 2 - Standard Elastomer Strips

Width Height Part No. Width Height Part No.
Standard ELASTOMET sheets are Monel wire in in. [mm] in. [mm] Monel in. [mm] in. [mm] Monel
solid silicone, 3 in. [76 mm], 6 in. [152 mm], .093 [2.36] **.030 [.076] 82-12651 .500 [12.70] **.030 [0.76] 82-12665
and 9 in. [229 mm] wide by 3 ft. [0.9 m] long. .093 [2.36] .062 [1.57] 82-12628 .500 [12.70] .062 [1.57] 82-12281
Custom widths will be formed by bonding .093 [2.36] .093 [2.36] 82-12021 .500 [12.70] .093 [2.36] 82-12286
together sheets. .093 [2.36] .125 [3.18] 82-12026 .500 [12.70] .125 [3.18] 82-12291
.093 [2.36] .156 [3.96] 82-12629 .500 [12.70] .156 [3.96] 82-12296
Table 1. Standard Sheets
- - - .500 [12.70] .187 [4.75] 82-12301
Height Width Part No. Height Width Part No.
.125 [3.18] **.030 [0.76] 82-12655 .500 [12.70] .250 [6.35] 82-12306
in. [mm] in. [mm] Monel in. [mm] in. [mm] Monel
.125 [3.18] .062 [1.57] 82-12041 - - -
3 [76] 82-55312
.125 [3.18] .093 [2.36] 82-12046 - - -
** 3 [76] 82-55303 .125[3.18] 6 [152] 82-55612
.125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] 82-12051 - - -
.030[0.76] 6 [152] 82-55603 9 [229] 82-55912
.125 [3.18] .156 [3.96] 82-12056 .625 [15.88] **.030 [0.76] 82-12667
.125 [3.18] .187 [4.75] 82-12061 .625 [15.88] .062 [1.57] 82-12336
3 [76] 82-55304 3 [76] 82-55315
- - - .625 [15.88] .093 [2.36] 82-12341
.045[1.14] 6 [152] 82-55604 .156 [3.96] 6 [152] 82-55615
.187 [4.75] **.030 [0.76] 82-12657 .625 [15.88] .125 [3.18] 82-12346
** 9 [229] 82-55904 9 [229] 82-55915
.187 [4.75] .062 [1.57] 82-12086 .625 [15.88] .156 [3.96] 82-12351
.187 [4.75] .093 [2.36] 82-12091 .625 [15.88] .187 [4.75] 82-12356
3 [76] 82-55306 3 [76] 82-55318
.187 [4.75] .125 [3.18] 82-12096 .625 [15.88] .250 [6.35] 82-12361
.062[1.57] 6 [152] 82-55606 .187 [4.75] 6 [152] 82-55618
.187 [4.75] .156 [3.96] 82-12101 .625 [15.88] .375 [9.53] 82-12371
9 [229] 82-55906 9 [229] 82-55918
.187 [4.75] .187 [4.75] 82-12106 - - -
- - - - - -
3 [76] 82-55309 3 [76] 82-55325
- - - - - -
.093[2.36] 6 [152] 82-55609 .250 [6.35] 6 [152] 82-55625
- - - - - -
9 [229] 82-55909 9 [229] 82-55925
.250 [6.35] **.030 [0.76] 82-12659 .750 [19.05] **.030 [0.76] 82-12669
Change third digit of part number from -5 to -4 to specify “custom .250 [6.35] .062 [1.57] 82-12126 .750 [19.05] .062 [1.57] 82-12391
ALUMINUM ELASTOMET”. .250 [6.35] .093 [2.36] 82-12131 .750 [19.05] .093 [2.36] 82-12396
Change the third digit of part number -5 to -B to specify “custom .250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] 82-12136 .750 [19.05] .125 [3.18] 82-12401
PHOSPHOR BRONZE ELASTOMET”. .250 [6.35] .156 [3.96] 82-12141 .750 [19.05] .156 [3.96] 82-12406
Change third digit of part number -5 to -F to specify “custom PHOSPHOR
BRONZE FLUOROSILICONE ELASTOMET”. .250 [6.35] .187 [4.75] 82-12146 .750 [19.05] .187 [4.75] 82-12411
Change fourth digit from -5 to -6 to specify “PRESSURE SENSITIVE .250 [6.35] .250 [6.35] 82-12151 .750 [19.05] .250 [6.35] 82-12416
ADHESIVE BACKING“. - - - .750 [19.05] .375 [9.53] 82-12426
** Not available with Phosphor Bronze Wire or Fluorosilicone Elastomer. - - - .750 [19.05] .500 [12.70] 82-12431
- - - - - -
STANDARD ELASTOMET STRIPS (Table 2.) .375 [9.53] **.030 [0.76] 82-12663 1.000 [25.40] **.030[0.76] 82-12671
.375 [9.53] .062 [1.57] 82-12226 1.000 [25.40] .062 [1.57] 82-12446
Standard strips are nominally 11 ft. [3.4 m] in .375 [9.53] .093 [2.36] 82-12231 1.000 [25.40] .093 [2.36] 82-12451
length. Bonded continuous lengths are available .375 [9.53] .125 [3.18] 82-12236 1.000 [25.40] .125 [3.18] 82-12456
on special orders. Custom strips are available with .375 [9.53] .156 [3.96] 82-12241 1.000 [25.40] .156 [3.96] 82-12461
aluminum and with Phosphor Bronze wires. .375 [9.53] .187 [4.75] 82-12246 1.000 [25.40] .187 [4.75] 82-12466
Pressure sensitive adhesive backing is available .375 [9.53] .250 [6.35] 82-12251 1.000 [25.40] .250 [6.35] 82-12471
for Monel, aluminum, and phosphor bronze .375 [9.53] .375 [9.53] 82-12261 1.000 [25.40] .375 [9.53] 82-12481
strips. Contact TECKNIT for thicknesses greater - - - 1.000 [25.40] .500 [12.70] 82-12486
than .500 in. [12.70 mm]. Change third digit of part number from -1 to -2 to specify “custom ALUMINUM ELASTOMET”.
Change the third digit of part number -1 to -B to specify “custom PHOSPHOR BRONZE
ELASTOMET”.
Change third digit of part number -1 to -F to specify “custom PHOSPHOR BRONZE
FLUOROSILICONE ELASTOMET”.
Change fourth digit from -2 to -3 to specify “PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE BACKING”.
Use of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is restricted to strips and gaskets having a
minimum cross-section width of .250 in. [6.35 mm].
** Not available with Phosphor Bronze Wire or Fluorosilicone Elastomer.
Figure 1.
C-2
C. ORIENTED WIRES
Elastomet, Cont.
U.S. Customary TWIN ELASTOMET STRIPS (Table 3.) Table 4.
[SI Metric] SHEET & STRIP CROSS-SECTION TOLERANCES
TWIN ELASTOMET is a variation of the standard Dimension Height Width
ELASTOMET strip in that the oriented wires in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm]
occupy only a portion of the total strip width. .030 to .092 + .010 - .005 N/A
See Figure below. [.76 to 2.36] [+ .25 - .13] -
.093 to .250 ± .010 ± .016
TWIN ELASTOMET STRIPS are available standard [2.36 to 6.36] [± .25] [± .40]
with Monel or custom with phosphor bronze or .251 to .750 ± .010 ± .031
aluminum wires. Minimum custom width (W) is [6.37 to 19.05] [± .25] [± .79]
.375 in. [9.5 mm]. Width and height tolerances over .750 [over 19.05] ± .015 [± .38] ± .047 [± 1.19]
are the same as those specified for ELASTOMET 3 [76] N/A ± .13 [± 3.2]
strips. Contact TECKNIT offices for minimum 6 [152] N/A ± .25 [± 6.4]
order requirements for TWIN ELASTOMET. 9 [229] N/A ± .38 [± 9.7]
36 [91.4] N/A ± 1.00 [± 2.54]
Figure 2.
SPECIFYING DIE-CUT GASKETS
Table 3.
STANDARD TWIN ELASTOMET STRIPS
W in. [mm] H in. [mm] Part Number *
.625 [15.88] .062 [1.57] 82-12972
.625 [15.88] .125 [3.18] 82-12911
.625 [15.88] .187 [4.75] 82-12936
.625 [15.88] .250 [6.35] 82-12956
.750 [19.05] .062 [1.57] 82-12973
.750 [19.05] .125 [3.18] 82-12916
.750 [19.05] .187 [4.75] 82-12941
Figure 3.
.750 [19.05] .250 [6.35] 82-12961
1.000 [25.40] .062 [1.57] 82-12974
FABRICATED GASKETS TOLERANCES
1.000 [25.40] .125 [3.18] 82-12921
1.000 [25.40] .187 [4.75] 82-12946 The following tolerances and notes refer to the
1.000 [25.40] .250 [6.35] 82-12966 dimensions illustrated in Figure 3.
* Change fourth digit from 2 to 3 to specify pressure sensitive adhesive
backing. CUSTOM FABRICATED GASKET TOLERANCES
Symbol Dimension Tolerances
in. [mm] in. [mm]
PRESSURE-SENSITIVE ADHESIVE
up to 6 [152] ± .016 [± .40]
ELASTOMET can be furnished with an acrylic A Each Additional ± .003 [± .08]
pressure-sensitive adhesive applied to the mount- 1 in. [25.4]
ing surface. Use of the pressure-sensitive adhe- 1 in. [up to 25.4] ± .016 [± .40]
sive is restricted to strips and gaskets having a B 1 in. [over 25.4] ± .031 [± .79]
minimum cross-section width of .250 in. [6.35
mm]. Shelf life is one year from date of receipt W, H See Tolerance For Strips
when stored at or below room temperature
(23°C).
C-3
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
C. ORIENTED WIRES
ORDERING INFORMATION SPECIFICATIONS

For standard sheets and strips, specify TECKNIT MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Part Number and quantity required. For nonstan-
Part Number: 72-00177
dard items contact your TECKNIT area represen-
tative or factory location. Resin: Silicone RTV
NOTES: Uncured Consistency: Nonslumping Paste
1. Bolt holes closer to the gasket edge than the gasket thickness must be
u-shaped slots, or see note 3.
2. Distance from compression stop to edge of sealing gasket must not be
Cured Condition: Flexible
less than gasket thickness.
3. Bolt holes closer to gasket edge than gasket thickness can be with
edge protrusion.
4. Hole diameter must not be less than gasket thickness, nor less than PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
.093 inches diameter.
Temperature Range: -76°F to 399°F
[-60°C to 204°C]
Elasto-Bond® Adhesive Peel Strength (min.): ASTM D-1002 60 psi

[.414 MPa]
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Color: Grey
ELASTO-BOND is a ready to use one component
non-conductive silicone rubber based adhesive Shelf Life (unopened container): 6 mos. min.
sealant. The adhesive system is an RTV that (when stored at 21°C)
cures by reacting with moisture in the air. The
Recommended Cure: 72 hours at room
compound is ready to use and does not require
temperature and 50% RH
additional preparation or mixing.
Full Cure: 7 Days
APPLICATION INFORMATION Clean Up Solvent: Denatured Alcohol
ELASTO-BOND adhesive sealant is recommended
wherever a flexible bond is required between a Packaging**: Tube 1.5 oz. [43 g]
metal surface and an ELASTOMET® or ELASTO- **Primer supplied in separate vial.
FOAM® gasket. To ensure optimum performance
the bond thickness should not exceed .005 to
.010 in. Depending on the degree of adhesion
required, gaskets can be spot bonded or continu-
ously bonded.
SURFACE PREPARATION
Metal surfaces should be lightly abraded with
Scotch Brite or an equivalent, degreased with
1,1,1 trichloroethane and then wiped with ace-
tone or MEK before applying primer. Gaskets
should be cleaned with isopropanol before apply-
ing adhesive.
C-4
C. ORIENTED WIRES
Elastomet, Cont.
U.S. Customary
[SI Metric]
TECKNIT ELASTOMET ®
Tecknit Elastomer is a patented composite gasket material consisting of scores of individual fine wires
embedded in and bonded in a solid silicone elastomer.
TECKNIT ELASTOMET SAMPLE COMPETITVE SAMPLE

Tecknit Elastomet’s patented chemical bonding
wire loss.
C-5
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
C. ORIENTED WIRES
Elastofoam
®
ORIENTED WIRES IN SOFT SILICONE SPONGE
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
ELASTOFOAM is a patented, composite EMI
shielding and environmental sealing gasket mate-
rial consisting of scores of individual fine wires
embedded and bonded in a soft closed cell sili-
cone sponge elastomer. The material is character-
ized by outstanding compressibility, recovery and
wire retention.
FEATURES
- All wires oriented perpendicular to mating
surfaces.
- Effective broadband shielding and
environmental sealing at low closure forces.
- Convoluted wires acting like individual springs SPECIFICATION
permit superior gasket rebound. MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
- Wires chemically bonded to elastomer-will not
fall out. Wire
- Low compression set. - Standard:
- Accommodates a broad range of surface
irregularities. - Monel, .0020 in. [0.05 mm] dia. per QQ-N-281.
- Good moisture resistance: closed cell sponge - Special:
plus absence of connections between wires pre
vents moisture channeling or “wicking.” - Aluminum alloy, 5056, .0050 in. [0.127mm] per
- Compatible with most metals and alloys. SAE-AMS-4182 (except max. tensile strength is
75,000 psi).
- Wide operating temperature range.
- Meets salt spray test per ASTM B117-03. - Phosphor Bronze, .0020 in. [0.05 mm] dia. per
- In Accordance with DESC drawing No. 90046. ASTM B-105, Alloy 30 (C50700)
APPLICATION INFORMATION Wire Population

ELASTOFOAM is recommended for use in mili- 650/in.2 [100/cm2] ± 15%
tary, industrial, and commercial application
requiring EMI suppression, grounding, or static Elastomer
discharge in conjunction with the following design
- Closed cell silicone sponge: per SAE-AMS-3195,
criteria: low closure forces, severe joint uneve-
ness, environmental sealing, repeated opening except density is .028 lb./in.3 [0.78 g/cm3]
and closing of access doors and panels, and - Color: Gray
absence of wire fragments which could cause
electrical or mechanical damage to equipment. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
For applications requiring medium to high
closure forces, use ELASTOMET. Refer to the Temperature Range: -65°F to 338°F [-55°C to
ELASTOMET page. 170°C].
COMPRESSION/DEFECTION CURVE Recommended Closure Force: 10 PSI to 40 PSI

Recommended Compression: 10% min.
C-6
C. ORIENTED WIRES
Elastofoam, Cont.
U.S. Customary STANDARD STRIPS RECOMMENDED GROOVE DEPTH in. [mm]
[SI Metric]
Strips are available in standard widths from .125 1 .047 [1.19] + 0 - .003 [+ 0 - 0.08]
2 .075 [1.91] + 0 - .003 [+ 0 - 0.08]
to 1.000 in. [3.18 to 25.40 mm]. Standard strip 3 .099 [2.51] ± .004 [± 0.10]
length is 11 ft. [3.4 m]. Bonded continuous 4 .125 [3.18] ± .005 [± 0.13]
lengths are available on special order. 5 .150 [3.81] ± .006 [± 0.15]
6 .200 [5.08] ± .006 [± 0.15]
7 .300 [7.62] ± .006 [± 0.15]
8 .400 [10.16] ± .006 [± 0.15]

TECKNIT ELASTOFOAM Shielding Effectiveness
has been tested in accordance with TECKNIT
TWIN ELASTOFOAM (Monel Wire Only) Test Method TSETS-01 and based upon modified
MIL-STD-285. Typical values are given below.
TWIN ELASTOFOAM is a variation of the standard
ELASTOFOAM Strip in that the oriented wires H-FIELD E-FIELD PLANE WAVE
occupy only a portion of the total strip width. See MATERIALS 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz
Figure 1. dB dB dB dB
Figure 1. Monel 60 130 105 95
STRIP CROSS-SECTIONAL TOLERANCES
DIMENSION HEIGHT (H) WIDTH (W)
in. [mm ] in. [mm] in. [mm]
.062 to .092 [1.57 to 2.34] +.010 [.25], -.005 [.13] ±.015 [.38]
.093 to .125 [3.26 to 3.18] ±.010 [.25] ±.015 [.38]
.126 to .250 [3.2 to 6.35] ±.010 [.25] ±.031 [.787]
.251 to .750 [6.37 to 19.05] ±.010 [.25] ±.047 [1.19]
.751 to 1.00 [19.08 to 25.4] ±.015 [.381] ±.062 [1.57]
STANDARD STRIPS
W in. [mm] H in. [mm] Rec. Groove TECKNIT W in. [mm] H in. [mm] Rec. Groove TECKNIT
Depth Part No.** Depth Part No.**
.125 [3.18] .062 [1.57] 1 88-12653 .500 [12.70] .187 [4.75] 5 88-12302
.125 [3.18] .093 [2.36] 2 88-12047 .500 [12.70] .250 [6.35] 6 88-12307
.125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] 3 88-12052 .500 [12.70] .375 [9.52] 7 88-12317
.125 [3.18] .156 [3.96] 4 88-12057 .500 [12.70] .500 [12.70] 8 88-12322
.125 [3.18] .187 [4.75] 5 88-12062 .625 [15.88] .062 [1.57] 1 88-12337
.187 [4.75] .062 [1.57] 1 88-12087 .625 [15.88] .093 [2.36] 2 88-12342
.187 [4.75] .093 [2.36] 2 88-12092 .625 [15.88] .125 [3.18] 3 88-12347
.187 [4.75] .125 [3.18] 3 88-12097 .625 [15.88] .156 [3.96] 4 88-12352
.187 [4.75] .156 [3.96] 4 88-12102 .625 [15.88] .187 [4.75] 5 88-12357
.187 [4.75] .187 [4.75] 5 88-12107 .625 [15.88] .250 [6.35] 6 88-12362
.187 [4.75] .250 [6.35] 6 88-12112 .625 [15.88] .375 [9.52] 7 88-12372
.250 [6.35] .062 [1.57] 1 88-12127 .750 [19.05] .062 [1.57] 1 88-12392
.250 [6.35] .093 [2.36] 2 88-12132 .750 [19.05] .093 [2.36] 2 88-12397
.250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] 3 88-12137 .750 [19.05] .125 [3.18] 3 88-12402
.250 [6.35] .156 [3.96] 4 88-12142 .750 [19.05] .156 [3.96] 4 88-12407
.250 [6.35] .187 [4.75] 5 88-12147 .750 [19.05] .187 [4.75] 5 88-12412
.250 [6.35] .250 [6.35] 6 88-12152 .750 [19.05] .250 [6.35] 6 88-12417
.375 [9.52] .062 [1.57] 1 88-12227 .750 [19.05] .375 [9.52] 7 88-12427
.375 [9.52] .093 [2.36] 2 88-12232 .750 [19.05] .500 [12.70] 8 88-12432
.375 [9.52] .125 [3.18] 3 88-12237 1.000 [25.40] .062 [1.57] 1 88-12447
.375 [9.52] .156 [3.96] 4 88-12242 1.000 [25.40] .093 [2.36] 2 88-12452
.375 [9.52] .187 [4.75] 5 88-12247 1.000 [25.40] .125 [3.18] 3 88-12457
.375 [9.52] .250 [6.35] 6 88-12252 1.000 [25.40] .156 [3.96] 4 88-12462
.375 [9.52] .375 [9.52] 7 88-12262 1.000 [25.40] .187 [4.75] 5 88-12467
.500 [12.70] .062 [1.57] 1 88-12282 1.000 [25.40] .250 [6.35] 6 88-12472
.500 [12.70] .093 [2.36] 2 88-12287 1.000 [25.40] .375 [9.52] 7 88-12482
.500 [12.70] .125 [3.18] 3 88-12292 1.000 [25.40] .500 [12.70] 8 88-12487
.500 [12.70] .156 [3.96] 4 88-12297
NOTES: ** 1. To specify ALUMINUM ELASTOFOAM STRIP, change the third digit of the part number from -1 to -2. Contact factory for availability.
2. To specify TWIN ELASTOFOAM STRIP, change the THIRD digit of the part number from -1 to -3. Minimum available width is .375 in. [9.53 mm]
3. To specify PHOSPHOR BRONZE ELASTOFOAM STRIP, change the THIRD digit of the part number from -1 to -7. Contact factory for availability.
4. To specify PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE BACKING, change the FOURTH digit from -2 to -3. Use of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is restricted to
strips and gaskets having minimum cross-section width of .250 in. [6.35 mm].
C-7
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
C. ORIENTED WIRES
STANDARD D IE- CU T G ASKETS FABRICATED GASKET TOLERANCES

The following tolerances and notes refer to the
dimensions illustrated in Figure 2.
CUSTOM FABRICATED GASKET TOLERANCES

SYMBOL DIMENSION TOLERANCES
in. [mm] in.[mm]
0 - 6 in. [0 - 152] ± .020 [.508]
A Each additional 1 in. [25.4] ± .007 [.178]
0 - .250 in. [0 - 6.3] ± .020 [.508]
B .251 - 6 in. [6.4 - 152] ± .031 [.787]
Each additional 1 in. [25.4] ± .005 [.127]
H,W See tolerances
for strips
Notes:
1. Bolt holes closer to gasket edge than gasket thickness must be
u-shaped slots, or see note 3.
edge protrusion.
4. Hole diameter must not be less than gasket thickness, not less than
.125 in diameter.
To order standard parts specify the TECKNIT Part
Number and the quantity in feet. For assistance
with nonstandard strips or assembled gaskets,
contact your nearest TECKNIT area representative
or factory location.
PRESSURE-SENSITIVE ADHESIVE
ELASTOFOAM can be furnished with an acrylic
pressure-sensitive adhesive applied to the mount-
ing surface. Use of the pressure-sensitive adhe-
sive is restricted to strips and gaskets having min-
imum cross-section width of .250 in. [6.35 mm].
Shelf life is one year from date of receipt when
stored at or below room temperature (23°C).
C-8
D. CONDUCTIVE ELASTOMER
Section D:
U.S. Customary
[SI Metric]
Conductive Elastomer
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

PRODUCT PAGE
ELASTOMER SHIELDING DESIGN GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D1 -D11

CONSIL SILICONE ELASTOMER PRODUCT CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D13 -D14
CONDUCTIVE ELASTOMER TOLERANCES (Sheets, Rule Die Cut and Molded Gaskets) . . . . . . . . .D15
CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVE TRANSFER TAPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D16
VULCON™ (Molded-In Place Conductive Elastomers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D17 - D20
TECKFIP® GASKETING ( Formed-In Place Conductive Elastomers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D21 - D24
CONSIL® - E (Extruded Silver-Filled Silicone Elastomer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D25 - D26
CONSIL® - II (Conductive Silver/Silicone Elastomers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D27 - D28
CONSIL® - R (Pure Silver-Filled Silicone Elastomer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D29 - D30
SC-CONSIL® (Carbon-Filled Silicone Elastomer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D31 - D32
CONSIL® - C (Silver-Copper Filled Silicone Elastomer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D33 - D34
CONSIL® - N (Silver-Nickel Filled Silicone Elastomer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D35 - D36
CONSIL® - A (Silver-Aluminum Filled Silicone Elastomer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D37 - D38
CONSIL® - V (Extruded Silver-Filled Silicone Elastomer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D39 - D40
NC-CONSIL® (Nickel Coated Graphite-Filled Silicone Elastomer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D41 - D42

Elastomer Shielding Design Guide

This Elastomer Shielding Design Guide describes Gasket Design
design techniques by which the gasket can be incorpo-
In EMI shielding, many mechanical and electrical
rated into an enclosure. These techniques cover:
U.S. Customary design considerations are interdependent. One of the
a. Seam Design
[SI Metric] more important ones is joint uneveness. Joint uneve-
b. Gasket Design
ness refers to the degree of mismatch between mating
c. Groove Design
seam surfaces. It results when the mating surfaces
d. Fastener Spacing
make contact at irregular intervals due to surface
Seam Design roughness or to bowing of cover plates because of
improper material selection, thinness of the cover plate,
The primary function of an EMI seam gasket is to mini- too few fasteners, excessive bolt tightening, or improper
mize the coupling efficiency of a seam. The reflection gasket selection. Ideally, gaskets should make firm,
and absorption functions of the EMI gasket are to a continuous and uniform contact with seam surfaces.
large extent masked by metal cover plates and fasteners Performance of any shielding product can be degraded
which provide the major contribution towards the by improper application. Joint uneveness is an excel-
restoration of the enclosure integrity. This fact does not lent example of a mechanical restraint which can have
diminish the important role of the EMI gasket in the an adverse effect on the electrical performance of a
enclosure design nor the adequate design of the enclo- gasket.
sure to minimize enclosure discontinuities.
In the design of a shielding enclosure, the impedance Figure 7-1 depicts an enlarged cross sectional view of
between the mating seam surfaces should be as nearly an enclosure seam. Figure 7-la shows the seam with-
equal to the enclosure material as possible to permit out gasketing material joining only at the irregular high
uniform current flow throughout the enclosure. Any sig- spots between the surfaces. In fact, if the cover plate
nificant difference in seam impedance, including that were weightless and zero pressure applied between
introduced by the gasket materials, can produce parts by fasteners, the enclosure and cover plate would
nonuniform current flow resulting in the generation of only make contact at the three highest points. As pres-
EMI voltages. These voltages can then be sources of sure is applied, the irregular high spots become flat-
radiated energy both into or out of the enclosure. To tened resulting in more surface area and more points
provide effective shielding, the seam design should coming in contact to support the plate. Basically it is
incorporate the following features: the function of a resilient gasket which bridges these
a. Mating surfaces should be as flat as economically gaps but at a much lower closing pressure. The ideal
possible. gasket will bridge irregularities within its compression-
b. Flange width should be at least five (5) times the deflection capabilities without losing its properties of
maximum expected separation between mating sur- resiliency, stability or conductivity.
faces.
c. Mating surfaces requiring dissimilar materials should
be selected from one of the electrochemical groups
shown in Table 6-3.
d. Mating surfaces should be cleaned to remove all dirt
and oxide films just prior to assembly of the enclo-
sure parts.
e. Protective coatings having conductivity much less
than half that of the mating surfaces should be avoid-
ed or the coating removed in the area of mating sur-
faces.
f. Surfaces requiring a protective coating should be plat-
ed with tin, nickel, zinc or cadmium.
g. Fasteners should be tightened from the middle of the
longest seam toward the ends to minimize buckling.
h. Bonded surfaces should be held under pressure dur-
ing adhesive curing to minimize surface oxidation.
i. Edges of exposed seams should be sealed with a Figure 7-1, Seam Joint Uneveness
suitable protective compound (caulk) and preferably
one which is conductive to prevent the intrusion of The maximum joint uneveness is the dimension of the
moisture. Even with these precautions in the manu- maximum separation between the flanges of the seam
facturing, preparation and assembly of enclosure when the two surfaces are just touching. This separa-
parts, mating surfaces are seldom perfect. tion is designated as Dh as shown in Figure 7-1a.
D-1
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
With a gasket in place, the maximum spacing (h1) Envir onmental Seals
between mating surfaces occurs at the minimum gas- In many applications, it is desirable to incorporate an
ket compression. Conversely, the minimum spacing environmental seal (fluid or gas) such as neoprene or
(h2) occurs at the maximum gasket compression. The silicone solid or closed cell sponge elastomer. As a gen-
difference between the maximum (h1) and the mini- eral rule, the degree of seal effectiveness is a function
mum (h2) spacing is h. The gasket under these of the gasket deformation or percent compression.
extreme conditions undergoes its severest mechanical These seals must:
test at the maximum deflection and severest electrical a. Be impervious to the fluid(s) or gas(es) being
test at the minimum deflection. excluded.
b. Be compatible with the environment (including pres-
There are, therefore, four important properties of an sure, temperature and vibration) while retaining the
EMI gasket which must be considered before it is original characteristics of resiliency, cohesion and
incorporated into an enclosure. These properties are softness (compressibility).
compression (or deflection), compression set, shielding c. Conform uniformly to mating surface irregularities.
effectiveness and environmental seal. Compression, the
reduction in volume of a gasket under pressure, is usu- There are elastomeric materials besides neoprene and
ally applied to sponge materials or products that are silicone which are suitable environmental seals. The
formed with hollow cores. Deflection, the reduction of a listing below presents the most important characteris-
dimension due to pressure without necessarily resulting tics of the more common elastomers.
in a change in volume, is applicable to all materials
including solid elastomers. Since these terms have a. Neoprene This elastomer is used commonly in EMI
been used interchangeably, the term compression is gaskets and will withstand temperatures ranging
used here. Compression set is the permanent loss of from
the original height of a gasket after being compressed. —54°C to +100°C for solid and —32°C to +100°C
It is important therefore to understand the various types for sponge (closed cell) elastomers. Neoprene is
of joints in order to determine which gasket properties lightly resistant to normal environmental conditions,
are most important to a particular design. moisture and to some hydrocarbons. It is the least
expensive of the synthetic rubber materials, and is
Types of Joints: There are traditionally three types of best suited from a cost standpoint for commercial
joints classified by usage: applications.
Type I Permanently mounted cover plates or assem- b. Silicone This material has outstanding physical char-
blies. Generally compression set is not of concern in acteristics and will operate continuously at tempera-
these applications even though high pressures may be tures ranging from —62°C to +260°C for solid and
encountered. For applications requiring an environ- —75°C to +205°C for closed cell sponge elastomers.
mental seal in addition to an EMI seal under high clos- Even under the severest temperature extremes these
ing forces, an elastomerfilled flat gaskets such as materials remain flexible and are highly resistant to
TECKNIT Duolastic Teckfelt or Teckspan are most water and to swelling in the presence of hydrocar-
applicable. bons.
c. Buna-n Butadiene-Acrylonitrile resists swelling in the
Type II Access cover plate with high joint uneveness presence of most oils, has moderate strength and
which is opened frequently but always closes on the heat resistance although it is not generally suited for
same portion of the gasket. A hinged door is an exam- low temperature applications.
ple of a Type II joint. Most of the elastomeric gaskets d. Natural Rubber This material has good resistance to
are suitable for this type of application where the clo- acids and alkalies (when specially treated) and can
sure pressures are under 100 psi. In the lowest closure be used to 160°C, is resilient and impervious to
pressures, the hollow-shaped elastomers are most suit- water. Rubber will crack in a highly oxidizing (ozone)
able. TECKNIT extruded conductive elastomer materi- atmosphere and tends to swell in the presence of
als would meet these requirements for low closure oils.
force with low compression set. These gaskets need
only be replaced as the result of wear and aging or Since most seals used with EMI gaskets have elas-
whenever the gaskets are removed. tomeric properties of stretch and compressibility, some
guidelines are needed when specifying the dimensional
Type III Removable cover plate with a symmetrical tolerance of these materials: Figure 7-2 shows some of
mounting pattern which is replaceable but not neces- the common errors encountered in gasket design.
sarily in the original orientation. Gaskets for this type of
application are removable and reusable. Gasket materi-
als which exhibit low closure force and low compres-
sion set would be suitable in most applications.
D-2

COMMON ERRORS IN GASKET DESIGN
Detail Why faulty Suggested remedy
U.S. Customary
[SI Metric] Projection or ear”
Causes breakage in stripping and assembling

Bolt holes close to edge Notch instead of hole
Results in perfectly usable parts being rejected Most gasket materials are compressible. Many
at incoming inspection. Requires time and lim- are affected by humidity changes. Try standard
its. Increases cost of parts and tooling. Delays or commercial tolerances before concluding
Metalworking tolerances applied to gasket deliveries. that special accuracy is required.
thickness, diameters, length, width, etc.
Most gasket stocks will conform to mating

Unless part is molded, such features mean parts without preshaping. Be sure radii,
extra operations and higher cost. chamfers, etc., are functional, not merely
Transference of fillets, radii, etc., from copied from metal members
mating metal parts to gasket
High scrap loss; stretching or distortion in Have the gasket in mind during early design
shipment or use. Restricts choice to high stages.
tensile strength materials.
Thin walls, delicate cross section in relation

to overall size.
Extra operations to skive. Extra operations to Die-cut dovetail joint

Large gaskets made in sections with beveled glue. Difficult to obtain smooth, even joints
joints without steps or transverse grooves.
Figure 7-2, Gasket Design Errors

a. Minimum gasket width should not be less than e. Cross section tolerances (Table 7-2) of elas-
one half of the thickness (height). tomer strips should be:
b. Minimum distance from bolt hole (or compres-
sion stop) to nearest edge of sealing gasket (1) WIdth Dimensions Tolerance
should not be less than the thickness of the Solid Sponge
gasket material. When bolt holes must be clos- Up to 3.2mm (0.125”) ± 0.4mm (0.016”) ± 0.4mm (0.016”)
er, use U-shaped slots. 32 to 6.4mm (0.125”-0.250”) ± 0.4mm (0.016”) ± 0.8mm (0.032”)
c. Minimum hole diameter not less than gasket 6.4 to 19mm (0.250”-0.750”) ± 0.8mm (0.032”) ±1.2mm (0.047”)
thickness. Over 19mm (0.7509) ± 1.2 mm (0.047”) ± 1.6mm(0.063”)
d. Tolerances should be conservative whenever (2) Height Dimensions Tolerance
possible. Standard tolerances for die-rule cut Solid Sponge
gaskets (Table 7-1) should not be closer than: Up to 19mm (0.750”): ± 0.25mm (0.010”) ± 025mm (0.010”)
Figure 7-1, Gasket Tolerances Note: Check specific product data sheet specification for tolerance
SolId elastomer: Tolerances limitations.
Up to 150mm (6.0”): ± 0.4mm (0.016”)
Over 150mm (6.0”): ± 0.8mm (0.032”)
Holes: ± 0.4mm (0.016)
Sponge elastomer: Tolerances
Up to 100mm (4.0”): ± 0.8mm (0.032”)
Over 100mm (4.0”): ± 1.6mm (0.063”)
Holes: ± 0.8mm (0.032’)
D-3
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
Closure Pressure
Shielding effectiveness and closure pressure have
a general relationship as shown in Figure 7-3.
The minimum closure force (Pmin) is the recom-
mended applied force to establish good shielding
effectiveness and to minimize the effects of minor
pressure difference. The maximum recommend-
ed closure force (Pmx) is based on two criteria:
(1) maximum compression set of 10% and/or (2)
avoidance of possible irreversible damage to the
gasket material when pressure exceeds the rec-
ommended maximum. Higher closure pressures
may be applied to most knitted wire mesh gaskets
when used in Type I joints, but the gaskets should
be replaced when cover plates are removed, i.e.,
whenever the seam is opened.
Figure 7-4, Compression Set
General Compression/Deflection Curves

Compression/deflection curves can be used to
determine the following gasket characteristics:
1. Gasket height needed to compensate for joint
uneveness.
2. Gasket closing pressure needed to assure good
shielding.
3. Gasket compression set as a function of
applied pressure.
The data presented is representative of the gener-
al characteristics of the materials depicted.
Variation in the values presented can be expected
as a result of manufacturing tolerances, density of
material, variation in hardness (durometer) and
variations in cross sections. Figures 7-5 through
Figure 7-8 cover knitted wire mesh, oriented
wires in solid elastomer, oriented wires in a
sponge elastomer and a medium durometer (45)
Figure 7-3, Shielding Effectiveness Versus Closure Force
(Typical characteristics at a given frequency) elastomer Minimum gasket height can be calcu-
lated from the data presented for rectangular
cross sections.
Compression Set Example, Figure 7-5 knitted wire mesh gasket
shows a minimum recommended closing pres-
Selection of a gasketing material for a seam which
sure of 138 kPa (20 psi) and a maximum recom-
must be opened and closed is to a large extent
mended closing pressure of 414 kPa (60 psi).
determined by the compression set characteris-
Below 138 kPa (20 psi), a significant falloff in
tics of the gasket material. Most resilient gasket
shielding effectiveness can be expected while
materials will recover most of their original height
above 414 kPa (60 psi) high compression iet may
after a sufficient length of time when subjected to
result. Using these minimum (Pmjn) and maxi-
moderate closing forces. The difference between
mum (Pmax) pressure values and extending them
the original height and the height after the com-
to the compression/deflection curve, minimum
pression force is removed is compression set. As
and maximum compression values (percentage of
the deflection pressure is increased, the compres-
original gasket height H) can be determined. In
sion set increases (See Figure 7-4).
the case of the knitted wire mesh, the minimum
recommended deflection is 80% of the original
D-4

height (or 0.8H), and the maximum recommend-
ed deflection is 60% (or 0.6H). The difference in
gasket height then is:
U.S. Customary
[SI Metric] Dh = 0.8H - 0.6H = 0.2H
Using this value with the known or anticipated
joint uneveness, the minimum gasket height can
be calculated. For purposes of this example,
assume joint uneveness (h) is 0.06”.
Dh = h1 — h2 = 0.06”
For minimum gasket height, the maximum com-
pression difference (Dh) must equal the maxi-
mum joint uneveness (Dh), DH = Dh. Substituting
for DH (0.2H) and for Dh (006”)
0.2H = 0.06”
Hmin = 0.06 = 0.30”
0.2
This value is the minimum gasket height which
will accommodate the required pressure range,
shielding effectiveness, compression set and joint
uneveness when using a knitted wire mesh gas-
ket. Any gasket with a height greater than 0.30”
Figure 7-5, KnItted Wire Mesh Gasket
should be suitable for the depicted example.
Figure 7-6, OrIented Wires in Solid Elastomer Figure 7-7, Oriented Wires in Sponge Elastomer
D-5
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
Figure 7-9, Compression Stops
Figure 7-8, Conductive Solid Elastomer (CONSIL)
Compression Stops Groove Design

In order to avoid damage to the gasket or exces- A groove for retaining a gasket assembly provides
sive bowing of the cover plate from gasket over- several advantages:
compression, discs or washer type compression
1. Can act as a compression stop.
stops can be provided as an integral part of the
2. Prevents overcompression.
gasket assembly. Compression stops are stamped
3. Provides a fairly constant closure force under
out from standard gauge sheet or Cut to thick-
repeated opening and closing of the seam.
ness from rod or tubing. Materials commonly
4. Provides a moisture and pressure seal when
used are aluminum and stainless steel. For
properly designed.
sponge elastomers, such as DUOSTRIPS/DUO-
5. Cost effective in lowering assembly time and
GASKETS or ELASTOFOAM, compression stops
cost of gasketing material.
should be cut to a maximum of 80% of the elas-
6. Best overall EMI sealing performance.
tomer thickness and a minimum of 65%. For
solid elastomers, such as ELASTOMET or CONSIL Solid elastomers are not compressible. They are
materials the compression stops should be 90% easily deformed but do not change in volume as
to 95% of the gasket height. do sponge elastomers. Therefore, allowance for
material flow must be considered in the groove
Some typical compression stop assemblies are
design. If the groove cross section (volume),
shown in Figure 7-9. Another form of compres-
when the cover flange is fully closed, is insuffi-
sion stop is to confine the gasket by means of a
cient to contain the fully deflected material, prop-
groove such that the cover plate flange mates
er closure of the flange may be difficult. In addi-
with enclosure flange, thereby effecting a com-
tion, overstressing of the material may degrade
pression stop.
electrical and physical properties of the shielding
material. Figure 7-10 depicts the various condi-
tions of groove design.
D-6

The design of the rectangular groove is relatively
simple. The critical dimension is dimension “C”,
U.S. Customary
the depth of the groove as shown in Figure 7-11.
[SI Metric] Groove design must also take into account the
dimensional tolerances of the groove and the
elastomer gasket. For small gasket cross sections
up to 2.5 mm (0.10”), the best tolerances are
obtained from extruded materials. Table 7-2 lists
typical standard tolerances for strip and molded
products and Table 7-3 (below) lists typical toler-
ances for extruded products such as CONSIL-E
and SC-CONSIL.
Table 7-3, Extruded Product Tolerances

DIMENSIONS TOLERANCES
Under 2.5 mm (0.10”): ± 0.13 mm (0.005”)
GROOVE DESIGNS
2.5 to 5.1 mm (0.10” to 0.20”): ± 0.25 mm (0.010”)
5.1 to 7.6 mm (0.20” to 0.30”): ± 0.38 mm (0.015”)
Figure 7-10, Groove Design Considerations
Over 7.6 mm (0.30”): ± 0.51 mm (0.020”)
Use the following steps to calculate the “C” and

Figure 7-11 shows the design for two different “D” groove dimensions:
grooves. Figure 7-11a depicts a typical rectangu- 1. Determine the maximum useful compression
lar groove, while Figure 7-11b shows a design as a percentage of the original gasket height.
which can mechanically retain circular cross This value should be the maximum compres-
section (cords) gaskets by side friction. sion which will not result in permanent damage
to the gasket shielding or sealing properties
(refer to Figures 7-5 through 7-8 for typical
properties and to specific data sheets where
applicable).
2. Determine the minimum useful compression
value from Figures 7-5 through 7-8.
3. Calculate the maximum cross section of the
gasket by adding the plus tolerance to the
nominal value. Table 7-4 provides form-factors
for three common cross sections.
Table 7-4 Gasket Configuration
UNRETAINED- RETAINED-
GASKET GROOVE GASKET GROOVE Maximum Minimum Maximum Cross
(MOST CROSS SECTIONS) Height Height Form Section Area
Shape (H max) (H mm) Factor (S max)
Rectangular
Figure 7-11, Groove Designs (H x W) (H + toI)* (H - tol) 1 (H + tol)(W + tol)
Round (dia) (dia + tol) (dia - tol) 0.785 0.785 (dia + tol)2
“D” Shape
(A) (A + tol) (A - tol) 0.893 0.893 (A + tol)2
tol = tolerance = one half of the total allowable tolerance around the
nominal value.
After determining the maximum and minimum

gasket height and the maximum cross section area
of the gasket (see Table 7-4), the C-dimension can
be calculated from
D-7
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
the following relationships: The tolerance on the C-dimension is critical in

maintaining the compression range within the
Cmin = minimun groove depth limits specified, especially for the smaller cross
Cmax = maximum groove depth sections. A maximum tolerance for the C-dimen-
Cnom = nominal groove depth (average) sion for this size gasket should be limited to ±
C01 = maximum compression as a fraction of 0.0045.
original height It is sometimes desirable to specify a unilateral
C02 = minimum compression as a fraction of (one directional) tolerance which is permitted to
original height and vary in only one direction from the nominal or
design size. Unilateral tolerances should be used
Cmin = (C01) (Hmax), in the design of the groove depth where it is
important to ensure that the design favors either
where Hmax = nominal height (Ho) of gasket the high compression or low compression forces.
before compression plus the upper tolerance (Ho A negative (minus) unilateral tolerance tends to
+ tol). favor slightly higher compression forces while a
positive (plus) unilateral tolerance tends to favor
Cmax = (C02) (Hmin), slightly lower compression forces.
where Hmin = nominal height (Ho) of gasket In the groove example, since the tolerance is
before compression minus the lower tolerance tight, it is desirable to use a unilateral tolerance
(Ho - tol). for the depth dimension to ensure that the gasket
is not overcompressed. Using a unilaterial toler-
C + Cmax ance of + 0.006”, which should favor the lower
Cnom = min
2 compression forces, the C-dimension would be
expressed as 0.096,” + 0.006/—0.000 and the
The D-dimension (groove width) can be calculat- Cmin would equal 0.096”, the Cmax would equal
ed from: 0.102, well within the mm/max dimensions
calculated.
S ,
Dmin = max The groove width (D) can now be calculated
C’min
using the groove width equations above and Table
where Smax, maximum cross sectional area of 7-4. For the above example:
gasket (reference Table 7-4, and: Dmin=Smax=(.785) (.125 + .010)2 = 0.149”
C’min = Cnom — lower tolerance C’min (0.096 - 0.000)
Dnom = Dmin + lower tol + allowance Dmin=Dmin+ lower tolerance+ allowance
Dmax = Dnom + upper tol, =0.149 .006+.010=0.165”
where the upper tolerance is the value of the where tolerance for the width dimension is
positive tolerance, and: ±0.006”, see Table 7-6.
Dnom = nominal value of the groove width Tables 7-5 (rectangular strips), Table 7-6 (round
Dmax = maximum value of the groove width strips) and Table 7-7 (“0” shape strips) provide
Allowance = an added value to account for the suggested values for “C” and “D” groove dimen-
use of adhesives and for groove sions with suggested tolerances which will main-
tain the gasket within the suggested compression
design features such as inside radii.
range of 70% to 90% of original height.
EXAMPLE, calculate the groove dimensions for a
0.125” diameter round cross section solid elas- Table 7-5, Groove Dimensions
tomer gasket with a diameter tolerance of plus Rectangular Gasket
C01 = .7 (max compresson)
and minus 0.010”. Determine first Cmin and C02 = .9 (min compression)
Cmax from a 70% maximum compression (C01)
Strip Groove Dimension (Inch)
and a 90% minimum compression (C02): H (inches) W (inchs) C ± tol D ± 006”
± .002
Cmin = (C01) (Hmax)=(0.7) (0.125+0.010)=0.0945” .030 ± .005 .125 ± .010 .022 - .000 .231
Cmax = (C02) (Hmin)=(0.9) (0.125-0.010)=0.1035” + .004
.060 ± .005 .125 ± .010 .045 - .000 .211
Cnom = 0.0945+0.1035=0.099±0.0045
.093 ± .005 .188 ± .010 .071 + .006 .289
2 - .000
.125 ± 010 .250 ± 015 .096 + .006 .389
- .000
.188 ± .010 .375 ± .020 .150 ± .006 .559
.250 ± 015 .500 ± .020 .199 ± .006 .730
Relerence TECKNIT Data Sheet D-810
D-8

Table 7-6, Groove Dimensions
Round Gasket
U.S. Customary C02 = .9 (min compression)
[SI Metric] Groove Dimensions (inch)
Diameter Depth Width
(inch) C ± tol D ± .006
+ .006
.062 ± .005 .046 - .000 .093
+ .006
.093 ± .005 .071 - .000 .122 Figure 7-12, Bowed Cover Plate
.103 ± .005 .087 + .006 .135
.125 ± .010 .096 - .000 .165
.188 ± .010 .150 ± .006 .230

.250 ± .015 .199 ± .006 .302
.375 ± .020 .298 ± .006 .436
Table 7-7, Groove Dimensions

“D” SHAPE Gasket
C02 = .9 (min compression)
Groove Dimensions (inch)
A Depth Width
(inch) C ± tol D ± .006
+ .006
.062 ± .005 .046 - .000 .103
+ .006 Figure 7-13, Cover Plate arid Gasket Dimension
.093 ± .005 .071 - .000 .137
.125 ± .010
+ .006
.096 - .000 .186
where a=width of cover plate flange at seam
+ .006 b=width of gasket
.188 ± .010 .146 - .000 .256 C=bolt spacing
+ .006
.250 ± .015 .199 - .000 .336 E=modulus of elasticity of cover plate
.375 ± .020
+ .006
.295 - .000 .488
DH=H1-H2
H1=minimum gasket deflection
H2= maximum gasket deflection
Fastener Spacing H=gasket height
Fasteners are normally required between cover Pmin /Pmax = minimum/maximum gasket pressure
plate and enclosure to provide enough closing t=thickness of cover plate
force along the seam length to insure adequate
contact pressure and to compensate for joint The equation can be tremendously simplified by
uneveness. Fastener spacing, cover plate thick- making two assumptions which can be shown to
ness, minimum-maximum pressures, gasket com-
pressibility and material characteristics are impor- have only slight affect on the result or which can
tant parameters in the cover plate design. be used to provide a close approximation for bolt
spacing. These assumptions are:
Maximum gasket deflection occurs at the fastener
locations where the maximum compressive force 1. Width of gasket equals width of cover plate
is applied. Frequently the closure forces required flange (a=b). This condition is the limiting con-
to compress a resilient gasket is sufficient to
cause bowing of the cover plate. The amount of dition since the cover plate flange dimension
bowing depends on several interrelated factors. (a) is always equal to or greater than the gas-
Figure 7-12 shows the result of high fastener ket width (b). For a gasket width equal to one
pressure on cover plate bowing. The bowing can half of the flange width, the bolt spacing cor-
be severe enough that insufficient pressure is rection is less than 1.19 times the value
applied at the mid section of the gasket resulting
in little or no shielding or even the development of obtained for a=b or (a/b=1). The actual correc-
a slit gap. These effects can be minimized by tion factor is the fourth root of the a/b ratio or
proper spacing, proper cover plate thickness and (a/b)1/4. Using (a=b) actually provides a safety
proper selection of gasket materials. The basic factor over any other relationship between (a)
equation for bolt spacing (reference Figure 7-13) and (b).
is given as:
1/4 2. Maximum pressure (Pmax) equals three times the
480 (a/b) E t3 DH
C= minImum pressure (Pmin) For almost all resilient
13Pmin + 2Pmax
D-9
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
gaskets, Pmax is usually greater than twice Pmin

Using the ratio Pmax/Pmin = 3, bolt spacing is
reduced by less than 7% for Pmax to Pmin ratio
of 6. Actual correction factors for other values of
Pmax to Pmin ratios and Pmin are given in Table
7-8.
Table 7-8
Correction Factors For Bolt Spacing
(Reference FIgures 7-14 and 7-15)
Pmax /Pmin Correction
Pmax /Pmin Correction Factor
2 1.02
3 1.00
4 .98
5 .95
6 .94
Figure 7-14, Bolt Spacing - Aluminum Cover Plate
Pmin Correction
Pmin Correction Factor
10 1.19
20 1.00
30 .90
40 .84
50 .80
Incorporating these two assumptions into the

basic equation, the bolt spacing is:
1/4 where a/b = 1
Et3 DH
C = 2.242 Pmax /Pmin = 3
Pmin
and for Pmin = 20 psi, typical of elastomeric gaskets,

FIgure 7-15, Bolt Spacing - Steel Cover Plate
1/4
C = 59.62 t3 DH , aluminum plate (E = 107 psi)
1/4
C = 78.46 t3 DH , steel plate (E = 3 x 107 psi) EXAMPLE, assume a design which uses a steel
cover plate thickness of .125” with an anticipated
Figures 7-14 and 7-15 show sets of curves repre- gasket variation of .010” (DH) under a minimum
senting deflection as a percentage of gasket pressure (Pmin) of 20 psi and a maximum pres-
height (DH) for aluminum and steel plates sure (Pmax) of 60 psi. Figure 7-15 shows a bolt
respectively. The DH value is the difference spacing for steel at the stated pressure range of
between the maximum and the minimum gasket 20 to 60 psi to be 5.2 inches. For the same con-
height under compression (reference Figures 7-5 ditions using an aluminum plate, the bolt spacing
through 7-8). Knowing the cover plate thickness is 4.0 inches (see Figure 7-14). The charts can
and the gasket differential (DH), the bolt spacing also be used in reverse. For example, when it is
can be easily determined. Since the Pmin for desired to limit the number of fasteners for easier
both figures has been selected as 20 psi, a cor- disassembly or removal of a cover plate. Select
rection factor is provided for Pmin values from 10 the desired bolt spacing and gasket differential
through 50 psi (see Table 7-8). (DH) to determine the required cover plate flange
thickness.
D-10

EXAMPLE, assume a 10 inch bolt spacing is desir-
able and a maximum gasket differential (DH) of
U.S. Customary
0.03” is anticipated. The questions which need to
[SI Metric] be answered are (1) what is the necessary thick-
ness of the cover plate flange and (2) what gasket
materials are most suited for that application.
Referring to Figure 7-14 (aluminum), draw an
imaginery line from the point at the bottom of the
chart which represents a 10 inch bolt spacing to
the point representing H0.03” at the intersect of
the 10 inch bolt spacing line and DH=.03”, draw
an imaginery horizontal line to the left scal (coor-
dinate) to find the minimum thickness of the
cover plate flange (t). In this case, t=.3 inch. The
larger the DH values for the specific compression
conditions established by the pressure range of
20 to 60 psi, the softer and more resilient are the
gaskets needed to satisfy the large variations in
joint uneveness caused by flange bowing.
D-11
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
D-12
D-13
Tecknit Consil Silicone Elastomer Product Chart
SC Consil SC Consil Consil A Consil A Consil NC Consil NC Consil E Consil II Consil R Consil R Consil N Consil C Consil C Consil C
FR861/ 860/861 895 897 750/751 FR750/ 811/815 841/842 855 856/857 891 871/874 873 875
FR862 862/864 770 FR751
Commercial MIL-G-83528 MIL-G-83528 Commercial MIL-G-83528 Commercial MIL-G-83528

Material Grade Type B / Type D / Type A Type C
Comm. Comm.
Elastomer Silicone Fluoro- Silicone Fluoro-

silicone silicone
Carbon Silver plated Aluminum Nickel coated Graphite Silver plated Glass Pure Silver Silver plated Silver plated Copper particles
Filler particles particles Nickel
particles
-60ºF to -60ºF to -67ºF to -67ºF to -67ºF to -67ºF to -60ºF to -60ºF to -67ºF to -60ºF to -67ºF to -67ºF to -49ºF to -67ºF to
351ºF 351ºF 350ºF 350ºF 350ºF 350ºF 351ºF 351ºF 392ºF 351ºF 257ºF 257ºF 257ºF 257ºF
[-51ºC to [-51ºC to [-55ºC to [-55ºC to [-55ºC [-55ºC [-51ºC to [-51ºC to [-55ºC to [-51ºC to [-55ºC to [-55ºC to [-45ºC to [-55ºC to
177ºC] 177ºC] 177ºC] 177ºC] 160ºC] 160ºC] 177ºC] 177ºC] 200ºC] 177ºC] 125ºC] 125ºC] / 125ºC] 125ºC]
Temperature -55ºF to
125ºF
[-48ºC to
52ºC]
Specific Gravity 1.16 ±0.03 1.28 ±0.03 / 2.0 ±13% 2.0 ±13% 2.0 ±13% 2.1 / 2.0 1.86 ±0.25 1.80 ±0.25 / 3.5 ±13% 1.7 / 2.5 4.0 ±13% 3.5 / 3.7 3.5 ±13% 4.0 ±13%
ASTM-D-297 1.2 ±0.03 ±13% 1.86 ±0.25 ±0.25 ±13%
Hardness Shore A ASTM-D-2240 +10 / -5 70 ±5 65 ±7 70 ±7 55 ±7/70 ±7 60 ±10 60 ±5 47 ±7/70 ±7 65 ±5 40 ±5/50 ±5 75 ±7 65 ±7 85 ±7 75 ±7
Tensile Strength, Min. 650 psi 500 psi / 200 psi 180 psi 150 psi 150 psi 50 psi 100 psi / 300 psi 100 psi 200 psi 200 psi 400 psi 180 psi
ASTM-D-412 650 psi 120 psi
100 % 100 % 100% 60% 100% 100% 50% 120% 200% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Elongation, Min.-ASTM-D-412
Tear Strength, Min. 50 ppi 50 ppi / 30 ppi 35 ppi 50 ppi / 50 ppi 35 ppi / 45 ppi 40 ppi 25 ppi / 30 ppi 25 ppi 40 ppi 35 ppi
60 ppi 40 ppi 20 ppi 44 ppi
ASTM-D-624
Forms 2/1 1/2/1/3 1&2 2/1/1 2/1 1 2&3 2 1&2 2 1&2

1- extruded, 2- molded, 3- injection molded
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

Volume Resistivity- ohm-cm max. 15/24 3-24 0.008 0.012 0.1 0.1 0.03 0.01 0.002 0.015/0.006 0.005 0.004 0.005 0.01
Shielding Effectiveness 55 65 110 100 100 90 100 100 120 100 110 115 115
1GHz (E-field) dB
Flammability Rating UL94 V0 NONE UL94 V0 NONE
Teckbond NC Teckbond A Teckbond NC CON/RTV-II Cond. Adhesive 72-00002 CON/RTV-Ni Teckbond C

Recommended Adhesive or CON/RTV-II
CONSIL SILICONE ELASTOMER PRODUCT CHART
ENGINEER’S ELASTOMER
DESIGN REFERENCE CHART
Suggested Remedies in Gasket Design
Fault Why Faulty Suggested Remedy
Causes breakage in
stripping and assembly.
Bolt holes close to edge. Use ‘ear’ or ‘notch’.
Results in rejection of perfectly Most gasket materials are

good parts. Requires time and compressible and affected
correspondence to reach acceptable by humidity. Use commercial tolerances
level. Costly and slow. in preference to special tolerances.
Metalworking tolerances applied to gasket.
Most gasket stock will conform

Unless molded part, this without shaping. Ensure features
results in unnecessary costs. are functional, not copied
Transference of fillets and radii from metalwork.
from metal parts to gasket.
Thin walls in relation to size. High scrap, distortion during ship or Have gasket in mind early
in use. High tensile materials only. in design process.
Large gaskets with bevel joints. Extra ops. Smooth joint difficult. Die-cut dovetails.
Recommended Deflection
of Silver Filled Elastomers
The deflection of conductive

elastomer gaskets should never
exceed the maximum
7-10% of thickness
18-20% of diameter
12-15% of height
}
Approx. 50% but not
more than 100% of
void width
D-14
CONDUCTIVE ELASTOMER TOLERANCES

SHEETS, RULE DIE CUT AND MOLDED GASKETS
U.S. Customary RULE DIE CUT AND MOLDED GASKETS CONDUCTIVE ELASTOMER SHEET TOLERANCES
[SI Metric] THICKNESS TOLERANCE
The following tolerances refer to the dimensions .020 to .032 [.51 to .81] ± .005 [.13]
illustrated in Figure 1. .033 to .045 [.84 to .14] ± .007 [.18]
CUSTOM FABRICATED CONDUCTIVE .046 to .062 [1.17 to 1.57] ± .008 [.20]
ELASTOMER TOLERANCES .063 to .090 [1.60 to 2.39] ± .010 [.25]
SYMBOL DIMENSION TOLERANCE .091 to .125 [2.41 to 3.17] ± .012[.30]
A, B, V, W up to 6 in. [152] ± .016 [.40] over .126 [3.17] ± .015 [.38]
H each additional ± .003 [.08] LENGTH & WIDTH TOLERANCE
1 in. [25.4] up to 12 x 18 [305 x 457] ± .125 [3.18]
E, R up to 1 in. [25.4] ± .016 [.40] NOTE: The above tolerances are based on gasket thickness of .125 or
over 1 in. [25.4] ± .031 [.79] less. For gaskets thicker than .125, contact factory for applicable
tolerances.
T See Tolerance
TOLERANCES
For Sheets
MOLDED X-SECTIONS
SYMBOL DIMENSION TOLERANCE
T, W, D, A under .101 [2.56] ± .005 [0.127]
OD, ID, L .101 - .250 [2.56 - 6.35] ± .010 [2.56 ]
.251 - .499 [6.37 - 12.67] ± .015 [.381]
.500 - .999 [12.7 - 25.37] ± .020 [.508]
1.0 [25.4] and over ± .031 [0.787]
OVERALL DIMENSION-MOLDED PARTS

SIZE (INCHES) FIXED
Above Incl.
0 - .40 (0 - 10) ± .006
.40 - .63 (102 - 16) ± .008
.63 - 1.00 (16 - 25) ± .010
1.00 - 1.60 (25 - 40) ± .013
1.60 - 2.50 (40 - 63) ± .016
2.50 - 4.00 (63 - 100) ± .020
4.00 - 6.30 (100 - 160) ± .025
6.30 & over multiply by .004
EXTRUDED X-SECTIONS
T, W, D, A under .201 [5.10] ± .005 [0.127]
OD, ID, L .201 - .350 [5.10 - 8.89] ± .008 [0.203]
.351 - .499 [8.915 - 12.674] ± .010 [0.254]
.500 [12.7] and over ± .015 [0.381]
NOTES:
1. Bolt holes closer to gasket edge than gasket thickness must be
Ushaped slots, or see note 3.
edge protrusion.
4. Holes diameter must not be less than gasket thickness, nor less than
.125" in diameter.
D-15
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVE TRANSFER TAPE

ACRYLIC PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE
GENERAL DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATIONS

Tecknit conductive adhesive transfer tape is an MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
economical and convenient product for use with
Adhesive 0.002 inch acrylic adhesive
Tecknit CONSIL conductive elastomers.
transfer tap with
silver-plated conductive particles
FEATURES Liner 0.0035 inch silicone treated
- Eliminates messy solvents. low release paper liner
- Easy to apply.
- No mixing or clean up. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
- Instant tack for immediate bonding. Release Value 15 gram/inch width
- No cure time. Adhesion 40 ounce/inch width

to stainless steel after
1 hour at room temperature
STANDARD PART NUMBER DESIGNATION
Resistance 0.01 ohm/square inch, maximum
WIDTH PART NUMBER
0.187 inch 03-00000 Relative High Temperature Operation Range
0.250 inch 03-00001
0.500 inch 03-00002 Long Term 158°F
1.000 inch 03-00003 (Days, Weeks) [70°C]
Short Term 248°F
SURFACE PREPARATION (Minutes, Hours) [120°C]
To ensure the maximum adhesive bond strength Temperature Resistance -30°F to 225°F
and best electrical conductivity, surfaces to be [-1°C to 107°C]
bonded should be free of grease, oils, and dirt.
Recommended surface cleaning solvents are Shelf Life 12 months at room temperature
denatured alcohol and water. Allow to dry before and 50% relative humidity
applying tape.
Tecknit conductive adhesive transfer tape is avail-
able in standard widths of .187", .250", .500" and
1.0" in 10 yard long rolls. Widths up to 27" and
different lengths are available by special order.
For assistance, contact your nearest Tecknit
representative.
D-16
Vulcon
™
MOLDED-IN PLACE CONDUCTIVE ELASTOMERS
U.S. Customary CORROSION

[SI Metric]
Corrosion can threaten the long-term perform-
ance of even the best EMI gaskets. In salt spray
environments, the “quick-fix” has been to coat
the outer flange area with an inert grease or RTV
to provide an environmental seal. Both grease
and RTV are messy and must be re-applied
whenever the seal is broken. VULCON is the solu-
tion to these shortcomings. Figure 1 shows how
VULCON uses the same concept of preventing
exposure of the EMI gasket, but does so by being
molded in place around the entire periphery of
the enclosure cover, totally surrounding bolt
holes. Alongside the nonconductive seal (towards TOP VIEW OF VULCON "TWIN SEAL".
the inside of enclosure), is the EMI seal. Each
Figure 1c.
time the enclosure is resealed after servicing, the
EMI seal is automatically protected without
depending on the re-application of a protective
lubricant or RTV. MIL-G- 83528 references this
type of twin seal as the best method for preven-
tion of EMI gasket corrosion. Silicone or fluorosili-
cone both provide excellent environmental seals TOLERANCE BUILDUP
and can be vulcanized directly to the enclosure As with any gasketing material, proper compres-
cover. sion of an elastomer is crucial to its performance.
Factors affecting the percent compression are:
OLD SOLUTION Figure 1a. - Tolerance of gasket thickness.

- Tolerance of flange surfaces.
- Fastener spacing.
- Deflection characteristics of flange materials.
In Figure 2, the critical dimension is the height of
the gasket above the flange surface (A). If the
Grease or RTV (1) applied around flange perime-
gasket is too high, excessive closure force will
ter to protect EMI gasket (2).
be required. If the gasket is too low an effective
environmental/ EMI seal will not be achieved.
Differences between standard tolerances vs.
VULCON "TWIN SEAL" Figure 1b.
VULCON tolerances are shown in Figure 2a
and 2b.
Grease or RTV (1) applied around flange perime-

ter to protect EMI gasket (2).
D-17
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
VULCON is the solution when proper gasket com- INSTALLATION/GASKET POSITIONING

pression must be guaranteed:
Conductive elastomer EMI gaskets are predomi-
- VULCON reduces standard gasket cross section nantly used in defense related electronic systems.
tolerances to precision machined tolerances Field servicing of these systems must be consid-
(±.003). ered throughout the design cycle, taking into
account “real world” considerations:
- VULCON precisely positions the top surface of
the gasket to the flange surface (Figure 2b). - Equipment must be capable of being disman-
tled and re-assembled in the field quickly, with a
- VULCON controls the exact position of the minimum of spare parts and under adverse
gasket along the flange surface. By doing so, conditions.
repeated closures can be made without the
possibility of gasket being pinched by fastener. - Electronic “boxes” have to be serviced without
their removal from the overall system (jet air-
TECKNIT can vulcanize to a customer supplied craft, shipboard control room etc.). Situations
frame, flange, or enclosure cover. TECKNIT also where the gasket has to be reinstalled in the
has in-house CNC capabilities to provide both the vertical position can easily occur.
vulcanized elastomer and metalwork as one fin-
ished part. - EMI gasket must be in place for the equipment
to function properly in an environment potential-
ly saturated with electronic noise (radars, com-
STANDARD GASKET IN GROOVE munications systems, jamming). Any opportuni-
Figure 2a.
ty for error in the installation of the EMI gasket
(overstretching, replacing with nonconductive
material, or omitting a gasket altogether) must
be eliminated.
VULCON is the solution for the fastest, easiest
and most reliable way to establish a guaranteed
Groove Depth .100" ± .005" seal after field service, VULCON requires no
Elastomer Height .125" ± .008" adhesives, no tricky positioning or alignment of
“A” Dimension .025" ± .013" gasket, no special tools, and no messy tubes of
Gasket Compression 10% to 29% grease or RTV. VULCON eliminates the chance of
an environmental and/or EMI seal not being in
place whenever the enclosure cover is installed.
VULCON SOLUTION
Figure 2b.
“A” Dimension .013" ± .003"

Gasket Compression 10% to 17%
(.096" gasket height)
D-18
Vulcon cont.
U.S. Customary CUSTOM REQUIREMENTS Cross sections are also custom designed for each
[SI Metric] application. Textured surfaces such as ribs aid in
VULCON is inherently a custom process. No stan-
reducing closure pressure and improve sealing.
dard, “off the shelf” products exist for VULCON -
Some of the more popular cross sections are
each part is optimized to meet the specific
shown in Figures 3a-e.
requirements of the application.
A variety of elastomers are offered, providing a
broad range of physical and electrical properties.
Table 1 lists the more common ones used. (For
other elastomers, contact your nearest TECKNIT
RIBBED Figure 3a. D-SHAPED Figure 3b.
representative or call TECKNIT directly.
MOST COMMON ELASTOMERS FOR VULCON

MIL-G-83528
RECTANGLE Figure 3c. TRIANGLE Figure 3d.
TYPE
Silicone Nonconductive -
Fluorosilicone Nonconductive -
CONSIL-C* Conductive A
(Silicone) (Silver-Copper)
CONSIL-CF* Conductive C TRIANGLE WITH DIFFERENT DUROMETER Figure 3e.
(Fluoro) (Silver-Copper) ON TOP AND BOTTOM
CONSIL-A* Conductive B
(Silicone) (Silver-Aluminum)
CONSIL-RHT Conductive,high temp -
(Silicone) (Pure Silver) ORDERING INFORMATION
Contact your factory to discuss your application.
* Commercial type materials also available.
D-19
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
VULCON patterns on an enclosure cover can VULCON is the most versatile and adaptable
have many variations. Figures 4a - d show just gasketing concept available today.
some of TECKNIT’s capabilities.
VULCON SINGLE GASKET VULCANIZED VULCON "TWIN SEAL" IN GROOVE Figure 4c.
TO PLATE Figure 4a. Makes excellent environmental and EMI Seal for
harsh environment.
VULCON SINGLE GASKET IN GROOVE VULCON "TWIN SEAL" WITH

Allows for metal flanges to meet. Figure 4b. COMPRESSION STOPS Figure 4d.
D-20
Teckfip Gaskets
™
FORMED-IN-PLACE CONDUCTIVE ELASTOMER

[SI Metric]
TECKFIP (FORM-IN-PLACE) gasketing is a custom
process where a highly conductive silicone based
gasket is dispensed on a part where an EMI shield
is required. The materials range from a pure silver
filled resin to silver/copper, silver/aluminum, sil-
ver/glass and our new tungsten/carbide filled
resins that all cure to form a flexible EMI shields
and environmental seals. They are precisely
applied in a programmed pattern and are ideal
solutions meeting the requirements and cost
demands of commercial applications.
TECKFIP compounds are ideal for applications
requiring a quick full cure gasket that meets wide SPECIFICATIONS
temperature range demands. Most TECKFIP com- MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
pounds adhere best to Aluminum (with chromate FIP-C: Ag/Cu
conversion per MIL-C-5441 Class 1A or 3A) or
This compound is an all round high performance
Zinc.
compound, and is very similar to a Consil C mold-
TECKFIP compounds have a Shore A hardness ed or extruded elastomer. It has been traditionally
ranging from a soft 50 durometer to a firmer 70 used for telecommunications base station shield-
durometer. Our soft 50 Shore A durometer materi- ing. This material has excellent adhesive strength,
al is ideal for lightweight fragile plastic or metal and the electrical conductivity remains stable
parts. It cures at room temperature as required by even under long term mechanical loads such as
plastic applications and its low compression set vibration or periodic loading and temperature
helps the gasket withstand repeated assembly and fluctuations.
compression. In addition, TECKFIP low durometer
compounds adhere to most materials and are This compound has long been established as the
compatible with conductively coated plastics such market leader in conductive Form-in-Place appli-
as ABS, PVC, etc. The compounds can also be cations with the reliability and durability needed in
applied to bare metals sufaces such as aluminum, the telecommunications marketplace. It is avail-
magnesium, steel,nickel, copper, silver chromated able in two forms, moisture cure (FIP-C) and heat
and nickel and other plated surfaces. Fast curing cure (HC FIP-C).
allows faster handling and shipping of finished FIP-C SP: Ag/Cu - small particle
parts.
This is the small particle version of the FIP-C com-
pound. It was specifically designed for mobile cell
TECKFIP FEATURES AND BENEFITS phone applications, which require a high degree of
• Excellent EMI shielding performance. EMI shielding. While the compound has been opti-
• Direct application of gasket to component part mized for its overall shielding effectiveness, high
reduces assembly and handling. cycling applications are not recommended for this
• Able to be applied to enclosure walls and parti- material. This compound is ideally designed for
tions in widths as small as .020 inches. projects that will not get opened and closed fre-
• Low compression set. quently, such as mobile phones.
• Eliminates costly tooling resulting in faster turn- FIP-E: Ag/glass
around and design changes. This is Tecknit’s commercial grade FIP compound
• Minimizes material cost in comparison to die cut designed for moderate shielding performance. The
or molded gasket equivalency. Ag/glass particles are very smooth which leads to
• Room temperature curing (ideal for shielded very low compression set value. The material
plastic components). is also available as a heat cured compound (HC
• Soft and compressible. FIP-E).
• Gaskets can be handled quickly after applying.
FIP-E SP: Ag/glass – small particle
D-21
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
FIP Comparison Reference
FIP-X FIP-R FIP-N/FIP-N (LD) FIP-E FIP-E (SP) FIP-C FIP-C (SP) FIP-A HC FIP-C HC FIP-E
Specifications:
Metal Filler: tungsten carbide pure silver silver/nickel silver/glass silver/glass silver/copper silver/copper Silver Aluminium silver/copper silver/glass
Small Particle Small Particle Heat Cure Heat Cure
Color: dark gray pale yellow pale yellow ivory ivory beige beige silver/tan grey ivory
Shore A hardness: 65 +/- 8 50 +/-7 60 +/-7/48+/-7 55 +/- 2 70+/-10 50 +/- 5 55 +/-5 60 +/-7 50 +/- 5 70+/-10
Specific Gravity +/- 15% : 1.74 2.7 3.5 1.8 1.8 2.5 2.11 3.5 2.6 1.8
Temp Range: -55 to +125C -55 to +125C -55 to +125C -55 to +125C -55 to +125C -55 to +125C -55 to +125C -55 to +125C -55 to +125C -55 to +125C
Tack Free Time: <12 min. <12 min. <12 min. <12 min. <12 min. <3 min. <6 min. < 12 min N/A N/A
Cure Time: <24 hours nom. <24 hours nom. <24 hours nom. <24 hours nom. <24 hours nom. <24 hours nom. <24 hours nom. full 24 hours 1 hour @ 125C 1 hour @ 125C
Volume Resistivity:ohm-cm 0.031 0.005 0.02 max 0.007 0.009 0.008 (max) 0.018 0.01 (max) 0.01 (max) 0.01 (max)
Surface Resistivity: 1.5 ohms-cm 0.015 0.02 max 0.012 0.012 0.01 0.01 0.02 (max) 0.01 (max) 0.01 (max)
Aged Surface Resistivity: 0.046 0.02 max 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.02 (max) 0.03 (max) 0.03 (max)
after 168 hours at 85C
Compression Set: 31% 28% 28% 13% 7% 28% 57% 15% 27% 23%
After 22 hours ar 70C
Tensile Strength: 215psi 200psi 200 psi (min) 273 psi 273psi 110 psi 157 psi 90 PSI 200 PSI 200 PSI
Elongation: 90% min. 100% 50% min 71% 71% 100% 31% 30% min 50% min 50% min
Compression Range: 10-50%, 25% recom 10 - 25% 10 - 25% 30% recom. 10 - 25% 10 - 25% 10 - 25% 15 - 25% 10 - 25% 10 - 25%
Shielding Effectiveness: 10 MHz to 10 Ghz : > 65 dB
Salt Spray Resistance: Passed ASTM B117
Adhesion Strength (N/cm_): 90 min 90 min 90 min 167.5 (typ) 90 min 90 min 90 min 90 min 90 min 90 min

PART NUMBERS
700g cartridge 69-10020X 69-10040R 69-10050N 69-10010E 69-10010ESP 69-10000C 69-10000CSP 69-10030A 69-10000CHC 69-10010EHC
30cc syringe 69-10021X 69-10041R 69-10051N 69-10011E 69-10011ESP 69-10001C 69-10001CSP 69-10031A 69-10001CHC 69-10011EHC
Note: Shelf life for the 700g cartridge is 6 months; Shelf life for the 30cc syringe is 1 month.
D-22
Teckfip Gaskets cont. ™
U.S. Customary This is the small particle version of the Ag/glass

[SI Metric] (FIP E) compound that was specifically designed
for the mobile cell phone applications. It should be
noted that this compound offers the lowest com-
pression set value of all the compounds, making it
ideally suited to applications where by the gasket
"A" Dimension Height: .020" [.51] - .125" [3.18]
is frequently compressed and uncompressed.
"B" Dimension Width: "A" +10% (Ref.)
FIP-X: Al/WC Profile Tolerance : ±10%
FIP-X is Tecknit’s newest compound and features
a conductive powder that is a unique particle com-
bining tungsten carbide and aluminum. The pre-
mium advantage of this compound is its ability to
be non-corrosive even in the most hostile of exter-
nal environments. The compound has been
exhaustively tested for hostile environments and Minimum Flange Width: .030" [.762]
easily exceeds the requirements of the ASTM Outside Radius: 1/2 "B" Width Dimension
B117 test specification. Tecknit also offers a Inside Radius: Sharp
flame-retardant version of this compound which
Maximum Overall Size: 28" x 19" x 4"
has achieved the UL94-V0 rating.
[711.2] x [482.6] x [101.6]
FIP-A: Al/Cu Recommended Compression: 25% of Gasket Height "A"
This compound is ideally suited to corrosion-con- Gasket Path: Can be comprised of any
cerned applications where the gasket is applied to geometric shape connected
an aluminum casting. The corrosion resistance is together (ie. line, arc,
enhanced due to the galvanic compatibility circle, ellipse).
between the casting and the conductive
Aluminum/Copper particle used. The compression
set performance is good and this compound offers
a very stable EMI shielding performance even
under large mechanical stress. The electrical con-
ductivity performance and EMI shielding is very 1.Teckfip can be applied to your part at any of
similar to the high performing FIP-C elastomer our growing number of global application sites.
gasket. Tecknit currently has sites in the US, UK,
Spain, Mexico and China. Contact a Tecknit
FIP-N: Al/Ni representative or our application support group
This compound is similar in performance to FIP-A to discuss your application.
elastomer and hence offers a good non-corrosive
EMI shield in harsh conditions. This material is 2.Teckfip compound can be applied in easy to
one of our more cost effective FIP compounds use containers for gasket application at a cus-
tomers site. The compounds are compatible
FIP-R: Ag with several application machines. Contact our
This compound is based on a very rugged pure application support group to confirm application
silver particle. By using silver as the conductive machine compatibly.
medium, this compound offers great performance
in terms of heat aged electrical conductive stability
and prolonged mechanical vibration. In addition to
this, the electrical conductivity performance is the
highest of all Tecknit FIP compounds.
TECKFIP DESIGN GUIDELINES
D-23
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
TECKFIP FORCE/DEFLECTION
D-24
Consil -E
®
EXTRUDED SILVER-FILLED SILICONE ELASTOMER

[SI Metric]
CONSIL-E is a continuously extruded silicone
elastomer filled with silver-plated inert particles.
It is a medium hardness material providing high
electrical conductivity and moisture sealing.
CONSIL-E is available in a variety of standard
cross-sections: rectangular, round, “D” shape,
“U” channels, “P” shapes and various thin wall
constructions. Custom crosssections are available
per customer specifications. CONSIL-E is
designed to provide reliable cost effective shield-
ing and is especially ideal for a wide range
of commercial and telecommunications EMI
applications. SPECIFICATIONS
Consil-E Compound No. 811 815
CONSIL-E is intended primarily for groove and Elastomer Binder Silicone Silicone
flange mounting applications. In order to assure Conductive Filler Type Silver-plated glass particles
electrical conductivity and sealing reliability, rec- Color Tan Tan
ommended design compression is 7%-15% of Form Available Extruded X-Sections
original height for rectangular strips, 12%-30%
for solid round and “D” shapes, and 20%-60% PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
Specific Gravity 1.86 ± .25 2.10 ± .25
for tubing and “P” shapes. For small cross sec-
tions refer to the force vs. deflection graph on ASTM D-792
page D-10. The hollow shapes are designed for Volume Res. 0.03 ohm-cm 0.03 ohm-cm
low closure pressure applications. Excessive (Max.)
deflection is not recommended since it can result Hardness (Shore A) 70 ± 15 60 ± 7
in permanent compression set and degradation of ASTM D-2240
electrical conductivity. Tensile Strength 50 psi 50 psi
(Min.) ASTM D-412 [345 kPa] [345 kPa]
BONDING AND SPLICING Elongation to break 50% 50%
TECKNIT two part RTV Conductive Silicone (Min.) ASTM D-412
Adhesive (Part Number 72-00036) is recom- Tear Strength (Min.) 35 ppi 20 ppi
mended for splicing, joining, and bonding ASTM D-624
CONSIL-E gaskets to enclosures. The material Temperature Range -60°F to +350°F -60°F to +350°F
provides a flexible bond and resilient seal. [-55°C to +177°C] [-55°C to +177°C]
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE ORDERING INFORMATION

TECKNIT CONSIL-E Shielding Effectiveness has Extruded materials are available in continuous
been tested in accordance with TECKNIT Test lengths. For cross sections not listed above or
Method TSETS-01 and based upon modified MIL- custom specification requirements, contact your
STD-285. Typical values are based on a 5" x 5" nearest TECKNIT area representative or factory
Aperture. location.

dB dB dB dB
811 65 130+ 100+ 90+
815 65 130+ 100+ 90+
D-25
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
PART N UMB ERS AND CRO SS SEC TION S STANDARD RECTANGULAR
HOLLOW SQUARE
Thickness Diameter Compound Part Width - W
& Width Number Thickness Com- .125 .188 .250 .375 .500
T pound [3.18] [4.78] [6.35] [9.53] [12.70]
.133 [3.37] .078 [1.98] 815 81-50010
.032 [0.76] 811 81-20023 81-20024 81-20025 81-20026 81-20027
.062 [1.57] 811 81-20028 81-20029 81-20030 81-20031 81-20032
STANDARD TUBING
.093 [2.35] 811 81-20033 81-20034 81-20035 81-20036 81-20037
OD ID Compound Part Number .125 [3.18] 811 81-20038 81-20039 81-20040 81-20041 81-20042
.250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] 811 81-20009 .188 [4.78] 811 - 81-20044 81-20045 81-20046 81-20047
.375 [9.53] .250 [6.35] 811 81-20010 .250 [6.35] 811 - - 81-20050 81-20051 81-20052
.040 [1.01] .020 [.050] 815 81-50000
.060 [1.52] 040 [1.01] 815 81-50001 STANDARD “U” SHAPES
STANDARD ROUND
Diameter Compound Part Diameter Compound Part

Number Number A B C D Com- Part
.062 [1.57] 811 81-20000 .188 [4.78] 811 81-20006 pound Number
.070 [1.78] 811 81-20001 .250 [6.53] 811 81-20007 .062 [1.57] .125 [3.18] .188 [4.78] .188 [4.78] 811 81-20012
.093 [2.36] 811 81-20002 .375 [9.53] 811 81-20008 .125 [3.18] .188 [4.78] .250 [6.35] .250 [6.35] 811 81-20013
.103 [2.62] 811 81-20003 - - -
.125 [3.18] 811 81-20004 .040 [1.01] 815 81-50005
.139 [3.53] 811 81-20005 - - - HOLLOW "D" SHAPE
COMPRESSION AND DEFLECTION DATA
COMPRESSION/DEFLECTION CURVE, CONSIL-E 811

OH IH OW IW Compound Part
Number
.120 [3.04] .080 [2.03] .150 [3.81] .110 [2.79] 815 81-50015
STANDARD “D” SHAPE
Groove Dimensions
A Compound Part C D
Number +.006 in. +.006 in.
[0.15 mm] -0 [0.15 mm]
.062 [1.59] 811 81-20014 .046 [1.17] .103 [2.65]
.093 [2.36] 811 81-20015 .071 [1.80] .137 [3.50]
FORCE vs. DEFLECTION .125 [3.18] 811 81-20016 .096 [2.44] .188 [4.75]
.188 [4.78] 811 81-20017 .146 [3.71] .256 [6.50]
.250 [6.35] 811 81-20018 .199 [5.05] .336 [8.55]
.375 [9.35] 811 81-20019 .295 [7.49] .488 [12.40]
STANDARD “P” SHAPES
D ID L T Com- Part
pound Number
.188 [4.78] .125 [3.18] .500 [12.70] .062 [1.57] 811 81-20020
.250 [6.35] .188 [4.78] .750 [19.05] .062 [1.57] 811 81-20021
.375 [9.53] .250 [6.35] 1.00 [25.40] .075 [1.91] 811 81-20022
D-26
Consil -II
®
MOLDED SILVER-FILLED SILICONE ELASTOMER

[SI Metric]
CONSIL-II is a molded silicone elastomer filled
with silver-coated inert particles. It provides high
electrical conductivity, broadband shielding and
moisture sealing.
CONSIL-II is designed to provide reliable cost
effective shielding for a wide range of EMI
applications.
CONSIL-II is manufactured in sheets, molded
parts, strips, and die cut flat gaskets.
CONSIL-II should be used where there is a need SPECIFICATIONS
for high broadband shielding combined with MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
excellent moisture sealing properties. Consil-II - Compound No. 841 842
In order to assure electrical conductivity and seal- Elastomer Binder Silicone Silicone
ing reliability, recommended design compression Conductive Filler Silver Plated Glass Particles
is 7%- 15% of original height for sheets and rec- Color Tan Tan
tangular strips, and 12%-30% for “O” and “D”
Form Available Molded Sheets Molded Sheets
shapes.
& Strips & Strips
ADHERING AND JOINING PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS

TECKNIT CON/RTV-II (Part Number 72-00036) is Specific Gravity 1.80 1.86
a two component, electrically conductive, silver ASTM D-792 ± .25 ± .25
silicone adhesive sealant of medium viscosity. It is Volume Resistivity 0.01 0.01
recommended for splicing, joining, and bonding (Max.) ohm-cm ohm-cm
CONSIL- II gaskets to enclosures. The material Hardness (Shore A) 47 70
provides a flexible bond and resilient seal. ASTM D-2240 ± 10 ± 10
Tensile Strength (Min.) 100 psi 120 psi
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE ASTM D-412 [690 kPa] [830 kPa]
TECKNIT CONSIL-II Shielding Effectiveness has Elongation to break (Min.) 120% 120%
been tested in accordance with TECKNIT Test ASTM D-412
Method
Tear Strength (Min.) 35 ppi 45 ppi
TSETS-01 and based upon modified MIL-STD- ASTM D-624 [7.88 kN/m] [7.88 kN/m]
285. Typical shielding effectiveness values are Temperature Range -60°F to 351°F -60°F to 351°F
based on a 5" square aperture. [-51°C to 177°C] [-51°C to 177°C]
TECKNIT CONSIL-II Shielding Effectiveness has

been tested in accordance with the test method
described in paragraph 4.6.12 of MIL-G-83528.
Typical values are shown.
dB dB dB dB
841 75 130 100+ 90
842 75 130 100+ 90
D-27
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
STANDARD SHEETS STANDARD ROUND

STANDARD LENGTH = 24 in. [610 mm]
Length x Width
Thickness Compound 12 x 12 12 x 18 Diameter Com- Part Diameter Com- Part
[305 x 305] [305 x 457] pound Number pound Number
.020 [0.51] 841 84-30140 - .062 841 84-70020 .125 841 84-70022
842 84-30150 - [1.57] 842 84-70000 [3.18] 842 84-70002
.032 [0.76] 841 84-30170 84-30180 .070 841 84-70021 .139 841 84-70025
842 84-30175 84-30185 [1.78] 842 84-70001 [3.53] 842 84-70005
.040 [1.02] 841 84-30171 84-30181 093 841 84-70023 .188 841 84-70026
842 84-30176 84-30186 [2.36] 842 84-70003 [4.78] 842 84-70006
.062 [1.52] 841 84-30172 84-30182 .103 841 84-70024 .250 841 84-70027
842 84-30177 84-30187 [2.62] 842 84-70004 [6.35] 842 84-70007
.093 [2.36] 841 84-30178 84-30183
842 84-30178 84-30188 STANDARD “D” SHAPES
.125 [3.18] 841 84-30174 84-30184
842 84-30179 84-30189
STANDARD RECTANGULAR
Groove Dimensions
STANDARD LENGTH=18 in. [457 mm]
A Com- Part C D
pound Number +.006 -0 [0.15] ±.066 [0.15]
Width W .062 841 84-70070 .046 .103
Thickness Com- .125 .188 .250 .375 .500 [1.59] 842 84-70071 [1.17] [2.65]
T pound [3.18] [4.78] [6.35] [9.53] [12.70]
.093 841 84-70072 .071 .137
.032 841 84-70100 84-70101 84-70102 84-70103 84-70104
[0.76] 842 84-70105 84-70106 84-70107 84-70108 84-70109
[2.38] 842 84-70073 [1.80] [3.50]
.125 841 84-70074 .096 .188
.062 841 84-70110 84-70111 84-70112 84-70113 84-70114
[1.52] 842 84-70115 84-70116 84-70117 84-70118 84-70119 [3.18] 842 84-70075 [2.44] [4.75]
.093 841 84-70120 84-70121 84-70122 84-70123 84-70124
.188 841 84-70076 .146 .256
[2.36] 842 84-70125 84-70126 84-70127 84-70128 84-70129 [4.78] 842 84-70077 [3.17] [6.50]
.125 841 84-70130 84-70131 84-70132 84-70133 84-70134 .250 841 84-70078 .199 .336
[3.18] 842 84-70135 84-70136 84-70137 84-70138 84-70139 [6.35] 842 84-70079 [5.05] [8.55]
.188 841 - 84-70141 84-70142 84-70143 84-70144
[4.78] 842 - 84-70146 84-70147 84-70148 84-70149 SPECIAL “U” SHAPES
.250 841 - - 84-70152 84-70153 84-70154
[6.35] 842 - - 84-70157 84-70158 84-70159
COMPRESSION AND DEFLECTION DATA A B C D Com- Part

pound Number
.062 .188 .250 .250 841 84-70010
[1.57] [4.78] [6.35] [6.35] 842 84-70011
.125 .375 .312 .500 841 84-70012
[3.18] [9.53] [7.92] [12.70] 842 84-70013
.188 .375 .375 .500 841 84-70014
[4.78] [9.53] [9.53] [12.70] 842 84-70015
.093 .312 .218 .421 841 84-70016*
[2.63] [7.92] [5.54] [10.69] 842 84-70017*
For cross-sections not listed above and custom design
applications and molded parts, contact your
nearest TECKNIT area representative or factory location.
D-28
Consil -R
®
PURE SILVER-FILLED SILICONE ELASTOMER

[SI Metric]
CONSIL-R is a pure silver filled elastomer avail-
able in a variety of durometers and compounds.
CONSIL-RHT 855 is a pure silver-filled silicone
elastomer ideal for applications where high tem-
perature is a concern.
CONSIL-R 856 offers the lowest durometer avail-
able for pure silver-filled elastomers. CONSIL-R
857 provides similar properties as 856, with a
high durometer.

To assure electrical conductivity and sealing relia- MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
bility, the recommended design compression for CONSIL-R Compound No. 855 856 857
sheets and rectangular strips is 7%-15% of origi-
Elastomer Binder Silicone Silicone Silicone
nal height and 12%-30% for round and “D”
shapes. Conductive Filler Pure Silver
Color Red- Silver- Silver-
CONSIL-R is designed for use in low to moderate
Brown Tan Tan
pressure applications. For compression and
deflection data, see Figure 1. CONSIL-R is fungus Form Available Molded, Sheets & Strips
inert thereby making it suitable for applications
where micro-organism growth is a consideration. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
Specific Gravity 3.5 1.7 2.5
CONSIL-RHT 855 silicone is used throughout
ASTM D-792 ±13% ±.25% ±.25%
industry for seals, gaskets, electrical connectors,
electromagnetic shields and other applications Volume Resistivity 0.002 0.015 0.006
(Max.) ohm-cm ohm-cm ohm-cm
subjected to severe operating conditions.
Hardness (Shore A) 65 ± 5 40 ± 5 50 ± 5
ASTM D-2240
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE Tensil Strength 300 psi 100 psi 100 psi
TECKNIT CONSIL-R shielding effectiveness has (Min.) ASTM D-412 [2.07 kPa] [690 kPa] [690 kPa]
been tested in accordance with the test method Elongation to Break 200% 100% 100%
described in paragraph 4.6.12 of MIL-G-83528. (Min) ASTM D-412
Typical values are shown. Tear Strength 40 ppi 25 ppi 35 ppi
(Min.) ASTM D-412 [7 kN/m] [4.38 kN/m] [7.7 kN/m]
Temperature Range -67°F to -60°F to -60°F to
H-FIELD E-FIELD PLANE WAVE 392°F 351°F 351°F
COMPOUND 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz [-55°C to [-51°C to [-51°C to
dB dB dB dB 200°C] 177°C] 177°C]
856, 857 70+ 130+ 100+ 90
855 70 120+ 120 100
D-29
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
To order catalog parts made from Compound 855; STANDARD ROUND

use the same Part No. as Compound 856 except
the third digit changes from “1” to “A”. Example:
Compound 856 standard “D” Part No. 85-10512 Dia. Com- Part Dia. Com- Part
changes to No. 85-A0512 for Compound 855. in. (mm) pound Number in. (mm) pound Number
.062 856 85-10550 .125 856 85-10553
STANDARD SHEETS [1.57] 857 85-10551 [3.18] 857 85-10554
Length x Width .070 856 85-10563 .139 856 85-10572
Thickness Compound 12 x 12 12 x 18 [1.78] 857 85-10564 [3.53] 857 85-10573
[305 x 305] [305 x 457] .093 856 85-10566 .188 856 85-10590
.032 [0.76] 856 85-10130 85-10030 [2.36] 857 85-10567 [4.78] 857 85-10591
857 85-10131 85-10031 .103 856 85-10569 .250 856 85-10593
.040 [1.02] 856 85-10140 85-10040 [2.62] 857 85-10570 [6.35] 857 85-10594
857 85-10141 85-10041
.062 [1.52] 856 85-10160 85-10060 STANDARD “D” SHAPES
857 85-10161 85-10061 STANDARD LENGTH = 24 in. [610 mm]
.093 [2.36] 856 85-10190 85-10090

857 85-10191 85-10091
.125 [3.18] 856 85-10110 85-10010
857 85-10111 85-10011
Groove Dimensions
STANDARD STRIPS RECTANGULAR A Com- Part C D
pound Number +.006 [0.15]-0 ±.006 [0.15]
STANDARD LENGTH=18 in. [457 mm]
.062 856 85-10500 .046 .103
[1.57] 857 85-10501 [1.17] [2.65]
.093 856 85-10503 .071 .137
Width W [2.36] 857 85-10504 [1.80] [3.50]
Thickness Com- .125 .188 .250 .375 .500
T pound [3.18] [4.78] [6.35] [9.53] [12.70]
.125 856 85-10506 .096 .186
[3.18] 857 85-10507 [2.44] [4.75]
032 856 85-10400 85-10401 85-10402 85-10403 85-10404 .188 856 85-10509 .146 .256
[0.76] 857 85-10405 85-10406 85-10407 85-10408 85-10409 [4.78] 857 85-10510 [3.71] [6.60]
.062 856 85-10415 85-10416 85-10417 85-10418 85-10419 .250 856 85-10512 .199 .336
[1.52] 857 85-10420 85-10421 85-10422 85-10423 85-10424 [6.35] 857 85-10513 [5.05] [8.55]
.093 856 85-10430 85-10431 85-10432 85-10433 85-10434
[2.36] 857 85-10435 85-10436 85-10437 85-10438 85-10439
.125 856 85-10445 85-10446 85-10447 85-10448 85-10449
[3.18] 857 85-10450 85-10451 85-10452 85-10453 85-10454 ORDERING INFORMATION
.188 856 - 85-10461 85-10462 85-10463 85-10464
For standard sheets and strips, specify TECKNIT
[4.78] 857 - 85-10466 85-10467 85-10468 85-10469
Part Number and quantity required. For cross
.250 856 - - 85-10477 85-10478 85-10479
[6.35] 857 - - 85-10482 85-10483 85-10484
sections not listed above and custom design
applications, contact your nearest TECKNIT area
COMPRESSION AND DEFLECTION DATA representative or factory location.
D-30
SC-Consil
®
CARBON-FILLED SILICONE ELASTOMER UL94 V-0 RATING AVAILABLE

[SI Metric]
SC-CONSIL is a silicone elastomer filled with car-
bon particles. It provides superior shielding and a
reliable environmental seal. The combination of
carbon particles and silicone allows SC-CONSIL to
maintain its physical and electrical properties over
an extremely wide temperature range. SC-CONSIL
is manufactured in sheets, molded and continu-
ously extruded strips, and in die-cut gaskets.
There is a range of SC-CONSIL compounds avail-
able. Standard SC-CONSIL material has a volume
resistivity of 8 ohm-cm for compression and injec-
tion molded parts and 24 ohm-cm for extruded
parts. A special low volume resistivity compound SPECIFICATIONS
is available for extruded parts at 3 ohm-cm.
Flame Retardent UL94 V-O compounds for both
extruded and molded parts are available. Compound 860 861 862 864 FR861 FR862
Binder Silicone Silicone Silicone Silicone Silicone Silicone
APPLICATION INFORMATION Filler Carbon Carbon Carbon Carbon Carbon Carbon
SC-CONSIL provides excellent voltage handling Color Black Black Black Black Black Black
capabilities for grounding, lower current densities, Form* (1) (2) (1) (3) (2) (1)
Flammability - - - - UL94 VO**
and is ideal for static discharge and corona appli-
Form Available - - - - UL Yellow Card
cations. Various extruded shapes designed for
No. E-48923S
groove and flange mounting, such as tubes and
P-shapes, provide maximum deflection at low to PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
medium closure pressures. SC-CONSIL also pro- Specific Gravity 1.28 1.20 1.27 1.20 1.25 1.25
vides a good environmental seal under moderate ASTM D-792 ± .03 ± .03 ± .25 ± .25 ± .03 ± .03
closing forces. Volume Res. 3 ohm 8 ohm 24 ohm 8 ohm 15 ohm 24 ohm
(Max.) -cm -cm -cm -cm -cm -cm
Recommended design compression is 5%-10%
of original height for sheets and rectangular Hardness 70 ±5 70 ±5 70 ±5 70 ±5 65±10/5 65±10/5
(Shore A) ASTM D-2240
strips, 15%-20% for solid “O” and “D” shapes,
and 20%-30% for thin tubing. Tensile Strength 500 psi 650 psi 500 psi 500 psi 650 psi 650 psi
(Min.) ASTM D-624
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE Elongation To
Tecknit Consil shielding effectiveness has been Break (Min.) 75% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
ASTM D-412
tested in accordance with the test method
described in paragraph 4.6.12 of MIL-G-83528. Tear Strength
(Min.) 50 ppi 50 ppi 60 ppi 60 ppi 50 ppi 50 ppi
Typical values are shown. ASTM D-624
Temp. Range -60°F to 351°F[-51°C to 177°C]
H-FIELD E-FIELD PLANE WAVE *(1) Extruded Strips, (2) Molded Sheets & Strips, (3) Injected Molded Parts.
COMPOUND 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz **UL Yellow Card No. E48923S
dB dB dB dB
860 93 77 68 88
861 94 73 59 85
862 91 76 65 83
864 91 76 67 89
FR861 93 72 56 88
FR862 93 72 56 88
D-31
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
STANDARD SHEETS STANDARD ENCLOSURE DOOR GASKETS
Length x Width
Thickness Compound 12 x 12 12 x 18
[305 x 305] [305 x 457]
.020 [0.51] 861 86-10198 -
.032 [0.76] 861 86-10015 86-10016
.047 [1.19] 861 86-10011 86-10012
.062 [1.57] 861 86-10021 86-10022
.093 [2.36] 861 86-10031 86-10032
.125 [3.18] 861 86-10041 86-10042
STANDARD “D” SHAPES
.188 [4.78] 861 86-10061 86-10062
.250 [6.35] 861 86-10068 86-10069
STANDARD ROUND Groove Dimensions

A Com- Part C D
pound Number +.006 [0.15]-0 ±.006 [0.15]
Dia. Com- Part Dia. Com- Part
in. (mm) pound Number in. (mm) pound Number .062 [1.59] 862 86-10090 .046 [1.17] .103 [2.65]
.047 [1.19] 862 86-10000 .125 [3.18] 862 86-10003 .093 [2.38] 862 86-10091 .071 [1.80] .137 [3.50]
.062 [1.52] 862 86-10001 .139 [3.53] 862 86-10008 .125 [3.18] 862 86-10092 .096 [2.44] .188 [4.75]
.070 [1.78] 862 86-10006 .188 [4.78] 862 86-10004 .188 [4.78] 862 86-10093 .146 [3.71] .256 [6.50]
.093 [2.36] 862 86-10002 .250 [6.35] 862 86-10005 .250 [6.35] 862 86-10094 .199 [5.05] .336 [8.55]
.103 [2.62] 862 86-10007 - - -
STANDARD “U” SHAPES
STANDARD TUBING
OD ID Compound Part Number

.250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] 862 86-10080 A B C D Com- Part
.375 [9.53] .250 [6.35] 862 86-10082 pound Number
.032 [0.76] .125 [3.18] .156 [3.96] .156 [3.96] 862 86-10142
.500 [12.70] .375 [9.53] 862 86-10134
.062 [1.57] .125 [3.18] .188 [4.78] .188 [4.78] 862 86-10143
.062 [1.57] .188 [4.78] .250 [6.35] .250 [6.35] 862 86-10075
STANDARD THIN WALL TUBING
.093 [2.36] .156 [3.96] .128 [3.25] .250 [6.35] 862 86-10144
.093 [2.36] .312 [7.92] .218 [5.54] .421 [10.69] 862 86-10418
OD ID Compound Part Number .125 [3.18] .375 [9.53] .312 [7.92] .500 [12.70] 862 86-10076
.062 [1.52] .032 [0.76] 862 86-10135 .188 [4.78] .375 [9.53] .375 [9.53] .500 [12.70] 862 86-10077
.075 [1.91] .040 [1.02] 862 86-10136
.093 [2.29] .062 [1.52] 862 86-10137 STANDARD “P” SHAPES
.125 [3.18] .093 [2.29] 862 86-10138
.188 [4.78] .125 [3.18] 862 86-10139
.250 [6.35] .188 [4.78] 862 86-10140
D ID L T Com- Part
HOLLOW "D" SHAPE
pound Number
.188 [4.78] .125 [3.18] .500 [12.70] .062 [1.57] 862 86-10192
.250 [6.35] .188 [4.78] .750 [19.05] .062 [1.57] 862 86-10193
.375 [9.53] .250 [6.35] 1.00 [25.40] .075 [1.91] 862 86-10194
OH IH OW IW Compound Part
Number COMPRESSION AND DEFLECTION DATA
0.187 [4.75] 0.087 [2.21] 0.187 [4.75] 0.087 [2.21] 862 86-10684
All sheeting thicknesses are available in continu-
ous strip form up to 3 in. [76 mm] wide. SC-
CONSIL extruded materials are available in con-
tinuous length from 25 ft. [7.62 m] min. to 50 ft.
[15 m] max. For cross sections not lised above
and custom design applications, contact your
nearest TECKNIT area representative or factory
location. To order parts made from compound
860, please contact TECKNIT. To order catalog
parts made from FR 861 or FR 862, change the
third digit of the part number to the letter "F".
D-32
Consil -C
®
SILVER-COPPER FILLED SILICONE ELASTOMER

[SI Metric]
CONSIL-C is a silicone or fluorosilicone elastomer
filled with silver-plated copper particles designed
to achieve maximum electrical conductivity. CON-
SIL-C provides one of the highest shielding effec-
tiveness of any conductive elastomer material, in
addition to offering excellent moisture sealing for
all enclosure joints and seams. CONSIL-C is avail-
able in sheets and die-cut or molded gaskets. It
can also be extruded into standard rectangular,
round and “D”-shaped cross sections. Extruded SPECIFICATIONS
hollow strip forms are available on special order.
APPLICATION INFORMATION Consil-C
Compound No. 871 873 875
The MIL-DTL-83528 certified compounds meet
the demanding requirements of many military Conductive Filler Silver Plated Copper Particles
and aerospace systems, and as gaskets for wave- Elastomer Binder Silicone Silicone Fluorosilicone
guides and connectors. In addition, CONSIL-C Type A Commercial C
can also be used for EMP and TEMPEST applica- (MIL-DTL 83528) (MIL-DTL 83528)
tions. Recommended design compression is 6% Color Gray Gray Blue-Gray
at 100 psi closure force for rectangular cross sec-
Form Available Molded Molded Molded
tions. Closure forces will be lower for custom & Extruded & Extruded
tubes or Pshaped extrusions. Aerospace applica-
tions demand fluorosilicone because of its inher-
ent resistance to jet fuels and its ability to perform PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
Specific Gravity 3.5 3.5 4.0
under extreme conditions. ±13% ±13% ±13%
BONDING AND SPLICING Volume Res. .004 .005 .01
When required, TECKNIT conductive adhesives ohm-cm ohm-cm ohm-cm
are available to bond CONSIL-C to metal enclo- Hardness (Shore A) 65 85 75
ASTM D-2240 ±7 ±7 ±7
sure surfaces or for splicing strips together. For
flexible bonds and joint splices, use TECKNIT Tensile Strength 200 psi 400 psi 180 psi
(Min.) ASTM D-624
one-part RTV conductive silicone adhesive-
sealant paste with silver plated copper filler (part Elongation to 100%/ 100%/ 100%/
Break (Min/Max) 300% 300% 300%
number 72-00192).
Tear Strength 25 ppi 40 ppi 35 ppi
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE (Min.) [4.38 [7 [6.13
TECKNIT CONSIL-C Shielding Effectiveness has ASTM D-624 kN/m] kN/m] kN/m]
been tested in accordance with the test method Operating 67°F to -49°F to 67°F to
described in paragraph 4.6.12 of MIL-DTL-83528. Temperature 257°F 257°F 257°F
Range [-55°C to [-45°C to [-55°C to
Typical values are shown. 125°C] 125°C] 125°C]

COMPOUND 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz
dB dB dB dB
871 75 120+ 115 110
873 75 120+ 115 110
875 75 120+ 115 110
D-33
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
STANDARD SHEETS STANDARD STRIPS RECTANGULAR
Length x Width
[305 x 305] [305 x 457]
Width W
.020 [0.51] 871 87-10001 87-10006 Thickness Com- .125 .188 .250 .375 .500
873 87-10041 87-10046 T pound [3.18] [4.78] [6.35] [9.53] [12.70]
.032 [0.81] 871 87-10002 87-10007 .032 871 87-20031 87-20037 87-20043 87-20049 87-20055
873 87-10042 87-10047 [0.76] 875 87-50031 87-50037 87-50043 87-50049 87-50055
.062 871 87-20032 87-20038 87-20044 87-20050 87-20056
875 87-50002 - [1.52] 875 87-50032 87-50038 87-50044 87-50050 87-50056
.062 [1.57] 871 87-10003 87-10008 .093 871 87-20033 87-20039 87-20045 87-20051 87-20057
873 87-10043 87-10048 [2.36] 875 87-50033 87-50039 87-50045 87-50051 87-50057
875 87-50003 - .125 871 87-20034 87-20040 87-20046 87-20052 87-20058
[3.18] 875 87-50034 87-50040 87-50046 87-50052 87-50058
.093 [2.36] 871 87-10004 87-10009 .188 871 - 87-20041 87-20047 87-20053 87-20059
873 87-10044 87-10049 [4.78] 875 - 87-50041 87-50047 87-50053 87-50059
875 87-50004 - .250 871 - - 87-20048 87-20054 87-20060
[6.35] 875 - - 87-50048 87-50054 87-50060
.125 [3.18] 871 87-10005 87-10010
873 87-10045 87-10050 STANDARD
875 87-50005 - “D” SHAPES
STANDARD ROUND
Groove Dimensions
Dia. Com- Part Dia. Com- Part A Com- Part C D
pound Number pound Number pound Number +.006 [0.15]-0 ±.006 [0.15]
.062 871 87-10606 .046 .103
.062 871 87-10511 .125 871 87-10515
[1.59] 875 87-50606 [1.17] [2.65]
[1.57] 875 87-50511 [3.18] 875 87-50515
.093 871 87-10607 .071 .137
.070 871 87-10512 .139 871 87-10516 [2.38] 875 87-50607 [1.80] [3.50]
[1.78] 875 87-50512 [3.53] 875 87-50516 .125 871 87-10608 .096 .188
.093 871 87-10513 .188 871 87-10517 [3.18] 875 87-50608 [2.44] [4.75]
[2.36] 875 87-50513 [4.78] 875 87-50517 .188 871 87-10609 .146 .256
[4.78] 875 87-50609 [3.71] [6.50]
.103 871 87-10514 .250 871 87-10518 .250 871 87-10610 .199 .336
[2.62] 875 87-50514 [6.35] 875 87-50518 [6.35] 875 87-50610 [5.05] [8.55]
STANDARD TUBING STANDARD “U” SHAPES
OD ID Compound Part Number

0.103 [2.62] 0.040 [1.02] 871 87-12259 A B C D Com- Part
0.125 [3.18] 0.045 [1.14] 871 87-12260 pound Number
0.156 [3.96] 0.102 [2.59] 871 87-12261 0.047 [1.19] 0.081 [2.06] 0.175 [4.45] 0.156 [3.96] 871 87-12269
0.062 [1.57] 0.109 [2.77] 0.156 [3.96] 0.156 [3.96] 871 87-12270
0.250 [6.35] 0.125[3.18] 871 87-12263 0.090 [2.29] 0.310 [7.87] 0.220 [5.59] 0.420 [10.7] 871 87-12268
0.250 [6.35] 0.160 [4.06] 871 87-12262 0.145 [3.68] 0.190 [4.83] 0.265 [6.73] 0.250 [6.35] 871 87-12271
0.375 [9.53] 0.250 [6.35] 871 87-12258
HOLLOW "D" SHAPE
D ID L T Com- Part
OH IH OW IW Compound Part pound Number
0.200 [5.08] 0.080 [2.03] 0.625 [15.9] 0.062 [1.57] 871 87-12272
Number 0.250 [6.35] 0.125 [3.18] 0.500 [12.7] 0.062 [1.57] 871 87-12273
0.187 [4.75] 0.087 [2.21] 0.187 [4.75] 0.087 [2.21] 871 87-12267 0.250 [6.35] 0.125 [3.18] 0.625 [15.9] 0.062 [1.57] 871 87-12274
0.312 [7.92] 0.188 [4.78] 0.312 [7.92] 0.188 [4.78] 871 87-0110A 0.250 [6.35] 0.188 [4.78] 0.750 [19.1] 0.062 [1.57] 871 87-12275
COMPRESSION AND DEFLECTION DATA ORDERING INFORMATION

Extruded strips are available in continuous lengths up
to 50 ft. [15m] maximum, 25 ft. [7.5m] minimum
lengths. Strips can also be molded in lengths of 24 in.
[610 mm] using CONSIL-C compounds C871, C873,
C875. For standard sheets and strips, specify TECKNIT
part number and quantity required. For cross section
not listed and custom specification requirements,
contact your nearest TECKNIT area representative or
factory location.
D-34
Consil -N
®
SILVER-NICKEL FILLED SILICONE ELASTOMER

[SI Metric]
CONSIL-N is a silicone elastomer filled with silver-
plated nickel particles and designed to provide
high shielding effectiveness and corrosion resist-
ance. CONSIL-N is available in sheets and die-cut
or molded gaskets. Special cross sections for cus-
tom applications are available.
CONSIL-N is an excellent conductive elastomer
for use in applications requiring EMI/EMP shield-
ing and environmental sealing. Recommended
design compression is 7%-15% of original height SPECIFICATIONS
for rectangular cross sections and 12%-30% for MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
solid round and solid “D” shapes. Over compres- Consil-N Compound No. 831
sion may lead to compression set and degrada-
Elastomer binder Silicone
tion of electrical conductivity.
Conductive Filler Silver plated nickel particles
TECKNIT CON/RTV-Ni (Part Number 72-00035)
Color Gray
is a two component, electrically conductive, nick-
el silicone adhesive sealant of medium viscosity. It Form available Molded Sheets & Strips
is recommended for splicing, joining, and bond-
ing CONSIL-N gaskets to enclosures. The material
provides a flexible bond and resilient seal.
Specific Gravity 4.0
ASTM D-792 ± 13%
Volume Res. (Max.) 0.005 ohm-cm
Hardness (Shore A) 75
TECKNIT CONSIL-N Shielding Effectiveness has ASTM D-2240 ±7
Tensile Strength (Min.) 200 psi
Method MIL-G-83528, Paragraph 4.6.12. Typical ASTM D-412 [1.35 MPa]
values are shown.
Elongation To Break 100% to 300%
(Min./Max.) ASTM D-624
Tear Strength (Min.) 30 ppi
H-FIELD E-FIELD PLANE WAVE ASTM D-624 [5.25 kN/m]
Temperature Range -67°F to 257°F
dB dB dB dB [-55°C to 125°C]
891 75 120 110 100
D-35
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
STANDARD SHEETS STANDARD ROUND

Length x Width STANDARD LENGTH = 24 in. [610 mm]
[305 x 305] [305 x 457]
.020 [0.51] 831 83-30190 - Dia. Com- Part Dia. Com- Part
pound Number pound Number
.032 [0.76] 831 83-30170 83-30180
.062 [1.57] 831 83-30020 .125 [3.18] 831 83-30022
.040 [1.02] 831 83-30171 83-30181
.070 [1.78] 831 83-30021 .139 [3.53] 831 83-30025
.062 [1.52] 831 83-30172 83-30182
.093 [2.36] 831 83-30023 .188 [4.78] 831 83-30026
.093 [2.36] 831 83-30173 83-30183
.103 [2.62] 831 83-30024 .250 [6.35] 831 83-30027
.125 [3.18] 831 83-30174 83-30184
STANDARD “D” SHAPES

STANDARD RECTANGULAR STANDARD LENGTH = 24 in. [610 mm]
Width W
Thickness Com- .125 .188 .250 .375 .500 Groove Dimensions
T pound [3.18] [4.78] [6.35] [9.53] [12.70]
A Com- Part C D
.032 [0.76] 831 83-30100 83-30101 83-30102 83-30103 83-30104 pound Number +.006 [0.15]-0 ±.006 [0.15]
.062 [1.52] 831 83-30110 83-30111 83-30112 83-30113 83-30114
.062 [1.59] 831 83-30070 .046 [1.17] .103 [2.65]
.093 [2.36] 831 83-30120 83-30121 83-30122 83-30123 83-30124
.093 [2.38] 831 83-30072 .071 [1.80] 1.37 [3.50]
.125 [3.18] 831 83-30130 83-30131 83-30132 83-30133 83-30134
.188 [4.78] 831 - 83-30141 83-30142 83-30143 83-30144
.125 [3.18] 831 83-30074 .096 [2.44] .188 [4.75]
.250 [6.35] 831 - - 83-30152 83-30153 83-30154 .188 [4.78] 831 83-30076 .146 [3.71] .256 [6.50]
.250 [6.35] 831 83-30078 .199 [5.05] .336 [8.55]
COMPRESSION AND DEFLECTION DATA STANDARD “U” SHAPES

A B C D Com- Part
pound Number
.062 [1.57] .188 [4.78] . 250 [6.35] .250 [6.35] 831 83-30010
.125 [3.18] .375 [9.53] .312 [7.92] .500 [12.70] 831 83-30012
.188 [4.78] .375 [9.53] .312 [7.92] .500 [12.70] 831 83-30014
.093 [2.63] .312 [7.92] .218 [5.54] .421 [10.69] 831 83-30016*
For cross-sections not listed above, custom
design applications, and molded parts, contact
your nearest TECKNIT area representative or
factory location.
D-36
Consil -A
®
SILVER-ALUMINUM FILLED SILICONE ELASTOMER

[SI Metric]
CONSIL-A is a silicone or fluorosilicone elastomer
filled with silver-plated aluminum particles
designed to achieve maximum electrical conduc-
tivity. CONSIL-A provides high shielding effective-
ness with minimal galvanic corrosion. Lighter in
weight than other high performance conductive
elastomers,
CONSIL-A provides an excellent moisture seal for
enclosure joints and seams. CONSIL-A is avail-
able in sheets, die-cut or molded gaskets, and
continuously extruded strips. SPECIFICATIONS
Consil-A Compound 895 897
APPLICATION INFORMATION Elastomer Binder Silicone Fluorosilicone
The MILG-83528 certified compounds meet the Conductive Filler Silver Plated Aluminum Particles
demanding requirements of many military and Type B D
aerospace systems, high frequency microwave (MIL-DTL-83528)
Color Blue Blue
environments and wave guide connector gaskets.
EMP and TEMPEST requirements are ideal appli- Form Available Molded & Extruded
cations for CONSIL-A.
Recommended compression of CONSIL-A is 100 Specific Gravity 2.0 2.0
psi with deflection of 6% of original gasket height. ± 13% ± 13%
Volume 0.008 0.012
Tecknit Teckbond-A is a two part silicone adhe- Resistivity ohm-cm ohm-cm
sive recommended for splicing, joining and bond-
Hardness (Shore A) 65 70
ing of Consil-A gaskets to enclosures. The adhe- ASTM D-2240 ±7 ±7
sive provides a flexible bond and resilient seal. Tensile Strength
See 72-00236. Min.) 200 psi 180 psi
ASTM D-412
Elongation to Break 100%/ 60%
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE (Min./Max.) 300% 260%
Tear Strength 30 ppi 35 ppi
TECKNIT CONSIL-A Shielding Effectiveness has (Min.) [5.25 [6.13
been tested in accordance with MIL-G-83528, ASTM D-624 kN/m] kN/m]
Paragraph 4.6.12. Typical values are shown. Operating -67°F to -67°F to
Temperature 350°F 350°F
Range [-55°C to [-55°C to
160°C] 160°C]
dB dB dB dB
895 75 120+ 110 100
897 55 110 100 90
D-37
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
STANDARD SHEETS STANDARD RECTANGULAR
Length x Width
[305 x 305] [305 x 457] Width W
.020 895 89-50190 89-50179 Thickness Com- .125 .188 .250 .375 .500
[0.51] 897 - - T pound [3.18] [4.78] [6.35] [9.53] [12.70]
.032 895 89-50170 89-50180 .032 [0.76] 895 89-50100 89-50101 89-50102 89-50103 89-50104
[0.76] 897 - - 897 89-70100 89-70101 89-70102 89-70103 89-70104
.040 895 89-50171 89-50181 .062 [1.52] 895 89-50110 89-50111 89-50112 89-50113 89-50114
[1.02] 897 89-70171 89-70181 897 89-70110 89-70111 89-70112 89-70113 89-70114
.062 895 89-50172 89-50182 .093 [2.36] 895 89-50120 89-50121 89-50122 89-50123 89-50124
[1.52] 897 89-70172 89-70182 897 89-70120 89-70121 89-70122 89-70123 89-70124
.093 895 89-50173 89-50183 .125 [3.18] 895 89-50130 89-50131 89-50132 89-50133 89-50134
[2.36] 897 89-70173 89-70183 897 89-70130 89-70131 89-70132 89-70133 89-70134
.125 895 89-50174 89-50184 .188 [4.78] 895 - 89-50141 89-50142 89-50143 89-50144
[3.18] 897 89-70174 89-70184 897 - 89-70141 89-70142 89-70143 89-70144
STANDARD ROUND .250 [6.35] 895 - - 89-50152 89-50153 89-50154
STANDARD LENGTH = 24 in. [610 mm] 897 - - 89-70152 89-70153 89-70154
STANDARD
Dia. Com- Part Dia. Com- Part “D” SHAPES
.062 895 89-50020 .125 895 89-50022 Groove Dimensions
[1.57] 897 89-70020 [3.18] 897 89-70022 A Com- Part C D
.070 895 89-50021 .139 895 89-50025 pound Number +.006 [0.15]-0 ±.006 [0.15]
[1.78] 897 89-70021 [3.53] 897 89-70025 0.62 895 89-50070 .046 .103
.093 895 89-50023 .188 895 89-50026 [1.57] 897 89-70070 [1.17] [2.65]
[2.36] 897 89-70023 [4.78] 897 89-70026
.093 895 89-50072 .071 .137
.103 895 89-50024 .250 895 89-50027 [2.36] 897 89-70072 [1.80] [3.50]
[2.62] 897 89-70024 [6.35] 897 89-70027
.125 895 89-50074 .096 .186
STANDARD TUBING [3.18] 897 89-70074 [2.44] [4.75]
.188 895 89-50076 .146 .256
[4.78] 897 89-70076 [3.71] [6.50]
OD ID Compound Part Number .250 895 89-50078 .199 .336
0.103 [2.62] 0.040 [1.02] 895 89-0180B [6.35] 897 89-70078 [5.05] [8.55]
0.125 [3.18] 0.045 [1.14] 895 89-0141B
0.156 [3.96] 0.050 [1.27] 895 89-0142B STANDARD “U” SHAPES
0.250 [6.35] 0.125 [3.18] 895 89-0143B
HOLLOW "D" SHAPE

A B C D Com- Part
pound Number
.062 .188 .250 . 250 895 89-50010
[1.57] [4.78] [6.35] [6.35] 897 89-70010
OH IH OW IW Compound Part .125 .375 .312 .500 895 89-50012
Number [3.18] [9.53] [7.92] [ 12.70] 897 89-70012
0.187 [4.75] 0.087 [2.21] 0.187 [4.75] 0.087 [2.21] 895 89-50370 .188 .375 .375 .500 895 89-50014
0.312 [7.92] 0.188 [4.78] 0.312 [7.92] 0.188 [4.78] 895 89-0111B [4.78] [9.53] [9.53] [12.70] 897 89-70014
.093 .312 .218 .421 895 89-50016*
[2.63] [7.92] [5.54] [10.69] 897 89-70016*
D ID L T Com- Part
pound Number
0.200 [5.08] 0.080 [2.03] 0.437 [11.1] 0.062 [1.57] 895 89-01053
0.200 [5.08] 0.080 [2.03] 0.475 [12.1] 0.062 [1.57] 895 89-0120B
0.250 [6.35] 0.150 [3.81] 0.625[1.59] 0.062 [1.57] 895 89-01054
For cross-sections not listed above, custom
design applications, and molded parts, contact
factory location.
D-38
Consil -V
®
EXTRUDED SILVER-FILLED SILICONE ELASTOMER

[SI Metric]
Consil-V is an extruded silicone elastomer filled
with silver-plated inert particles. The V-shape
cross section is ideally suited for applications
requiring low closure force gasketing.
FEATURES
• Ideally suited for Telecom & Medical
applications.
• Provides environmental sealing.
• Offers low closure force.
SPECIFICATIONS
• Low compression set.
• Available with pressure sensitive adhesive or Consil-V Compound No. 751
push rivets or both. Elastomer Binder Modified Silicone
Conductive Filler Silver-plated glass
Color Tan
Form Available Extruded Strips
TECKNIT CONSIL-V shielding effectiveness has
been tested in accordance with TECKNIT test
method TSETS-01, based upon modified MIL- PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
STD-285. Typical values are given below. Specific Gravity 1.7 ±13%
ASTM D-792
Volume Res. Max. .05 ohm-cm
Hardness (Shore A) 50 ±10
ASTM D-2240
H-FIELD E-FIELD PLANE WAVE Tensile Strength 100 psi
COMPOUND 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz (Min.) ASTM D-412 [690 kPa]
751 80 dB 75 dB 70 dB Elongation to Break 100%
(Min.) ASTM D-624
Temperature Range -60°F to 350°F
COMPRESSION AND DEFLECTION DATA [-51°C to 160°C]
D-39
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
METHODS OF ATTACHMENT PART NUMBER

CONSIL-V is attached via three different methods: 75-00000 plain
pressure sensitive adhesive, push rivets, or a 75-00001 pressure sensitive adhesive
combination of both. Rivets will be spaced on
75-00002 push rivets
1 inch centers or in increments of 1 inch.
75-00003 pressure sensitive adhesive
and push rivets
Tolerance on width/height: ± .015" [.38]
CONSIL-V is available in continuous lengths up to
25 ft. [7.5m] long or in shorter custom lengths.
Contact your nearest TECKNIT area representa-
tive or factory location.
Figure 1. V-Shape Cross Section
Figure 2. Canoe Clip

NOTE: Requires 0.125" [3.18] hole diameter for installation.
D-40
NC-Consil
®
NICKEL COATED GRAPHITE FILLED SILICONE ELASTOMER

[SI Metric]
NC-Consil is a silicone elastomer filled with Nickel
coated graphite carbon particles. It provides high
electrical conductivity, broadband shielding and
environmental sealing. NC-Consil is designed to
provide reliable cost effective shielding for a wide
range of EMI applications ideal for the commer-
cial market. NC-Consil is manufactured in sheets,
molded shapes, extruded profiles and die-cut
gaskets. Flame retardant UL94 V-0 rated com-
pouds for both extruded and molded parts are
available.

NC-Consil should be used where there is a need MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
for high broadband shielding combined with NC-Consil 750 751 770 FR750 FR751
excellent environmental sealing properties. To Compound No.
assure electrical conductivity and sealing reliabili- Elastomer Binder - Silicone -
ty, the recommended design compression for Conductive Filler - Nickel Coated Graphite -
sheets and rectangular strips is 7% - 15% of orig-
Color - Dark Gray -
inal height. 12% - 30% for round and "D" shapes
Form Available Molded Extruded Extruded Molded Extruded
and 20% - 60% for tubing and "P" shapes. The Sheets Strips
hollow shapes are designed for low closure force & Strips
applications. Over compression is not recom- PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
mended since it can result in compression set Flamability:
Rating -- -- -- UL 94V-0**
and degradation of electrical conductivity.
Specific Gravity 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.1 2.0
ASTM D-792 ± 13% ± 13% ± 13% ± 13% ± 13%
BONDING AND SPLICING Volume Res. (Max.) 0.1 ohm-cm
Tecknit Teckbond-NC is a one part RTV conduc- Hardness 55 55 70 60 60
(Shore A) ± 10 ±10 ±10 ± 10 ± 10
tive silicone adhesive with nickel coated graphite ASTM D-2240
filler recommended for splicing, joining and bond- Tensile 150 psi
Strength(Min) [1.02 MPa]
ing of NC-Consil gaskets to enclosures. The adhe- ASTM D-624
sive provides a flexible bond and resilient seal. Elongation To
See 72-00350. Break (Min/Max) 100%
ASTM D-412
Tear 50 ppi 40 ppi 50 ppi 50 ppi 50 ppi
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE Strength (Min) [8.76 [7 kN/m] [7 kN/m] [8.76 [8.76
ASTM D-624 kN/m] kN/m] kN/m] kN/m]
Tecknit NC-Consil shielding effectiveness has Temperature -67°F to 350°F [-55°C to 160°C]
been tested in accordance with the test method Range
described in paragraph 4.6.12 of MIL-G-83528. ** UL Yellow Card No. E191466
Typical values are shown.
To order catalog parts made from UL Rated com-
COMPOUND 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz pounds FR750 or FR753, change the 3rd digit of
the part number to -5. eg: 79-10511 changes to
dB dB dB dB
750 100 100 100 85 79-50511.
751 100 100 100 85 To order extruded catalog parts made form com-
770 100 100 100 85 pound 770, change the 3rd digit of the part num-
FR750 100 100 90 89
ber to a 7. eg: 79-
FR751 100 100 93 90
D-41
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
STANDARD SHEETS STANDARD RECTANGULAR

Length x Width
[305 x 305] [305 x 457] Width W
.020 [0.51] 750 79-10001 - Thickness Com- .125 .188 .250 .375 .500
.032 [0.76] 750 79-10002 79-10008 T pound [3.18] [4.78] [6.35] [9.53] [12.70]
.047 [1.19] 750 79-10003 79-10009 .032 [0.76] 750 79-10200* 79-10201* 79-10202* 79-10203* 79-10204*
.062 [1.57] 750 79-10004 79-10010 .062 [1.52] 751 79-10205 79-10206 79-10207 79-10208 79-10209
.093 [2.36] 750 79-10005 79-10011 .093 [2.36] 751 79-10210 79-10211 79-10212 79-10213 79-10214
.125 [3.18] 750 79-10006 79-10012 .125 [3.18] 751 79-10215 79-10216 79-10217 79-10218 79-10219
.188 [4.78] 751 79-10216 79-10220 79-10221 79-10222 79-10223
STANDARD ROUND
.250 [6.35] 751 79-10217 79-10221 79-10224 79-10225 79-10226
Dia. Com- Part Dia. Com- Part
STANDARD
.047 [1.19] 751 79-10510 .125 [3.18] 751 79-10515 “D” SHAPES
.062 [1.52] 751 79-10511 .139 [3.53] 751 79-10516
.070 [1.78] 751 79-10512 .188 [4.78] 751 79-10517 Groove Dimensions
.093 [2.36] 751 79-10513 .250 [6.35] 751 79-10518 A Com- Part C D
.103 [2.62] 751 79-10514 - - - pound Number +.006 [0.15]-0 ±.006 [0.15]
.062 [1.59] 751 79-10090 .046 [1.17] .103 [2.65]
STANDARD TUBING
.093 [2.38] 751 79-10091 .071 [1.80] .137 [3.50]
.125 [3.18] 751 79-10092 .096 [2.44] .188 [4.75]
OD ID Com- Part # Com- Part # .188 [4.78] 751 79-10093 .146 [3.71] .256 [6.50]
pound pound .250 [6.35] 751 79-10094 .199 [5.05] .336 [8.55]
.250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] 751 79-10080 770 79-70080
.375 [9.53] .250 [6.35] 751 79-10081 770 79-70081 STANDARD “U” SHAPES
.500 [12.70] .375 [9.53] 751 79-10082 770 79-70082
STANDARD THIN WALL TUBING

A B C D Com- Part
pound Number
OD ID Compound Part Number .032 [0.76] .125 [3.18] .156 [3.96] .156 [3.96] 751 79-10142
.062 [1.52] .020 [0.51] 751 79-10135 .062 [1.57] .125 [3.18] .188 [4.78] .188 [4.78] 751 79-10143
.075 [1.91] .030 [0.76] 751 79-10136 .062 [1.57] .188 [4.78] .250 [6.35] .250 [6.35] 751 79-10144
.093 [2.29] .040 [1.02] 751 79-10137 .093 [2.36] .312 [7.92] .218 [5.54] .421 [10.69] 751 79-10146
.125 [3.18] .060 [1.52] 751 79-10138 .125 [3.18] .375 [9.53] .312 [7.92] .500 [12.70] 751 79-10147
.188 [4.78] .125 [3.18] 751 79-10139 .188 [4.78] .375 [9.53] .375 [9.53] .500 [12.70] 751 79-10148
.250 [6.35] .188 [4.78] 751 79-10140
D ID L T Com- Part
pound Number
.188 [4.78] .125 [3.18] .500 [12.70] .062 [1.57] 751 79-10192
.250 [6.35] .188 [4.78] .750 [19.05] .062 [1.57] 751 79-10193
.375 [9.53] .250 [6.35] 1.00 [25.40] .075 [1.91] 751 79-10194
Note: Change third digit of part number from 1 to 7 to specify 770 compound.
All sheet thicknesses are available in continuous
strip form up to 3 in. [76 mm] wide. NC-CONSIL
extruded materials are available in continuous
lengths. For cross sections not listed above or
custom specification requirements, contact your
location. To order catalog parts made from com-
pounds FR750, FR751 or FR752, change the
third digit of the part number to -5.
D-42
E. WINDOWS
Section E:
U.S. Customary
[SI Metric]
Windows
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

E. WINDOWS
PRODUCT PAGE
WINDOWS DESIGN GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E1 - E17

ECTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E19 - E20
TECKFILM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E21
TECKSHIELD F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E22
TECKSHIELD F: POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E23
TECKSHIELD F: ALLYCARBONATE WINDOWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E24

E. WINDOWS
Design Guidelines to
U.S. Customary
[SI Metric]
EMI Shielding Windows
INTRODUCTION 0.0045-inch diameter wire (90% open area).
These high open area meshes provide high opti-
The DESIGN GUIDELINES TO SHIELDING WIN-
cal transmission with average shielding effective-
DOWS is intended to aid designers in understand-
ness (greater than 60 dB) below 10 MHz when
ing the trade-offs associated with the selection
wire crossovers are adequately bonded.
of specific materials against anticipated
performance. Optically clear conductive coatings are produced
by depositing an electrically conductive transpar-
One of the many requirements, which compro-
ent coating (ECTC) directly onto the surface of
mise the shielding integrity of equipment enclo-
various optical substrates. Typically, these coat-
sures, is the need for large-area openings for
ings can provide better than 50 dB shielding
access to electronics, ventilation, and displays.
effectiveness below 100 MHz with an optical
The displays may be panel meters, digital dis-
transmission of better than 70% over the visible
plays, oscilloscopes, status monitors, mechanical
light spectrum. Increased shielding effectiveness
indicators or other read-outs. The most critical
may be achieved by increasing the thickness of
displays to shield against electronic noise are the
the deposited coating material (decreasing resist-
large area, high resolution monitors (CRT).
ance) at the expense of loss in optical transmis-
Shielding of these large apertures is generally
sion and increase in optical reflection.
more difficult than those encountered for cover
plates, doors, ventilation panels and small aper- High-density woven wire screens have been
tures, such as connectors, switches and other employed which have extended the useful high-
controls in which the majority of the opening is frequency response beyond 10GHz. These
covered by a continuous homogeneous conduc- screens have made use of silver-plated, stainless
tive (metal) plate. Therefore, when working with steel wires; copper-plated, stainless steel wires;
window designs, which do not have a continuous and copper wires. In all cases these screens
conductive cover, consideration must be given to make direct contact to a peripheral wire mesh
shielding as related to relative apertures and gasket, window frame or enclosure structure.
screens and supporting substrates. These two Woven meshes have ranged from 80 mesh (wires
factors are inter-related and need to be treated as to the inch) to 150 mesh and wire diameters from
a combined problem. 0.001 inch diameter to 0.0045 inch diameter.
Typical performance for a 100 mesh screen will
Shielding windows are presently manufactured in
provide almost 60% open area with shielding
one of three ways: (1) laminating a conductive
effectiveness of up to 60 dB beyond 1 GHz.
screen between optically clear plastic and glass
Higher mesh densities and large wire diameters
sheets; (2) Casting a screen within a plastic
usually result in higher shielding effectiveness
sheet; (3) applying an optically clear conductive
with lower optical performance.
layer to a transparent substrate. Until recently,
the typical conductive screen was a knitted wire In the following sections, various aspects of
mesh made from Monel, tin-plated copper-clad shielding window design will be reviewed as relat-
iron core (Sn/Cu/Fe or Monel wire). ed to shielding performance, optical performance,
optical designs and methods for mounting win-
Knitted densities range from 30 openings per
dows to enclosures.
inch for the 0.001-inch diameter tungsten wire
(94% open area) to 10 openings per inch for the
E-1
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
E. WINDOWS
SHIELDING PERFORMANCE emitter to the shield. Figure 2-1 depicts the rela-
tionship between decibels, attenuation ratio, and
A great deal of information has been written and
percent attenuation.
published on total shielding effectiveness (SE) as
an aid in reducing electromagnetic interference In most shielding applications, shielding effective-
(electrical noise). Electromagnetic compatibility ness below 20 dB (10:1 reduction in EMI) is con-
(EMC) may be achieved by reducing the electro- sidered marginal due to long-term environmental
magnetic interference (EMI) below the threshold effects on the mating surfaces of enclosures and
level that disrupts the normal operation of an shielding gaskets and barriers. Normally, accept-
electronic system. An electronic system can be able shielding performance covers the range from
both an emitter and a susceptor. An EMI emitter 30 dB to 80 dB. Above average shielding ranges
generates unwanted noise; a susceptor responds from 80d dB to 120 dB. Above 120 dB, shield-
to unwanted noise. Military and governmental ing effectiveness is difficult to achieve and diffi-
specifications stipulate the allowable levels of cult to confirm by measurement.
radiated and conducted emissions and the nec-
essary circuit immunity to these emissions to Figure 2-2 shows the range of shielding effective-
achieve electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). ness for the three primary barrier materials used
in shielding window: knitted wire mesh screens
Shielding requirements for shielding windows can (Band I), transparent conductive coatings (Band
vary from moderate to severe. Any barrier placed II), and woven mesh screens (Band III).
between an emitter and a susceptor that dimin- Shielding performance is the primary considera-
ishes the field strength of the interference is an tion in the design process and is, therefore, con-
EMI shield. The attenuation of the electromag- sidered first.
netic field is referred to as its shielding effective
(SE). The standard unit of measurement for
shielding effectiveness is the decibel (dB). The
decibel is expressed as the ratio of electromag-
netic field strength on one side of a shielding bar-
rier to the field strength on the opposite side.
The losses in field strength (absorption and
reflection) from a shield are functions of the barri-
er material properties: permeability, conductivity,
and thickness, as well as the distance from the
Figure 2-2. Barrier Shielding Performance for Shielding

Figure 2. Shielding Effectiveness as a Function of Attenuation. Windows.
E-2
E. WINDOWS
EMI Shielding Windows cont.
U.S. Customary The shielding values presented in Figure 2-2 are On the other hand, changing the maximum threat
[SI Metric] considered to be conservative based on measure- frequency from 10 MHz to 100 MHz would
ments in shielded room tests, which generally eliminate the knitted wire mesh screens and the
show from 10 dB to 20 dB higher shielding effec- transparent conductive coatings, leaving only the
tiveness. The origin of the data is based on the high-performance woven screens as a suitable
theoretical relationship given by: solution.
Knowing which types of windows are available,
the next selection should be made on the basis of
SEdB = 195-20 log10 (df)
the optical transmission that is attainable from the
screen materials or conductive coatings, plus the
optical substrate. Standard optical substrates
Where d is the mesh wire spacing in inches and f should cause only a minor reduction in optical
is the threat frequency in Hertz. transmission should be less than 1% to up to
Since most EMI problems are broadband (cover a 10%, depending upon the reflection and absorp-
broad frequency range), the frequency of most tion from coated and uncoated surfaces of the
concern is generally the highest frequency within substrates. The following section will deal with
that bandwidth envelope to which the equipment the evaluation of the windows from an optical
is responsive and which may be a threat to elec- aspect of the specific materials to be referred to
tromagnetic compatibility. Therefore, the highest as percent open area. This characteristic is
threat frequency and the shielding requirements important in determining optical contrast which
at that frequency are both needed to determine can affect operator fatigue in using devices such
the type or types of windows, which are suitable as video display monitors.
for that application. Table 2-1 summarizes the general shielding effec-
For example, assume the highest threat frequen- tiveness ranges at specific frequencies for the
cy is 10 MHz with a maximum required shielding three shielding materials shown in Figure 2-2.
of 60 dB at that frequency. Figure 2-2 shows that The three frequencies are 1 MHz (magnetic
any of the three families of shielding materials field), 10MHz (electric field), and 1 GHz (plane
would be suitable to provide of shielding materials wave).
would be suitable to provide adequate shielding.
SUMMARY
Figure 2-1. Shielding Performance
Shielding Screen Material Shielding Range (dB)

Magnetic Electric Plane
1 MHz 10MHz 1GHz
I Knitted Wire Mesh 30-40 60-70 20-25
(Monel-Cross over Bond)
10-30 CPI
II Transparent Conductive 40-50 70-80 30-40
Coating
8 to 24 OHM/Square
III Woven WireMesh 65-75 95-110 60-70
(Copper Wire)
80-200 mesh
E-3
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
E. WINDOWS
OPTICAL PERFORMANCE wires per inch). Typical wire diameters vary from
0.001 inch to 0.0025 inch depending upon plat-
To deal with the material selection process an
ing and blackening. Blackening of the screen
understanding of optical properties of shielding
reduces reflections and improves image contrast.
windows is imperative. These properties concern
the optical transmission of the finished window,
including optical substrate, shielding screen, lam-
inating material, coatings, and characteristics of
transmission color filters. This section discusses
the optical performance of the shielding screens.
Knitted mesh screens are produced on industrial
knitting machines that were originally developed
for the commercial, knitted fabric materials indus-
try. The machines have been adapted to handle
wire instead of yarn. In this process they produce
a continuous tube of material called a “stocking.”
The diameter of the stockings varies from 3/8 Figure 3-2. Woven Mesh Screens.
inch to 30 inches. Various sizes are used to A third shielding material is the transparent conduc-
make electrically conductive metal gaskets and tive coating. This material exhibits good shielding
the conductive mesh screens for shielding win- properties at moderate optical transparency (refer-
dows. The irregular shapes formed in the knitting ence Table 2-1 on shielding performance for knitted,
process (see Figure 3-1) aid in minimizing any woven and transparent conductive coatings). Since
obscuration of regular shapes as might be formed the shielding effectiveness is a function of the resis-
in typed or printed information. The density of tivity of the transparent coating which, in turn, is a
the mesh is determined by the courses per inch function of the optical transmission, there are trade-
along the length of the stocking, the wire material offs in performance (see Figure 3-3 and Table 3-1).
and the wire diameter. To maintain a square pat- An optimum relationship for this type of coating
tern of openings in both directions, it is necessary occurs at approximately 10 to 14 ohms per surface
to call out the number of openings per inch resistivity to obtain approximately 70% transmission
around the stocking as well. This effectively and greater than 50 dB shielding at 100 MHz.
determines the complete description of the knit-
ted mesh screen. Knitted screens are generally
limited to about 30 openings per inch when used
as a screen for shielding windows.
Figure 3. Knitted Mesh Screens.
Woven mesh using fine wires, generally much

smaller than 0.005 inch diameter, provide a sig-
nificant improvement in shielding effectiveness
over other shielding widow materials, even at
higher frequencies. These woven screens have
80 or more wires to the inch in both directions
(Figure 3-2). Typical mesh density is 100 mesh
(100 by 100 wires per inch), 120 mesh (120 by Figure 3-3. Light Transmission-Resistivity Relationship (Thin
120 wires per inch) and 150 mesh (150 by 150 Gold Coating).
E-4
E. WINDOWS
U.S. Customary Figure 3-4 provides a ready reference for the optical from 80 to 200 mesh. The circles indicate common-
[SI Metric] Transmission (percent open area) of the three types ly used mesh materials that are generally readily
of shielding materials for windows covering the most available. Performance for 100 mesh screen with
commonly used knitted mesh screens, woven mesh 0.0045 inch diameter copper wire provides approxi-
screens and transparent conductive coatings. The mately 30% optical transparency and 70 dB shield-
commonly used materials are annotated by circle (O) ing, while 100 mesh with 0.002 inch Diameter cop-
on the figure. per wire provides about twice the open area (64%)
while reducing the shielding effectiveness by only 10
to 12 dB.
Section C of Figure 3-4 (vertical coordinate) shows
the normal range of transparency for the transparent
conductive coating. These electrically conductive
transparent coatings (ECTC) have a distinct advan-
tage over screen materials when used with three
color CRT’s employing a color mask on the faceplate.
The color mask is used to delineate the specific
phosphor color to be displayed. The masks have a
color repetition pattern or pitch that varies from an
equivalent mesh density of about 60 mesh for broad-
cast monitors to 130 mesh for the very high-resolu-
tion monitors. Whenever a repetitive pattern, such
as a shielding mesh screen, is placed in front of a
color CRT, patterns of dark and light bars are known
as moiré patterns. They occur as a result of the
mesh screen having nearly the same pitch as the
pattern of the CRT color mask. Rotating the mesh
will vary the number of bars. Changing the number
of wires per inch (mesh density) will also alter the
number of bars. Often there is an optimum mesh
Figure 3-4. Percent Open Area of Mesh Screen. density, wire size and angular relationship to the
fixed CRT color mask pattern that will minimize or
Section A of Figure 3-4 encompasses the useful even eliminate the interference pattern.
range of knitted materials. Wire diameters from
0.001 inch to 0.0045 inch bound the upper and These light and dark bars are the result of the pat-
lower limits while 10 to 25 CPI provide the limits of terns of two objects, either aligning up exactly with
mesh densities. These boundaries provide the high- each other to produce light areas or misaligning
est optical open area ranging from about 80% to completely and blocking all transmitted light to pro-
greater than 95%. Bonding of wire crossovers has duce dark bars. Sometimes, it is difficult to attain a
been assumed in all performance data shown in this perfect match between the CRT mask and the
guideline. screen mesh. ECTC windows on the other hand do
not have a repetitive structure similar to the shielding
Section B of Figure 3-4 depicts the useful range of mesh screens. They are, therefore, ideal in some
woven screen materials ranging from wire diameters applications as an EMI shield for color monitors.
of 0.001 inch to 0.0045 inch and mesh densities The main limitations with the ECTC windows are high
Figure 3-1.
Shielding Screen Material Shielding Range (dB) Optical Open Area (%)
Magnetic Electric Plane
1 MHz 10MHz 1GHz 0.001” DIA. 0.002’ DIA. 0.0045” DIA.
I Knitted Wire Mesh 30-40 60-70 20-25 95-98% 90-96% 79-91%
(Monel-Cross over Bond)
10-30 CPI
II Transparent Conductive 40-50 70-80 30-40 60-80% NA NA
Coating (Molecular
8 to 24 OHM/Square Structure)
III Woven WireMesh 65-75 95-110 60-70 64-86% 36-70% 30-41%
(Copper Wire) 80-200 mesh
E-5
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
E. WINDOWS
cost, their tendency to be easily scratched, a notice- ough blending of the proper mixture of the coloring
able color tint for some coatings and a lower shield- agent with the plastic material before molding.
ing effectiveness than the woven mesh screens.
THERMOPLASTICS-Cellulose Derivatives: The princi-
The TECKNIT EMI Shielding Design Guide is an pal cellulose derivatives are the nitrate, acetate,
excellent reference in determining the required acetate butyrate, and ethyl cellulose. The cellulose
shielding for specific specifications (MIL-STD-461, plastics have a comparatively poor surface hardness
FCC, VDE and others) against equipment circuits and poor abrasive resistance. They are readily
and EMI generators. Tables 3-1 summarize the per- hygroscopic (absorb water) with a resultant change
formance capabilities of shielding windows from both in dimensions. Most do not possess the high optical
shielding and optical aspects. qualities of glass or some of the other plastic sub-
strate materials. Softening occurs at about 60*C for
OPTICALLY CLEAR WINDOW SUBSTRATES these thermoplastic materials and, therefore must be
Glass and clear plastic optical substrate materials are used in applications which will not exceed their soft-
the most common for covering large area apertures ening temperature. Cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB)
for viewing windows. This section discusses the is probably the best of the cellulose family of plas-
basic properties of these materials for shielding tics. It is especially suited to molding and possesses
applications requiring both flat and curved windows. lower water absorption than other cellulose derivates
and therefore, betters dimensional stability than cel-
GLASS SUBSTRATES
lulose acetate.
Glass substrate materials provide the hardest surface
THERMOPLASTICS-Synthetic Resins: The principal
for resistance to scratches and marring. Once fully
thermoplastic resin materials consist of polycarbon-
laminated, these windows closely match the proper-
ates, polystyrenes and methyl methacrylates
ties of safety glass, with the added protection of an
(acrylic). In general these resins are characterized
embedded screen mesh.
by higher resistance to chemicals and lower water
Properties of the glass conform to ASTM-C-1036 and absorption than the cellulose derivatives. They gen-
mirror to mirror select quality. Edges are cut and erally have optical characteristics very close to glass
trimmed to remove any sharp surfaces. Edges may with a much lower tendency toward scratching, but
be ground, ground and polished, beveled, or mitered are still very much softer than glass. Polycarbonate
on special order as specified by customer drawings is about 10 times easier to scratch or mar than the
or specifications. Standard glass window thickness methyl methacrylates (acrylic).
is 0.205 inch with a tolerance of plus or minus 0.020
Polycarbonate material is virtually unbreakable and
inch. Other thickness may be furnished in the
can withstand impacts greater than 200 ft.-lbs. for a
ranges and tolerances shown in Table 4-1.
one eighth inch thick sheet. Softening temperature
Maximum outside dimensions (length by width) are
is about 125*C. The poorer than desirable scratch
18 inches by 14 inches with a standard tolerance of
performance makes polycarbonate a poor candidate
plus or minus 0.031 inch. Major defects such as
for viewing windows that require periodic cleaning,
gaseous inclusions, which are permitted by Federal
such as may be needed with cathode ray tubes
Specifications, are culled before laminating. Glass,
(CRT). Some aromatic solvents (hydrocarbon) cause
in effect, when specified for shielding windows will
surface stress cracking in this material.
exceed the requirements as stipulated in federal
Specifications. Plate glass is specified to assure vir- Polystyrene material is relatively hard and rigid, natu-
tually parallel and flat surfaces. See TECKSHIELD-F rally colorless and quite transparent. The softening
Data Sheet for laminated glass windows. range is about 20*C higher than the cellulose plas-
tics, but lower than that for acrylic resins. Most
PLASTIC SUBSTRATES
other properties for this material are excellent except
Not all-clear plastics are of use in the manufacture of for poor resistance to most organic solvents.
shielding windows. Plastics are divided into two gen-
Methyl methacrylate (acrylic) material has high luster,
eral classes: thermoplastic and thermosetting resins.
high transparency, and good surface hardness, is
A thermoplastic material softens when heated and comparatively inert chemically and is not toxic.
hardens on cooling. Since this action is reversible it Essentially, acrylic possesses almost all the desirable
is possible for the material to be molded and remold- qualities of glass except for scratch resistance. Com
ed without appreciable change in the material prop- pared to other plastics, methyl methacrylate is hard-
erties. The significant difference in thermosetting er than most but still readily scratched by dust parti-
materials is the irreversible heating action. These cles.
latter materials, once softened by heating, remain in
Methyl methacrylate is a very stable compound and
the shape formed during the original heating cycle.
retains to a high degree its mechanical properties
Hence, the desired or final shape of the windows to
under adverse environmental conditions. Impact
be made must be incorporated into the mold of the
resistance when compared to some plastics is
part. Furthermore, with thermosetting plastics, the
poor, although when compared to glass it is much
desired color) other than clear) depends on the thor-
superior.
E-6
E. WINDOWS
U.S. Customary THERMOSETTING RESINS – ACP, CR-39 (PPG indus- Superior to acrylic and other plastics with respect to
[SI Metric] tries): ACP (Allyl Cast Plastic) is known as Columbia softening under heat, crazing, resistance to abrasion
Resin (CR-39). It is a transparent solid, cured from and attach by chemicals. The continuous use tem-
the clear, colorless, water-insoluble liquid monomer perature is 100*C.
through the aid of a catalyst. It is strong, relatively
insoluble and inert. It is normally free of internal In summary, the three most likely candidates for
haze, has a low water absorption and moderate coef- optical substrate materials in shielding window appli-
ficient of thermal conductivity. Refractive index is cation are glass, acrylic and CR-39, in that order.
almost identical to that of crown glass, and yet, the Table 4-2 summarizes the performance characteris-
density is about one-half. The resin material is tics of these materials.
TABLE 4-1
STANDARD SIZES AND TOLERANCES
MATERIAL MAXIMUM SIZE TOLERANCE THICKNESS (Overall) REMARKS
Plate Glass Standard ±0.031” Standard(1) Glass per ASTM-C-1036
(woven mesh) 32” x 56” 0.270 ± 0.020 inch
32” x 32” 0.205 ± 0.020 inch
Special Special
14” x 14” 0.145 ± 0.020 inch
Plastic Standard ±0.031” Standard (acrylic) Acrylic per L-P-391
(woven mesh) 24” x 24” 0.145 ± 0.020 inch
Special Special (acrylic)
32” x 32” 0.205 ± 0.020 inch
32” x 56” 0.270 ± 0.020 inch
Plastic 18” x 22” ±0.031” Standard (cast)(2) Smooth or matte finish,
(knitted mesh 0.125±0.010 inch Polycarbonate CR-39,
& ECTC)(4) Standard (edge laminated)(3) Acrylics
0.135±0.015 inch
Special (Cast)
0.060±0.010 inch
(1)
TECKSHIELD-F Specification Reference, Appendix A-1 EMC-ECTC Specification Reference, Appendix A-4
(4)
(2)
EMC-CAST Specification Reference, Appendix A-2 Contact factory for larger edge bonded windows.
(5)
(3)
EMC-LAMlNATED Specification Reference, Appendix A-3
TABLE 4-2
PROPERTIES OF WINDOW SUBSTRATES (TYPICAL VALUES FOR CLEAR COLORLESS MATERIAL)
METHYL
PLATE METHACRYLATE POLYCARBONATE(1) CR-39
PROPERTY UNITS GLASS (ACRYLIC)(1)
OPTICAL
Index of refraction – 1.529 1.48-1.51 1.59 1.50-1.57
Transmission % 90 21-23 85-89 89-91
Haze % 0.9 0.6 0.5-2.0 0.4
MECHANICAL
Flexure Strength psi 12-14,000 12-13,000 5,000
Impact Strength (Izod Notch) ft-lb./in. 0.4 12-16 0.2-0.4
Hardness Rockwell M80-M90 M68-M74 M95-M100
Specific Gravity – 2.52 1.20 1.20 1.32
ELECTRICAL
Dielectric Strength volt/mil 450-530 380-425 290
Dielectric Constnat @1MHz 2.7-3.2 3.0-3.1 3.5-3.8
Volume Resistivity ohm-cm 1015 8x1016 4x1014
THERMAL
Thermal Conductivity Btu-in/hr•ft2•ºF 1.44 1.35-1.41 1.45
Specific Heat Btu/lbºF 0.35 0.3 0.3
Coeff. Therm. Expan. in/in/ºF 4.7X10 -6
45x10-6 37.5x10-6 60x10-6
Continuous Use Temp. ºC/F 110/230 80/175 100/212 100/212
CHEMICAL/PHYSICAL
Water Absorbtion % (24hrs.) — 0.3-0.4 0.15 0.2
Abrasion Resistance ASTM 1044 0 14 100 —
Connectors & Interconnections Handbook Volume 4, Materials, 1983.
(1)
E-7
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
E. WINDOWS
CONTRAST ENHANCEMENT
The optical performance of substrate materials may
be substantially improved by increasing the optical
contrast of the displayed image through glare reduc-
tion and optical filtering. Additionally, special surface
treatments for some plastics may increase the
scratch and mar resistance of surfaces subject to
frequent cleaning. Here special coatings can signifi-
cantly reduce the harsh effects of dust and dirt
scratches from cleaning materials, which cause
unwanted light scattering and image distortion or
obscuration.
Wherever high ambient lighting conditions are pres-
ent, loss in display contrast may occur from window
reflections unless these reflections are controlled by
means of antireflection coatings, matte finishes, opti-
cal color transmission filters, or special laminates
such as polarizers.
Antiglare or glare reduction techniques consist of
either an antireflection coating for glass windows or a
matte finish for glass or plastic windows.
Antireflection coatings utilize optical interference fil-
ters, while matte finishes are imprinted into the sur-
face of the substrate and scatter incident light to
reduce specular reflection (See Figure 5-1).
Color transmission filters transmit only specific color
hues within a comparatively narrow spectral band
reducing the amount of optical energy, which does
not contribute to the display image. Polarizers selec-
tively block the passage of unwanted wide band
spectral energy such as is reflected from the internal
surface of a display.
ANTIREFLECTION COATINGS
Antireflection interference coatings are applied to
optical elements of shielding windows to reduce
reflections. These coatings are applied by several Figure 5-1. Glare Reduction Techniques.
deposition methods, such as high vacuum evapora-
tion, sputtering thin film coating techniques. The
techniques to reduce surface reflection from glass of incident light, which will be reflected at the
optical elements have been well known in the optical boundary.
industry for many years. Virtually all lenses in mod-
ern cameras have a single or multilayer antireflection The reflection (R) occurs at the boundary of interface
coating. The amount and the rate of material between two different indices and can be calculated
applied to the surface are controlled to obtain the from the equation:
required film thickness. These specialized coatings
consist of several thin film layers of different materi- (ng – na)2
als to obtain a particular optical effect. R=
(ng – na)2
The basic laws of optics determine the reflection that
occurs at a boundary between two transparent
media of different index of refraction (n). The index For ng: the index for glass is 1.52
of refraction is a measure of the speed of light in a For na: the index for air, 1.00
medium. For vacuum, the index is 1.00 and for all
practical purposes, it is 1.00 for air. Higher indices
indicate a slower propagation speed for light in that For the indices given above, the ratio of reflected to
media. The index for plate glass, such as used in incident light is 0.04 or 4%. A similar reflection will
shielding windows, is 1.525. This higher index occur wherever a boundary between two different
means that the speed of light in plate glass is indices exists, such as the boundary between glass
approximately two-thirds the speed of light in air. and air at the second surface. The front and back
These indices are used to determine the percentage surface reflections then may amount to a total of 8%
E-8
E. WINDOWS
U.S. Customary of the incident light being reflected back to the view-
[SI Metric] er for plate glass with an index of 1.52. Figure 5-2
shows the relationship of reflection to indices from
1.0 to 2.0.
Figure 5-3. Air-Antireflection Coating-Glass interface
result in complete cancellation of the reflection

from the coating-to-glass boundary, thus produc-
ing a near zero reflection value at some selected
Figure 5-2. Percent Reflection Against Index of Refraction.
optical wave length. Unfortunately, in most appli-
cations, exact matching of indices and layer
thickness seldom occurs. Even for only slightly
Figure 5-3 represents schematically an air/antire- mismatched conditions, the human eye is
flection-coating glass interface. The light wave- extremely sensitive to low light levels. To the
front represented by two electromagnetic rays (A untrained observer, a 1% to 2% reflectivity is still
& B) impinge onto the front surface of the antire- very apparent and often difficult to distinguish
flection coating. Small portions (4%) of rays A & from an uncoated glass surface. To be effective
B are reflected while the larger portion of each for glare reduction application, the coating must
enters the coating. Ray A reflects another small reduce a single surface reflection significantly
portion (4%) at the boundary between the antire- below 0.5% The transmission of TECKNIT high-
flection coating and the glass substrate. The efficiency optical coating is greater than 99%
thickness of the coating is exactly ? of the wave- which is more than 7% higher than that for
length of the reflected light to be absorbed. The uncoated plate glass. Uncoated plate glass trans-
reflected Ray A at the boundary between the mits approximately 90% of the incident light.
antireflection coating at Point 2 arrives at Point 3 Surface reflections account for 8% and absorp-
exactly out of phase with Ray B (out of phase tion accounts for approximately 2%. To avoid the
occurs where Ray A is positive, Ray B is negative reflection of the second (back) glass-to-air bound-
and of equal amplitude). At point 3 the out of ary, the back surface must be coated with a simi-
phase condition results in destructive interference lar coating.
between rays A & B with a complete cancellation
of the reflected wave fronts. The same cancella- The eight percent (8%) reflection of incident light
tion occurs at the back surface when it is also from the glass surface may be frequently as
subjected to the antireflection coating. intense as the optical energy generated by many
displays. Cathode ray tubes (CRT) monitors,
In reality, the number of materials that are avail- radar scopes for traffic controllers, digital LED and
able for antireflection coating are fairly limited, LCD and electroluminescence are examples of
requiring a high index of refraction for the lass fairly low brightness displays. In some applica-
substrate and a low index for the coating. Under tions where the ambient light is very high (out-
exact conditions, it was shown in the paragraph doors), the intensity of the reflected light may
that the air-to-coating boundary reflection may exceed the light energy from most data displays.
E-9
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
E. WINDOWS
Under these conditions, it is often easier to see

the reflected image of the scene behind the view-
er than the display itself that has been completely
of almost completely washed-out (zero contrast)
by ambient light. In these cases, the use of light
dispersion (scattering surfaces as are provided by
matte finishes. Circular polarizers are useful for
eliminating reflections internal within the display
that can be reflected back toward the viewer
reducing image contrast.
MATTE FINISH
Matte finishes are used as an antireflection sur-
face treatment to effect a dispersion of specular
reflectance. These finishes for either glass (an
etch finish) or plastic (mold or cast finish) are
available as an alternate to thee antireflection
coating (HEOC for glass). Matte front surface fin-
ishes are used in applications where the shielding
windows may be used in close proximity to the
display, such as flat (or nearly flat) CRT, plasma
display, LED, LCD, and electroluminescent and Figure 5-4. Polarized and Unpolarized Waveforms
monochrome or multicolor displays.
At or near normal incidence where ambient light
strikes the window straight on, light reflected is a A linear polarizer selectively transmits an unpolar-
function of the indices as discussed earlier. As ized waveform by resolving the field components
the angle of incidence increases s measured from that are aligned with the polarizing axis of the
the normal (perpendicular) to the window sur- polarizer. In this manner, the polarized waveform
face, an abrupt increase in reflection occurs bout consists of a single orientation of the electric field.
45∞ incident angle. These near grazing angles When viewed through another linear polarizer
are often coincident with the positioning of over- (called an analyzer) with its polarization axis at
head lighting. Reflections under these conditions right angles (90º) to the polarized waveform, the
are best treated with a shading hood or by using light will be completely blocked. When the axis is
matte finish which dispense the reflected energy aligned at other than a right angle to the polarized
(reference Figure 5-1). waveform, the wave is transmitted as a function
of the angle (COSINE20) between the axes of the
POLARIZERS polarizer and the analyzer. For example, where
Polarizers provide a third method of discrimina- the axes are aligned at 45º, about 50% of the
tion between optical signals and optical noise. polarized light will pass through the analyzer.
There are two basic types of polarizers, linear and
circular. Linear polarizers are used to control light output.
These polarizers attenuate reflected light glare
Electromagnetic radiation is generally conceived form smooth objects where the reflected light has
of on the basis of field theory. An electric and been polarized in a known plane, such as hori-
magnetic field are said to exist at right angles to zontally. To minimize the reflected light, the lin-
each other. In any random waveform, the orien- ear polarizer acting as an analyzer is oriented with
tation of either field would be random in relation its polarizing axis perpendicular to the reflecting
to some fixed axis. Therefore, in a bundle of opti- surface.
cal waveforms or rays, there would be (statistical-
ly) a complete random orientation of the fields Circular polarizers provide an important additional
(the electric field, for example) as shown in advantage. When viewing objects through a win-
Figure 5-4b. These waveforms would be unpolar- dow, the objects on the inside of the enclosure
ized; that is, there would be no preferential orien- are generally oriented at various angles to the
tation of either field. A polarized wave, then, is window surface, such that the light that reflects
one in which the fields are specially oriented in from those objects may be polarized in several
one direction, Figure 5-4A. different planes.
E-10
E. WINDOWS
U.S. Customary The problem then becomes one of discriminating
[SI Metric] between light which enters the display from the
window side and light generated within the dis-
play. Generally, the acceptance angle of the light
entering the display will be fairly narrow (Figure
5-5). The farther away the display is located in
relation to the window, the narrower the accept-
ance angle of the interfering light and, therefore,
less chance that light will be retro-reflected back
to the viewer. Light, which originates outside the
acceptance angle will not contribute to the loss in
contrast with the image being emitted at the dis-
play (CRT, LED, annunciators - those displays that
generate their own illumination). Additionally, ori-
entation of the reflecting object within the display
plays an important part in determining what light
from the window will be reflected back out the
window toward the viewer.
Figure 5-6. Circular Polarizer.
On reentry through the 1/4 wave element, the

retarder phase aligns the two rays and orients the
resultant wave at right angles to its original polar-
ization. The 90º rotated polarized wave emerging
from the 1/4 wave retarder is then completely
blocked by the linear polarizer (the first element
Figure 5-5. Glare Acceptance Angle. of the circular polarizer).
Circular polarizers can not be used with LCD dis-
play. LCD displays use linear polarizers in their
CIRCULAR POLARIZER – HOW IT WORKS normal operation to effect selective filtering of the
A circular polarizer consists of linear polarizer in external illumination. This type of display would
series with a 1/4 wave-retarding element. It is partially or completely block the incident light
important that the linear polarizer precedes and is from the circular polarizer, effectively defeating
oriented (aligned) correctly to the ? wave-retard- the purpose of the various elements of the LCD.
ing element. OPTICAL COLOR TRANSMISSION FILTERS
With reference to Figure 5-6, light passing Optical filters generally are classified according to
through the linear polarizer is polarized along its their spectral properties such as short wave cut-
polarizing axis and enters the 1/4 wave retarder. off, long wave cut-off, bandpass, rejection, or
The 1/4 wave retarder separates the polarized neutral density.
rays into two equal rays that pass through the
Short wave cut-off filters are used to block the
retarder at different speeds (by virtue of two dif-
ultraviolet while long wave cut-off filters may be
ferent indices of refraction). The thickness of the
used to eliminate infrared heating. Bandpass fil-
retarder determines the phase relationship of the
ters are principally used to increase the signal-to-
two light rays and is selected to produce a 90º
noise ratio (contrast) of displays (or detectors).
phase shift (1/4 wavelength). After passing
Rejection filters are usually employed to eliminate
through the 1/4 wavelength retarder, the phase
specific spectral wavelength(s) or to minimize
relationship of the rays remains constant. Upon
their intensity, which might be harmful to the
striking a highly reflective surface (specular), the
operation of equipment, such as laser beam.
phase orientation of the two rays reverses with the
Neutral density filters reduce the average illumi-
phase lagging ray preceding the previously phase
nation across the visual spectrum.
leading ray by 1/4 wavelength.
E-11
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
E. WINDOWS
In shielding window applications, transmission fil- Standard colors are available for plastics which
ters are used to provide various hue and shades broadly cover four hue classes (red, yellow, green,
of transmitted light. To assist the designer in blue) and neutral gray. Table 5-1 tabulates sug-
selecting the proper filter for specific applications, gested filters, which most nearly match the spec-
it becomes important to be able to calculate the tral band for each of the emitters.
effect of material thickness and combinations of
elements that tend to alter the transmitted light Figure 5-7 provides spectral transmission curves
and the overall density of the filter. for the more commonly used filters.
Light transmitted through the filter material expe- ABRASION RESISTANT COATINGS
riences a first surface reflection, absorption within The surfaces of most plastics are relatively soft in
the bulk of the material and losses due to the comparison to glass. As a result, the front sur-
second surface reflection. The transmitted light face of shielding windows are subjected to possi-
(T) is a fraction of the incident light and the opti- ble scratching and marring when periodically
cal density of the filter is given by: cleaned to remove dust, dirt and grease in normal
handling during operation of the equipment.
1 These soft surfaces can be treated with specially
D = log10
T formulated coatings for use on thermoplastic and
thermosetting plastics.
Where there are several transmission factors
involved (multiple values of T), thee factors Abrasion resistant coating not only provides
should be included and multiplied together. For scratch and mar resistance, but is also resistant
example, if the transmission factor for a color fil- to moisture and cleaning solvents. The coatings
ter at the peak wavelength is Tp and the optical re clear and non-yellowing and are resistant to
substrate transmission factor is Ts, the density ultraviolet light. They can be applied to methyl
expression would be: methacrylate (acrylic), polycarbonate or CR-39.
Polycarbonates are not recommended for normal
1 shielding window applications unless protected
DT = log10
TPTS with an abrasion resistant coating.
Figure 5-7. Standard Spectral Transmision Filters.
TABLE 5-1
RECOMMENDED TRANSMITTING FILTERS FOR TYPICAL LED EMITTERS
EMITTER FILTER PEAK PERCENT PERCENT
NUMBER WAVELINGTH TRANSMISSION TOTAL LUMINOUS
(lp in nm) at lp TRANSMISSION
LED
Red 2423 650 80 10
Yellow 2422 580 82 60
Green 2092 530 53 21
E-12
E. WINDOWS
U.S. Customary ASSEMBLY AND MOUNTING busbar and is compatible with most optical sub-
[SI Metric] strate materials. The busbar then provides a com-
The edge of shielding windows is prepared for
paratively large contact area to which an electro-
mounting to the enclosure by applying an inter-
chemically compatible, conductive, resilient
face gasket, which conducts induced currents
gasket may be attached for shock mount and
from the shielding mesh or conductive surfaces to
moisture barrier.
the ground plane of the system.
An alternate mounting method for these types of
There are essentially two basic barrier termina-
windows, employing a peripheral busbar, is to
tions for shielding windows: (1) conductive bus-
bond the window directly to the enclosure using a
bar; (2) conductive gasketing. The conductive
conductive RTV (room temperature vulcanization)
busbar I used to contact the shielding screen or
adhesive or a conductive epoxy. This latter
conductive coating. The busbar terminates the
mounting technique provides a comparatively
edge of the window opening by contacting the
rigid mounting and should be backed up by sev-
screen mesh while providing a flat surface on one
eral mounting clips or fasteners to ensure proper
or both sides of the window (Figure 6-1) to make
bonding and to reduce possible seam flexure.
electrical contact to the enclosure bezel.
Conductive gasketing is often used in combina- CONDUCTIVE GASKETING
tion with conductive busbars to provide a resilient
The termination of the shielding mesh screen to
interface for aid in absorbing hock and vibration.
attain maximum performance from the shielding
window is as important in the material and meth-
ods selection as in the shielding screen itself.
Improper screen termination may severely reduce
the shielding effectiveness of a high performance
shielding window as may be required for perform-
ance shielding window as may be required for
NASCIM 5100A (Tempest) applications. There
are three recommended edge terminations for
woven mesh screens in applications requiring the
Figure 6-1. Busbar Termination. maximum performance over any extended period.
The three methods are listed in order of perform-
CONDUCTIVE BUSBAR ance.
A conductive busbar is an electrical conductor 1. Bond, Direct Contact, Self Gasketing: Shielding
that can be used as a common electrical connec- effectiveness tests have shown that the most
tion around the perimeter of the shielding window consistent results and highest performance are
to the conductive shielding barrier of knitted wire
mesh screen, transparent conductive coating
(ECTC) or woven mesh screen.
Generally, the more economical way to manufac-
ture small shielding windows is to either laminate
or cast knitted wire mesh screen or woven mesh
screen into large area sheets and/or to dissect the
sheets into several smaller area windows. The
windows that are cut to size from the larger
sheets have the mesh screen emerging at the
four edges of the window as shown in Figure 6-1.
Contact is made to the screen by means of a con-
ductive busbar of either a highly conductive coat-
ing such as an organic-type paint which is highly
filled with conductive silver particles or a deposit-
ed metal film.
Silver is the preferred filler for paint to attain max-
imum conductivity. The liquid carrier for the paint
is an acrylic base, which produces a hard, firm Figure 6-2. Bond Direct Contact.
E-13
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
E. WINDOWS
attained when the shielding screen is bonded

permanently to the enclosure by spot welding,
brazing or soldering, depending upon the
material used for the screen. Generally, this
method is not cost effective. A nearly identical
assembly may be attained by a mechanical
clamping of the screen as shown in Figure 6-2.
For both glass and plastic windows, the use of
elastomer gaskets (neoprene or silicone) as
moisture barriers and for shock mounting is
recommended. Figure 6-4. Interfacial Gasket, Indirect Contact with Mesh
Screens (Most Economical)
2. Wrap-Around, Direct Contact, Self Gasketing:
The mesh screen is wrapped over a sponge or ance contact between each interface, the greater
hollow core elastomer gasket and secured to will be induced electromagnetic noise current and
the underside of the window (Figure 6-3). The the lower the shielding effectiveness of the sys-
use of elastomer moisture barrier and shock tem. As a rule of thumb, provide a 10:1 signal to
mounts to protect the window and screen from noise ratio margin (about 20 dB more shielding)
possible adverse environment is recommended. than may be actually required when all the mat-
ing surfaces are freshly cleaned and properly pro-
tected.
SURFACE PREPARATION
The primary function of an EMC gasket is to pro-
vide impedance that matches or exceeds the con-
ductivity the enclosure and minimizes the cou-
pling efficiency of the seam itself from becoming
a re-radiator. Normally, the reflection and absorp-
tion functions of a conductive shielding gasket are
to a large extent masked by metal cover has been
Figure 6-3. Wrap Around Screen, Direct Contact (Most replaced by a quasi-continuous open mesh which
Commonoly Used Configuration). at best is equivalent to a very thin barrier. At high
frequencies (about 100MHz) the screen does not
3. Interfacial Gasket, Indirect Contact, Conductive respond as a solid barrier. Special attention must
Gasketing: the mesh screen is extended along be paid to the method by which the induced EMI
the flat of the step formed in the lamination currents in the mesh screen are returned to the
process and secured to the underside of the system ground. Any significant difference in
window (Figure 6-4). A conductive metallic or seam impedance, including that introduced by
elastomer gasket I mounted and bonded to the the gasket materials, may produce nonuniform
surface of the step. The gasket should be current flow resulting in the generation of EMI
resilient and compatible with the screen and voltages. Such induced voltages can then
enclosure materials. Contact resistance must become sources of EMI radiated energy. To mini-
be kept low by means of a low impedance mize these effects, the seam design and prepara-
bond, such as a conductive RTV or conductive tion is important and the following features should
epoxy. A recommended gasket for this type of be incorporated into any new design:
application, providing both EMC and moisture 1. Mating surfaces should be as flat and parallel
barrier, is a knitted mesh bonded to a silicone as practically possible.
sponge (see Tecknit DUOGASKET). The knit-
ted mesh strip should utilize tin-plated phos- 2. Mating surfaces must be conductive and pro-
phor bronze (TPPB). TPPB provides highest tected from oxidation by plating with a hard
shielding and environmental compatibility conductive finish that is galvanically compati-
between the shielding screen and the enclo- ble with each other and with interfacial gaskets
sure surface. (tin, nickel, cadmium).
Many combinations of gaskets are possible. The 3. Protective coatings having less than half the
three methods described have been successful in conductivity of the mating surfaces should be
specific applications. The greatest number of avoided.
interfacing surfaces which must make low imped-
E-14
E. WINDOWS
Design Guidesline to
U.S. Customary 4. Flange width should allow at least five times Selection of materials from a common group pro-
[SI Metric] the maximum expected separation between vides the least chance for corrosion due to gal-
mating conductive surfaces. vanic action when materials are in contact for
extended periods of time in a normal office envi-
5. Mating surfaces should be cleaned to remove ronment. The materials are arranged in their
dirt and oxide films just prior to assembly of decreasing order of galvanic activity within each
the shielding window to the enclosure and group and from left to right. Materials at the top
bezel. of a group or in groups to the left erode under
6. Bonded surfaces should be held under pres- galvanic action. Dissimilar metals, which are in
sure during adhesive curing to minimize sur- different groups, may be accommodated by plat-
face oxidation and to maximize conductivity ing one or both with a material that is common to
after cure. both the enclosure and the mating surface. For
example, aluminum and copper are not compati-
CORROSION ble in most environmental situations since they
Corrosion is one of the major factors, which influ- are not contained within one single group (alu-
ences specific design considerations. Generally, minum is in groups I and II, while copper is in
the lightweight structural materials, aluminum groups III and IV. To make these materials com-
and magnesium, are most highly active electro- patible, either one or both, preferable the latter,
chemically when in contact with the more con- would have to be tin plated.
ductive materials used for shielding. Selecting
suitable shielding materials and finishes, which
MOUNTING WINDOWS
inhibit oxidation and corrosion and are compati- Twist drills that are commonly used for metals
ble with enclosure materials, becomes a major may normally be used on most plastics. Since,
tradeoff in the designing of shielding windows. when machining plastics, a scraping action pro-
duces better results than a cutting action; drills
Corrosion occurs between dissimilar metals in the may be repointed to provide zero rake angle.
presence of an electrolyte. Dissimilar metals in Moderate speed and light pressures produce
contact in the presence of an electrolyte cause best results and minimize temperature changes
galvanic corrosion. A single metal under stress in at the cutting edge, which may result in galling or
the presence of an electrolyte may result in stress seizing.
corrosion due to impurities embedded within the
conductor. Table 6-1, electrochemical compati- Plastic windows may be provided with holes,
bility grouping, lists groups of common materials which are often used for mounting and access
used as structural, barrier and gasketing materi- holes for screwdriver adjustments for “zeroing” or
als. The rate of corrosion (erosion of the less “scaling” digital readouts. These holes should be
noble metal, anodic) depends upon the electro- drilled prior to the application of surface coating
chemical potential difference between the dissim- or finishes whenever possible to prevent scratch-
ilar metals and the strength of the electrolyte. ing or marring the surfaces of the window.
Holes or notches are not recommended for glass
Table 6-1. Grouping of Metals by Electrochemical windows.
Compatibility.
(ANODIC) Common mounting methods include pressure-
Group I Group II Group III Group IV clips to secure windows under pressure during
Magnesium Aluminum Cadmium Plating Brass curing and clamping bars for larger plastic or
Magnesium Aluminum Alloys Carbon Steel Stainless Steel glass windows. Bolt spacing © for windows,
Alloys Beryllium Iron Copper & Copper especially those with resilient gasketing, should
Aluminum Zinc & Zinc Plsling Nickel & Nickel Plating Alloys follow the basic equation as given by:
Aluminum Chromium Plating Tin & Tin Plating Nickel / Copper
Alloys Cadmium Plating Tin / Lead Solder Alloys
Beryllium Carbon Steel Lead Monel
Zinc & Zinc Iron Brass Silver
480 (a/b) E t3 ∆H 1/4
Plating Nickel & Nickel Plating Stainless Steel Graphite C= inches
Chromium Tin & Tin Plating Copper & Copper Alloys Rhodium 13 P min + 2 P max
Plating Tin / Lead Solder Nickel/Copper Alloys Palladium
Lead Monel Titanium
Platinum
Gold
(CATHODIC)
E-15
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
E. WINDOWS
Where: a=width of clamping bar Example: Aluminum clamping bar 1/8 inch thick
b=width of resilent gasket (t) would require a center-to-center bolt spacing
E=modulus of elasticity of cover plate of 3-1/8 or less.
t=thickness of clamping bar
∆H=H1–H2 (difference between max/min SPECIFYING SHIELDING WINDOWS
gasket deflection) Sections 1 through 6 have provided methods by
P min=minimum pressure (at minimum which the designer can establish minimum sys-
deflection) tem need from shielding and optical clarity
P max=maximum pressure (at maximum requirements.
deflection)
Table 3-1 summarizes the shielding range in dB
The bolt spacing equation can be simplified by and open area in percent (%) of three types of
making some assumptions: shielding screen materials.
1. The bar width (a) will always be equal or Table 4-1 tabulates maximum sizes, thickness
greater than the gasket width (b); therefore, and tolerances for standard glass and plastic opti-
the ratio a/b will usually be greater than one cal substrates.
(1). The worst case, which requires the mini-
Table 4-2 tabulates optical, mechanical, electrical,
mum bolt spacing (C), occurs when a/b equals
thermal and chemical/physical properties of stan-
one. Should the bar be twice the width of the
dard optical substrate materials: plate glass,
gasket, the bolt spacing could be increased by
methyl methacrylate (acrylic), polycarbonate, and
about 20%.
CR-39.
2. The maximum closing pressure, as a rule of
Table 5-1 tabulates standard color transmission
thumb, should not exceed the minimum pres-
filters for plastic substrates.
sure by more than a 3:1 ratio.
Table 7-1 summarizes standard features of the
3. The minimum closing pressure with a solid
TECKNIT TECKSHIELD-F, and EMC-ECTC windows.
elastomer moisture seal should not be less
than 50 PSI (P min.). Table 7-1 provides a suggested work sheet, which
will aid TECKNIT Application Engineers in handling
4. Modulus of elasticity for most metals (clamping
request for designing or ordering flat shielding
bar) is greater than 10 PSI.
windows. For curved shielding windows fully lam-
5. Assume a maximum deflection of 0.010 inch inated or edges bonded, contact factory. Usually
(∆H). by consulting with the factory before the design
stage can result in cost savings and performance
Then, maximum bolt spacing, C, becomes: enhancement for curved shielding windows.
C = 15(t)3/4
Table 7-1
TECKSHIELD-F
(Fully Laminated) EMC-ECTC
Maximum Size 32” x 54”
(813mm x 1372mm)
Shielding Material Woven Mesh or Transparent
Knitted Mesh Conductive Coating
Shielding Effectiveness (1GHz) >60 dB >30 dB
Anti-Glare Finish (On Request) Yes Yes
Anti-Reflection Coating (On Request) Yes Yes
(HEOC) (One Side Only)
(HEOC)
Color Transmission Yes Yes
Filters (On Request) (Ref. Table 5-1) (Ref. Table 5-1)
Abrasive Resistant Yes Yes
Coating (On Acrylic and Polycarbonate)
Circular Polarizers Yes Yes
(Fully Laminated) (Edge Bond)
E-16
E. WINDOWS
U.S. Customary ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS ES-71-01, B. Specular Reflectance: When applied to sub-
[SI Metric] TECKSHIELD WINDOWS – FLAT GLASS strate materials having indices of refraction of
1.5 ± 0.04, the specular reflectance from a
I OPTICAL QUALITY
coated surface shall average less than 0.85%
The finished window will meet the optical quality for an angle of incidence of 10º over the wave-
criteria with respect to any imperfections and length range of 450 to 650 nanometers.
defects as detailed below:
C. Coating Quality: The coating shall be uniform
A. Minor Imperfections in quality and condition, clean, smooth, and
free from foreign materials, and from physical
1. Definition – Any one of the following condi- imperfections and optical imperfections as
tions, exceeding 0.0001 square inches but follows:
not exceeding 0.0025 square inch area
per defect and not exceeding 0.2 inch in 1. The coating shall show no evidence of flak-
its longest dimension, in the viewing area: ing, peeling or blistering.
a. embedded Particles
2. The coating shall not contain blemishes,
b. air bubbles
such as discoloration, stains, smears and
c. scratches
streaks or show evidence of a cloudy or
d. wire screen defects
hazy appearance.
2. Accept/Reject Criteria
3. The coating shall show no evidence of
The window shall not have more than one
scratches, digs, or pinholes within a cen-
such “imperfection” per 40 sq. in. of view-
tral area, which covers 60% of the overall
ing area.
viewing area.
B. Major Defects
D. Abrasion Resistance: There shall be no visible
3. Definition – Any condition as described in damage to the coated surface when rubbed 15
Section A, but exceeding 0.0025 square times with a standard rubber-pumice eraser
inch in area or exceeding 0.2 inch in its under a force of 2 to 2-1/2 pounds.
longest dimension per defect in the view-
E. Humidity: Continuous exposure to 100% rela-
ing area.
tive humidity at a temperature of 80º C.
4. Accept/Reject Criteria
F. Operating and Storage Temperature Range: -55º
Any “Major Defect” shall be cause for
to + 80ºC continuous.
rejection.
II ANTI REFLECTION COATING (HEOC)

The multi-layer low-reflection coating will meet
the minimum acceptable requirements for optical
contrast enhancement when used for TECKNIT
EMI shielding windows.
A. Coated Area: Unless otherwise specified, glass
elements shall be coated over their entire
effective aperture, except for an allowable
uncoated area with a maximum width of 0.060
inch around edges.
E-17
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
E. WINDOWS
E-18
E. WINDOWS
ECTC Windows
™
ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE TRANSPARENT COATING

[SI Metric]
ECTC WINDOWS are custom designed optical
display panels produced by depositing a very thin
electrically conductive transparent coating directly
onto the surface of various optical substrate mate-
rials to provide high EMI shielding performance
coupled with good light transmission properties.
Applications of ECTC WINDOWS are found in
equipment requiring visual displays where the
viewing panel must also serve to reduce the radi-
ated electromagnetic energy entering or leaving
the device.
SPECIFICATIONS
SUBSTRATE MATERIALS MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Most transparent plastic and glass sheet material • Optical Substrate
are suitable for ECTC coating. However, even Acrylic: Acrylic sheet per Federal Specification
those optical substrate materials with high quality L-P-391, Type 1, Grade C, clear (ASTM-D-4802).
surfaces, have minute surface imperfections Glass: Glass sheet per Specification
which become more apparent after coating. In ASTM-C-1036, clear.
most applications these blemishes will not Commercial Grade Polycarbonate
degrade the appearance of the finished window • Conductive Coating:
or the shielding performance. TECKNIT ECTC vacuum deposited thin metal film.
Indium Tin Oxide coatings available upon request.
CONDUCTIVE COATING • Busbar Termination: TECKNIT Silver Acrylic conductive
Standard ECTC coating has a nominal resistivity coating.
of 14.0 ohms per square and a light transmission • Mounting Frame (when specified): Aluminum alloy
of about 70 percent in the visible spectrum.
Applying ECTC coatings to both surfaces of the
• Coating
optical substrate, increases shielding effective-
Surface Resistivity: 14 ohms/square nominal
ness by 6 to 10 dB, while reducing the optical (±4 ohms/square).
transmission from 70 percent to about 50 per- • Temperature Range
cent. Acrylic: -67°F to 150°F [-55°C to 65°C].
Glass: -67°F to 167°F [-55°C to 85°C].
ECTC coatings are easily damaged by abrasion
since “finger printing” from oils present in normal
skin moisture are difficult to remove. In normal
usage, the coating is applied to the inner surface MATERIAL H-FIELD E-FIELD PLANE WAVE
of the window substrate which permits cleaning of ECTC 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz
the front surface with a commercial window 20 dB 90 dB 30 dB
cleaner. NOTE: Inspection, handling and installa-
tion personnel should use clean, lint-free cotton
gloves when handling ECTC Windows. Tested in accordance with TECKNIT Test Method
TSETS-01, which is based upon modified MIL-
STD- 285. Typical values are based on a 5"
square window.
E-19
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
E. WINDOWS
BUSBAR TERMINATION AND STANDARD FRAME STYLES

INTERFACE GASKETING
The edges of ECTC WINDOWS are terminated
with a border of highly conductive, silver busbar
material. This conductive band serves two pur-
poses:
1. Provides a uniform current distribution. The
busbar material has a very low surface resistivity Figure 2. Frame Cross Section
when compared to the ECTC coating.
STANDARD FRAME DIMENSIONING
2. Provides a more durable low impedance bear-
ing surface than the ECTC coating alone. An
interface gasket joins the ECTC window coating to
the enclosure panel.
The most widely used interface gasket is TECK-
NIT CONSIL, silver-filled silicone rubber gaskets.
These gaskets provide both environmental and
electromagnetic sealing without damage to the
busbar or coating.
FRAMING AND MOUNTING
Standard ECTC Windows can be mounted directly
to the equipment panel or enclosure without an Figure 3. Overall Frame Style
interface gasket using TECKNIT conductive
epoxy. When using standard interface gasketing, STANDARD TOLERANCES
TECKNIT standard framing is available.
Table 2. WINDOW
A,B 18 in. [up to 457 mm] ±.031 [0.79]
STANDARD OPTICAL SUBSTRATE MATERIAL
FRAME
Table 1. STANDARD THICKNESS (T) C,D,E,F,G 12 in. [up to 305 mm] ±.015 [0.38]
12-18 in. [305 to 457 mm] ±.020 [0.50]
MATERIALS THICKNESS (T) TOLERANCE K,L 12 in. [up to 102 mm] ±.015 [0.38]
in. [mm] in. [mm] 4-24 in. [102.1 to 610 mm] ±.031 [0.79]
Acrylic .062 [1.52] ±.016 [0.41] FRAME CROSS SECTION
.125 [3.18] ±.020 [0.51] W,X 0-.750 in. [up to 19 mm] ±.010 [0.25]
Glass .090 [2.29] ±.020 [0.51] .750 -1.250 in. [19.1 to 31.8 mm] ±.012 [0.30]
.125 [3.18] ±.020 [0.51] S,T .750 in. [up to 19 mm] ±.006 [0.15]
STANDARD WINDOW CONFIGURATION
ECTC Windows are custom designed to customer
specifications and drawings. Customer drawings
should provide dimensional data as suggested in
Figure 3 such as overall size, viewing area, win-
dow size and thickness (dimensions AxB), type of
edge termination and interface gasket, type frame
by style number and special options. For assis-
Figure 1. Window Dimensioning. tance, contact your TECKNIT representative or
factory engineer.
*Continuous Busbar around periphery
(TECKNIT Silver Acrylic Conductive Coating).
E-20
E. WINDOWS
Teckfilm
™
TRANSPARENT CONDUCTIVE COATING ON POLYESTER FILM

[SI Metric]
TECKFILM is a highly conductive coating deposit-
ed on a transparent polyester film. It is available
in rolls 30" wide. Usable width is 28". The con-
ductive coating is overcoated with a ceramic type
film which serves to increase visible light trans-
mission and to provide a protective barrier that
exhibits electrical conductivity through the layer.
CONSIL®-II silver filled silicone elastomer material
is recommended between the TECKFILM and
conductive mating surface as an interface gasket
and an environmental seal between the enclosure
and TECKFILM window panel assembly.
SPECIFICATIONS
TECKFILM is designed for electric and planewave
• Substrate: Polyester film .005 in. [0.13mm] thick, clear and col-
shielding, grounding and static discharge applica- orless.
tions. TECKFILM is used as a transparent, shield- • Conductive Coating: Vacuum deposited thin metal film with
ing panel for visual displays in instrumentation protective ceramic coating.
equipment, control panels, computer processing, • Standard Bulk Material
printers, peripheral equipment and large elec- Part Number: 70-00117
trode displays as a grounding shield.
MOUNTING TECHNIQUES • Substrate and Coating
Various methods of mounting are as follows: Surface Resistivity: 14 ohms/square (nominal)
(±4 ohms/square).
1. Affixed to conductive mating surface with Visible Light Transmission: 70 to 80%.
clamps or bonded with TECKNIT Two-Part RTV Temperature Range: -76°F to 300°F [-60°C to 150°C].
Silver Silicone Adhesive Sealant (Part No. 72-
00036).
2. Mounted between a substrate and conductive
mounting surface with or without the aid of edge Fabricated and rule die cut window shapes up
bonding to the substrate. to 28" wide can be supplied. Contact your
TECKNIT area representative or factory engineer
NOTE: TECKFILM conductive surface can be for assistance.
marred if handled excessively.
TECKNIT TECKFILM Shielding Effectiveness has
been tested in accordane with TECKNIT Test
Method TSETS-01 which is based upon modified
MIL-STD- 285. Typical shielding effectiveness val-
ues are based on a 5" square window.
MATERIAL H-FIELD E-FIELD PLANE WAVE
100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz
TECKFILM 20 dB 90 dB 30 dB
E-21
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
E. WINDOWS
Teckshield -F
®
HIGH PERFORMANCE EMC WINDOWS
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
TECKSHIELD-F high-performance fully laminated
flat windows are specially designed to provide
optimum optical transmission and EMI shielding
in severe interference environments. TECK-
SHIELD-F windows have proven to be effective in
TEMPEST qualified Visual Display Units, as well
as in printers and enclosures requiring large view-
ing apertures. A special low-resistance mesh is
laminated between two layers of glass or acrylic.
The edge termination between the window mesh
and the enclosure is designed to provide uniform
mesh-to-enclosure continuity around the entire
perimeter of the shielding aperture. SPECIFICATIONS
FEATURES MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
• Full lamination provides rugged construction, • Standard Optical Media
prevents moisture intrusion or entrapment Glass: Per Specification ASTM-C-1036, Type 1, Class 1.
between optical layers, enhances optical con- Acrylic: Per Federal Specification L-P-391, Type 1, Grade C
trast by elimination of two optical media-to- air (ASTM-D-4802).
interfaces. • Optical Media Options
Acrylic Colors: See Table 2.
• High shielding performance of large viewing Anti-Reflection Coatings:
apertures at a broad range of frequencies. Non-Glare Coating (Matte Finish).
High Efficiency Anti-Reflection Coating
• Minimum optical distortion of viewed display. (Less than 0.6% Reflection).
• Design options include color filters and polariz- • Mesh Screen
100 OPI: Blackened Copper Mesh 0.0022" Wire Diameter,
ers for contrast enhancement, which permit
60% Open Area.
flexibility in matching optical and shielding 145 OPI: Blackened Copper Mesh 0.0022" Wire Diameter,
requirements to specific applications. 45% Open Area.
APPLICATION INFORMATION Interface Gasket: Copper Mesh Wrap-Around Termination.
See Figure 2.
TECKSHIELD-F high-performance flat windows Duogasket: See Figure 3.
are designed for enclosures requiring superior Busbar Termination: Tecknit Silver Acrylic Conductive
shielding against EMI radiation or susceptibility. Coating (Fig. 5)
They provide maximum EMI protection and high
optical clarity for teleprinters, digital, graphic, and PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
other flat displays. TECKSHIELD-F windows can • Operating & Storage Temperature
also be economically matched to most visual dis- Glass: -67°F to 176°F [-55°C to 80°C]
play units to minimize image distortion and to Acrylic: -67°F to 140°F [-55°C to 60°C]
maximize shielding effectiveness.
MESH H-FIELD E-FIELD PLANE WAVE
SCREEN 100 KHZ 10 MHZ 1 GHZ 10 GHZ
100 OPI 55 dB 120 dB 60 dB 40 dB
145 OPI 55 dB 120 dB 80 dB 45 dB
Tested in accordance with TECKNIT Test Method

TSETS-01, which is based upon modified MIL-
STD-285. Typical Shielding Effectiveness values
are based on a 5" square window.
E-22
E. WINDOWS
STANDARD WINDOW CONSTRUCTION

Standard TECKSHIELD-F fully laminated window
construction consists of: (a) Standard mesh
screen, blackened and laminated between (b)
two layers of standard optical medium (clear and
colorless see Fig. 1), and with (c) an interfacial
gasket (copper mesh wrap around or Duogasket)
U.S. Customary to provide electrical continuity between the win-
[SI Metric]
dow mesh and equipment enclosure. The
Duogasket consists of an environmental seal
and an EMI gasket seal. using TECKNIT conductive epoxy to establish
an electrical bond to the enclosure. Additional
Standard window thicknesses are 0.205 in. mechanical clips may be required to locate and
[5.2 mm] for glass substrates and 0.145 in. mechanically secure the window to the enclosure.
[3.68 mm] for acrylic substrates.
STANDARD TOLERANCES Table 1.
WINDOW
A,B 18 in. [up to 457 mm] ±0.031 [0.79]
FRAME DIMENSION
C,D,E,F,G up to 12 in. [305 mm] ±0.015 [0.38]
12 to 18 in. [305-457 mm] ±0.020 [0.50]
K,L up to 4 in. [102 mm] ±0.015 [0.38]
4 to 24 in. [102.1-610 mm] ±0.031 [0.79]
FRAME CROSS SECTION
W,X up to 0 - .750 in. [19 mm] ±0.010 [0.25]
.750 to1.250 in. [19.1-31.8 mm] ±0.012 [0.30]
S,T up to 0.750 in. [19 mm] ±0.006 [0.15]
ACRYLIC COLOR TRANSMISSION FILTERS

Table 2.
Red Amber Yellow Green Blue Gray
2423 2422 2208 2092 2069 2514
FRAMING AND MOUNTING
Standard TECKSHIELD-F windows may be ORDERING INFORMATION
mounted directly to the equipment enclosure uti-
lizing the recommended interface gasket termina- TECKSHIELD-F high-performance windows are
tion shown in Figs. 2, 3, 4 and 5. When specify- custom designed to customer specifications.
ing a finished mounting frame for the standard Drawings should be provided that show dimen-
window thickness shown in Fig. 1, provide a sional data such as overall dimensions, mounting
drawing of the frame as shown in Fig. 6 using the hole dimensions, desired viewing area, window
TECKNIT styles shown in Fig. 2-5. and frame thickness (when required), type of
edge terminations and interface gasket, type of
In some instances, standard TECKSHIELD-F win- frame or bezel and special options. For assistance
dows may be mounted directly to the equipment contact your nearest TECKNIT area representative
enclosure without an interface Duogasket by or factory location.
Teckshield -F Polycarbonate Windows

®
FEATURES SPECIFICATIONS
• 80% open area-best light transmission of all MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Tecknit woven window meshes. • Mesh Screen: Blackened 304 stainless steel, .001" dia.,
• Available as thin as .053" [1.35]. 80 or 100 openings per inch.
• -60°F to 158°F [-55°C to 70°C] operating
• Standard Substrate: Polycarbonate, clear & colorless.
temperature.
• All standard Tecknit EMI terminations available. • Available Upon Request
UL-94VO-rated polycarbonate
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE Abrasion resistant & anti-glare coatings
100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz
80 OPI SS 35 dB 85dB 42 dB 30 dB
100 OPI SS 40 dB 105 dB 52 dB 35 dB
E-23
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
E. WINDOWS
Teckshield -F ®
Allycarbonate Windows
ALLYCARBONATE EMI SHIELDED WINDOWS
PHYSICAL & OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF

MONOMER CASTING MEDIUM
Temperature Range:
-60ºCto 100ºC
-60ºC to 130ºC (1 Hour Duration)
Rockwell Hardness (M):
97 ASTM Test Method (D 785)
Visible Transmission %:
93.3 ASTM Test Method (D1003)
Tecknit Allylcarbonate shielded windows are man-

ufactured by casting a woven EMI shield mesh
into a material that has optical properties similar Allylcarbonace windows are ideally suited to
to that of glass. The window offers a lightweight, applications where there is a requirement to
cost effective alternative to traditional glass lami- shield displays or visual apertures. Windows are
nated shielded windows and is a more flexible machined using computerised programming
material to machine, making it more suited to technology This offers a facility to accurately
meet the changing design demands that are part engrave data or drill mounting holes into the win-
of modern electronics. dow itself.
The windows operate in a very broad temperature
Available Standard Shielding Mesh Types range and have a high resistance to abrasion and
most acids and solvents. The window product is
50 OPI - Blackened stainless steel woven screen 0.001 ideally suited to many applications and is now
inch diameter wire
supplied throughout a broad range of companies
100 OPI - Blackened stainless steel woven screen 0.001
in military and Commercial Industries.
inch diameter wire
100 OPI - Blackened copper woven screen 0.002 inch
diameter wire
FEATURES
• 80% open area-best light transmission of all
Shielding Performance of Mesh Screens Tecknit woven window meshes.
100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz • Available as thin as .053" [1.35].
50 OPI 16db 45db 56db 36db • -60°F to 158°F [-55°C to 70°C] operating
100 OPI 40db 105db 52db 35db temperature.
100 OPI 55db 120db 60db 40db
• All standard Tecknit EMI terminations available.
Note: (OPI Number of openings per inch of woven screen)
• Cast Material Supplied as a Standard
Some examples of shielding screens also available as a non-standard are, .079” [2mm] to .236” [6mm] thick
80 OPI and 150 OPI woven materials, however lead times for these prod- Clear or medium-grade matte finish
ucts may vary. Please contact our Sales Office.
E-24
F. AIR VENT PANELS
Section F:
U.S. Customary
[SI Metric]
Air Vent Panels
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

F. AIR VENT PANELS
PRODUCT PAGE
TECKCELL - A™ AND PARACELL™ (Aluminum Honeycomb Vent Panels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F1 - F4

TECKCELL™ - S/B (Steel and Brass Honeycomb Vent Panels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F5 - F6
TECKSCELL™ - A (LP) (Low Profile, Aluminum, Shielding Air Vent Panels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F7 - F8
TECKSCREEN™ - A (Dust Arresting EMI Shielding Air Vent Panels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F9 - F10
TECKAIRE® (Low Profile Dust and EMI Filtering Air Vent Panels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F11 - F12

F. AIR VENT PANELS
Teckcell -A & Paracell ™

ALUMINUM HONEYCOMB AIR VENT PANELS

[SI Metric]
Standard TECKCELL air vent panels are con-
structed of aluminum honeycomb installed in an
extruded aluminum frame. The “waveguide” style
construction of the honeycomb provides high EMI
shielding effectiveness combined with the highest
airflow of any vent medium. Standard honeycomb
cell size is 0.125 in.[3.2mm] wide by 0.50 in.
[12.7mm] deep. Tin or electroless nickel plating
may be used to improve shielding and environ-
mental effectiveness.
PARACELL shielding air vent panels are con-
structed of two parallel aluminum honeycomb Air Filter Institute filter foam provides an average
medium layers installed in an extruded aluminum arrestance of 50%. In designs requiring special
frame. Each layer of honeycomb is oriented 90° framing, supply a sketch and/or contact your rep-
to each other (Fig. 1). This eliminates the polar- resentative or the factory.
ization characteristics of straight honeycomb by If greater structural support is required or severe
greatly improving shielding effectiveness (with environmental conditions exist, steel honeycomb
some compromise in air flow). Standard honey- or brass honeycomb is recommeded.
comb cell size for each layer is .125 in. [3.2 mm]
wide by .25 in. [6.4 mm] deep, yielding a total
thickness of .500 in. [12.7 mm]. The panels may SPECIFICATIONS
be plated with a chromate conversion coating for MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
environmental protection. The PARACELL con-
• Frame
struction does not require tin or nickel plating for
Aluminum alloy: 6063-T1 per QQ-A-200/9
improved shielding effectiveness. (ASTM-B-221).
• Honeycomb
APPLICATION INFORMATION Aluminum alloy: 5052 Grade B, per MIL-C-7438.
TECKCELL-A and PARACELL air vent panels are • EMI Gasket (1)
furnished ready to install with standard framing Wire Mesh: Sn/Cu/Fe/ (tin coated, copper-clad steel)
and EMI shielding gaskets. For surface mounted wire per ASTM B-520.
applications use frame style 21 (Fig. 4) with a
Elastomer: Neoprene sponge per MIL-R-6130, Type II,
DUOGASKET. For recessed applications use Grade A, Condition Medium (ASTM-D-6576)
frame style 23 (Fig. 5) with a TECKNIT STRIP
• Threaded Inserts(2)
GASKET. The DUOGASKET is made of neoprene
Steel alloy, cadmium plated, 6-32 UNC-2B or 8-32
sponge and knitted copper clad steel. The STRIP UNC-2B
GASKET consists of knitted copper clad steel
mesh. Panels with a length or width exceeding
FINISH DESCRIPTION
24in. [610mm] need cross braces.
• Chromate: Trivalent Chromium Coating in compliance
For special applications round TECKCELL-A vent with the EU RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC.
panels are available (Fig. 6). The frames are
• Options
made of spun aluminum. Where the construction
Tin(3): Tin plate per MIL-T-10727, Type 1 (ASTM-D-545).
must be drip proof, aluminum honeycomb is Nickel: Electroless Nickel plate per MIL-C-26074A,
available slanted downward at 30°, 45° and 60° Class 1, Grade B (SAE-AMS-C-26074).
(Figs. 7, 8). Chromate: Chromate conversion coating per
Flexible .125 in. [3.2 mm] thick polyurethane fil- MIL-C-5541, Class 1 A or 3A.
ter foam is available for TECKCELL-A and PARA- (1) Reference DUOGASKET Data or Tecknit Strips Data. (2) Threaded
CELL panels to filter out dust particles (frame inserts available on request. (3) Frame requires drain holes for plating.
style 21 only). Based on specifications from the
F-1
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
F. AIR VENT PANELS
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES FOR TECKCELL-A
TECKNIT TECKCELL-A and PARACELL shielding AND PARACELL PANELS
Ref. Figures 1 and 2
effectiveness has been tested in accordance with
FRAME
Tecknit Test Method TSETS-01 and is based on FEATURE DIMENSION TOLERANCE
modified MIL-STD-285. Typical values for a 5 in. 0-8 in. [0-200mm] ±.015 in. [±0.38mm]
square panel are given below. LW 8-24 in. [201-610mm] ±.031 in. [±0.76mm]
>24 in. [Over 610mm] ±.062 in. [±1.57mm]
H-FIELD E-FIELD PLANE WAVE Hole/Fastener
MATERIALS 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz Locations C,D,E,F ±.015 in. [± 0.38 mm]
Hole Diameter All ±.005 in. [± 0.13 mm]
dB dB dB dB
Frame
PLATING dB dB dB dB Cross Section All ±.010 in. [± 0.25 mm]
Chromate 40 80 60 40 EMI GASKET*
Tin 70 125 105 85 Mesh:
Nickel 80 135 115 95 Height & up to 187 in. [4.75 mm] + .016, - 0 in.
H-FIELD E-FIELD PLANE WAVE Width [+ 0.41, - 0 mm]
PARACELL 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz Elastomer:
PLATING dB dB dB dB Height up to .100 in. [2.54 mm] ±.016 in. [0.41 mm]
Chromate 65 110 95 85 Width up to .500 in. [12.7 mm] ± .031 in. [0.79mm
Figure 1. 90º Oriented Paracell Panel Figure 2. Vent Panel Frame Dimensions (Ref.Table 1.)
TECKCELL-A PANEL FRAME STYLE 21 DIMENSIONS Table I. (Ref. Figure 2)

NUMBER OF TECKNIT**
OPENING AREA FRAME DIMENSION FASTENERS PART NO.
in.2 [cm2] AxB (Ref) WxL C D E F W L Std. 8.32 Std. .204 No Holes
(Ref) in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] Side Side Fasteners Dia. Holes or Fasteners
4 [25.81] 2x2 [50.8x50.8] 3x3 [76.2x76.2] 1.250 [31.75] 1.250 [31.75] - - 1 1 60-70929 60-02052 60-02002
9 [58.06] 3x3 [76.2x76.2] 4x4 [101.6x101.6] 1.750 [44.45] 1.750 [44.45] - - 1 1 60-70200 60-02053 60-02003
15 [96.77] 3x5 [76.2x127.0] 4x6 [101.6x152.4] 1.750 [44.45] 1.000 [25.40] 3.500 [88.90] - 1 2 60-70201 60-02054 60-02004
16 [103.23] 4x4 [101.6x101.6] 5x5 [127.0x127.0] 2.250 [57.15] .750 [19.05] 3.000 [76.20] - 1 2 60-70204 60-02055 60-02005
21 [135.48] 3x7 [76.2x177.8] 4x8 [101.6x203.2 1.750 [44.45] .750 [19.05] 3.000 [76.20] - 1 3 60-70202 60-02056 60-02006
24 [154.84] 4x6 [101.6x152.4] 5x7 [127.0x177.8] 2.250 [57.15] 1.500 [38.10] 3.500 [88.90] - 1 2 60-70205 60-02057 60-02007
25 [161.29] 5x5 [127.0x127.0] 6x6 [152.4x152.4] 1.000 [25.40] 1.000 [25.40] 3.500 [88.90] 3.500 [88.90] 2 2 60-70207 60-02058 60-02008
33 [212.91] 3x11 [76.2x279.4] 4x12 [101.6x304.8] 1.750 [44.45] 1.250 [31.75] 3.000 [76.20] - 1 4 60-70203 60-02059 60-02009
35 [225.81] 5x7 [127.0x177.8] 6x8 [152.4x203.2] 1.250 [31.75] .750 [19.05] 3.000 [76.20] 3.000 [76.20] 2 3 60-70208 60-02060 60-02010
36 [232.26] 6x6 [152.4x152.4] 7x7 [177.8x177.8] 1.500 [38.10] 1.500 [38.10] 3.500 [88.90] 3.500 [88.90] 2 2 60-70211 60-02061 60-02011
36 [232.26] 4x9 [101.6x228.6] 5x10 [127.0x254.0] 2.250 [57.15] 1.250 [31.75] 3.500 [88.90] - 1 3 60-70206 60-02062 60-02012
42 [270.97] 3x14 [76.2x355.6] 4x15 [101.6x381.0 1.750 [44.45] 1.250 [31.75] 3.000 [76.20] - 1 5 60-71042 60-02063 60-02013
48 [309.68] 3x16 [76.2x406.4] 4x17 [101.6x431.8] 1.750 [44.45] 1.250 [31.75] 3.500 [88.90] - 1 5 60-71043 60-02064 60-02014
49 [316.13] 7x7 [177.8x177.8] 8x8 [203.2x203.2] 2.000 [50.80] .750 [19.05] 3.000 [76.20] 3.500 [88.90] 2 3 60-70214 60-02065 60-02015
54 [348.39] 6x9 [152.4x228.6] 7x10 [177.8x254.0] 1.500 [38.10] 1.250 [31.75] 3.500 [88.90] 3.500 [88.90] 2 3 60-70212 60-02066 60-02016
55 [354.84] 5x11 [127.0x279.4] 6x12 [152.4x304.8] 1.000 [25.40] 1.250 [31.75] 3.000 [76.20] 3.500 [88.90] 2 4 60-70209 60-02067 60-02017
63 [406.45] 7x9 [177.8x225.6] 8x10 [203.2x254.0] 2.000 [50.80] 1.250 [31.75] 3.500 [88.90] 3.500 [88.90] 2 3 60-71044 60-02068 60-02018
70 [451.61] 5x14 [127.0x355.6] 6x15 [152.4x381.0] 1.000 [25.40] 1.250 [31.75] 3.000 [76.20] 3.500 [88.90] 2 5 60-71045 60-02069 60-02019
77 [496.77] 7x11 [177.8x279.4] 8x12 [203.2x304.8] .750 [19.05] 1.250 [31.75] 3.000 [76.20] 3.000 [76.20] 3 4 60-70215 60-02070 60-02020
78 [503.22] 6x13 [152.4x330.0] 7x14 [177.8x355.6] 1.500 [38.10] 1.500 [38.01] 3.500 [88.90] 3.500 [88.90] 2 4 60-70213 60-02071 60-02021
81 [522.58] 9x9 [228.6x228.6] 10x10 [254.0x254.0] 1.250 [31.75] 1.250 [31.75] 3.500 [88.90] 3.500 [88.90] 3 3 60-70217 60-02072 60-02022
85 [548.39] 5x17 [127.0x431.8] 6x18 [152.4x457.2] 1.000 [25.40] 1.250 [31.75] 3.750 [95.25] 3.500 [88.90] 2 5 60-70210 60-02073 60-02023
91 [587.10] 7x13 [177.8x330.2] 8x14 [203.2x355.6] .750 [19.05] 1.500 [38.10] 3.500 [88.90] 3.000 [76.20] 3 4 60-71046 60-02074 60-02024
105 [677.42] 7x15 [177.8x381.0] 8x16 [203.2x406.4] .750 [19.05] 1.250 [31.75] 3.250 [82.55] 3.000 [76.20] 3 5 60-70216 60-02075 60-02025
117 [754.84] 9x13 [228.6x330.2] 10x14 [254.0x355.6] 1.250 [31.75] 1.500 [38.10] 3.500 [88.90] 3.500 [88.90] 3 4 60-70218 60-02076 60-02026
121 [780.64] 11x11 [274.4x279.4] 12x12 [304.8x304.8] 1.250 [31.75] 1.250 [31.75] 3.000 [76.20] 3.000 [76.20] 4 4 60-70220 60-02077 60-02027
153 [987.09] 9x17 [228.6x431.8] 10x18 [254.0x457.2] 1.250 [31.75] 1.250 [31.75] 3.750 [95.25] 3.500 [88.90] 3 5 60-70219 60-02078 60-02028
165 [1,064.51] 11x15 [279.4x381.0] 12x16 [304.8x406.4] 1.250 [31.75] 1.250 [31.75] 3.250 [82.55] 3.000 [76.20] 4 5 60-70221 60-02079 60-02029
196 [1.264.51] 14x14 [355.6x355.6] 15x15 [381.0x381.0] 1.250 [31.75] 1.250 [31.75] 3.000 [76.20] 3.000 [76.20] 5 5 60-71047 60-02080 60-02030
209 [1,348.38] 11x19 [279.4x482.6] 12x20 [304.8x508.0] 1.250 [31.75] 1.000 [25.40] 3.500 [88.90] 3.000 [76.20] 4 6 60-70222 60-02081 60-02031
253 [1,632.25] 11x23 [279.4x584.2] 12x24 [304.8x609.6] 1.250 [31.75] 1.250 [31.75] 3.500 [88.90] 3.000 [76.20] 4 7 60-70223 60-02082 60-02032
324 [2,090.32] 18x18 [457.2x457.2] 19x19 [482.6x482.6] 1.750 [44.45] 1.750 [44.45] 3.000 [76.20] 3.000 [76.20] 6 6 60-71048 60-02083 60-02033
**To order standard TECKCELL-A Panels with Filter Foam, change third digit to a 3 (60-3XXXX)
F-2
F. AIR VENT PANELS
Teckcell -A & Paracell cont.

™
U.S. Customary FRAME STYLE 21 Figure 4. CIRCULAR PANELS Figure 6.

[SI Metric]
FRAME STYLE 23 Figure 5.
FRAME STYLE 23: For T=.500in., V=10.03 [.395], R=18.54 [.73]

For T=.750in. and 1.00in., V=9.53 [.375], R=19.05 [.75]
TECKCELL-A RAINSHIELD Figure 7. PARACELL RAINSHIELD Figure 8.
F-3
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
F. AIR VENT PANELS
HONEYCOMB CORE SELECTOR TECKCELL-A AND PARACELL

AIR FLOW CHARACTERISTICS Figure 9.
Table 2.
Code Cell Width Cell Depth Foil Thickness

No. (W) in. [mm] (T) in.[mm] (tf)
CS 1 .125 [3.18] .500 [12.70] .0015 [0.04]
CS 2 .125 [3.18] .750 [19.05] .0015 [0.04]
CS 3 .125 [3.18] 1.000 [25.40] .0015 [0.04]
CS 8 .250 [6.35] 1.000 [25.40] .003 [0.08]
CS 9 .125 [3.18] *.500 [12.70] .0015 [0.04]
30° slant
CS 10 .125 [3.18] *.500 [12.70] .0015 [0.04]
45° slant
CS 11 .125 [3.18] *.500 [12.70] .0015 [0.04]
60° slant
NOTE: To determine AIR FLOW, divide total air flow (CMF) delivered by the
*Cell depth is variable depending on angle. Honeycomb thickness number of square inches (AxB) of the vent panel to find CFM/ sq. in. From
is .500 in. [12.7 mm] this value, determine the static pressure drop across the vent panel. The
reverse operation can be used to limit the static pressure drop to a given
For filter foam use suffix “F” at the end of the honeycomb core value by selecting the proper size vent panel (dimensions A & B) and limit-
selector code number (see Table 2). Standard foam color is char- ing the CFM/sq. in.
coal gray. (Example call-out: CS1F)
FINISH SELECTOR To order Tecknit aluminum honeycomb air vent
Table 3. panels, the following information should be pro-
Code No. Finish vided: Teckcell-A or Paracell type panels, overall
FS1 No Finish dimensions, frame style, honeycomb core, finish
FS2 Chromate Conversion Coating and mounting provisions (see Tables 2, 3, 4).
FS5 Tin Plate
FS6 Electroless Nickel Plate
PANEL HOLE OR FASTENER SELECTOR Table 4.
Code No. Hole and Fastener Information

HF1 No holes or fasteners in frame
HF2 Panel with .204 in. [5.18 mm] dia. through holes.
HF3 Panel with 8-32 blind fasteners
HF4 Panel with 6-32 blind fasteners
F-4
F. AIR VENT PANELS
Teckcell -S/B ™
STEEL AND BRASS HONEYCOMB AIR VENT PANELS HIGH PERFORMANCE VENT PANELS

[SI Metric]
TECKCELL-S/B high-performance vent panels are
made of a framed honeycomb medium to ensure
optimum shielding and ventilation. The panels are
framed and gasketed to provide ready-to-install
honeycomb panel assemblies. TECKCELL-S/B
panels are available in two honeycomb media,
steel or brass, and two standard framing styles.
Standard honeycomb cell size is 0.125 in. [3.2
mm] wide by 0.500 in. [12.7 mm] deep. The
panels can be plated with tin, cadmium or nickel
for environmental protection. Optional framing
styles and media sizes are available on special
order. SPECIFICATIONS
• Frame
APPLICATION INFORMATION Teckcell-Steel: SAE 1010
TECKCELL-S/B steel and brass panels are used Teckcell-Brass: Alloy 260
on electronic equipment enclosures that require • Honeycomb
highest EMI shielding effectiveness for the most Teckcell-Steel: Per QQ-S-698, Alloy C-1010
demanding requirements. These panels are used Teckcell-Brass: Per QQ-B-613 (ASTM-B-36),
in military shelters and equipment where EMP Alloy 260
shielding or TEMPEST requirements are speci-
• EMI Gasket(1)
fied. For extreme environmental conditions such
Wire Mesh: Sn/Cu/Fe (tin coated, copper-clad
as harsh fumes and salt spray, use brass honey-
steel) wire per ASTM B-520.
comb air vent panels.
Elastomer: Neoprene sponge per
MIL-R-6130, Type II, Grade A, Cond. Med.
TECKNIT TECKCELL-S/B PANELS Shielding FINISH DESCRIPTION
Effectiveness has been tested in accordance with Tin(2): Tin plate per MIL-T-10727, Type 1.
TECKNIT Test Method TSETS-01 and based upon (ASTM-B-545)
modified MIL-STD-285. Typical values for a 5" Nickel: Electroless Nickel plate per
square panel are given below. MIL-C-26074A, Class 1, Grade B.
(SAE-AMS-C-26074)

TECKCELL S/B 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz PERFORMANCE
PLATING dB dB dB dB • Temperature Range:
Tin 85 135+ 115 110 Teckcell-Steel: -80°F to 400°F [-63°C to 204°C]
Teckcell-Brass: -80°F to 400°F [-63°C to
204°C]
(1) Reference Duogasket Data Sheet. Optional mesh material available.

(2) Requires drain holes for plating.
F-5
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
F. AIR VENT PANELS
STANDARD FRAMES-STEEL (Style 41, 43)

STANDARD FRAMES-BRASS (Style 51, 53)
Figure 1. Frame Dimensions. TECKCELL-S/B AIR FLOW CHARACTERISTICS

Note (1): Duogaskets have U slots at fastener or hole locations.
Note (2): Drain holes are standard on plated panels.
DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES FOR

TECKCELL-S/B PANELS
FRAME
FEATURE DIMENSION TOLERANCE
0-8 in.[0-203 mm] ±.015 in.[0.38 mm]
A 8-24 in.[203-610 mm] ±.032 in.[0.76 mm]
>24 in.[over 610 mm] ±.062 in.[1.57 mm]
Hole/Fastener
Locations B ±.015 in.[0.38 mm]
Hole Diameter All ±.005 in.[0.13 mm]
Frame All ±.010 in.[0.25 mm]
Cross Section
EMI GASKET*
Mesh Height up to .188 in. +.016, -0 in. Note: To determine AIR FLOW divide total air flow (CFM) delivered by the
& Width [4.78 mm] [+0.41, -0 mm] number of square inches (AxB) of the vent panel to find CFM/ sq. in. From
this value, determine the static pressure drop across the vent panel. The
reverse operation can be used to limit the static pressure drop to a given
value by selecting the proper size vent panel (dimensions A & B) and limit-
CUSTOM OPTIONS ing the CFM/sq. in.
Framing - For panels requiring alternate frame
designs supply a drawing for part number assign- ORDERING INFORMATION
ment.
TECKCELL-S/B air vent panels specifications
Honeycomb Media - Standard cell size is 0.125" x should include: frame style and dimensions, core
0.500" [3.17 mm wide by 12.7 mm deep]. Cell material, frame and core finish, and mounting
sizes other than standard, such as 0.250 in. provisions. Customer panels using materials and
[6.34 mm] wide by 1.00 in. [25.4 mm] deep, are finishes, other than those called out on this data
also available to provide improved shielding sheet, should include appropriate material specifi-
and/or air flow. cations and detailed dimensional data. For assis-
tance contact your nearest TECKNIT representa-
Mounting holes - Panels can be provided with
tive or factory location.
hole patterns to customer specifications.
F-6
F. AIR VENT PANELS
Teckcell -A (LP) ™
LOW PROFILE, ALUMINUM, SHIELDING AIR VENT PANELS

[SI Metric]
TECKCELL-A (LP) panels have been developed by
Tecknit to satisfy the need for a thin, low cost,
EMI shielding vent panel that does not compro-
mise shielding performance.
These new vents utilize .250" [6.35 mm] thick
honeycomb (.125" [3.2 mm] cell width) and dis-
pel the belief that honeycomb shielding panels
are an expensive solution, limited to military grade
shielding problems. They provide excellent air
flow and EMI shielding performance for commer-
cial and low profile applications. These cost effec-
tive panels are available with the following gasket
materials.
• Beryllium copper fingers for EMI protection.
SPECIFICATIONS
• Oriented wires in silicone for EMI protection and
environmental sealing.
• Frame: Aluminum alloy 6063-T1 per QQ-A-200/9
(ASTM-B-221).
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE • Honeycomb: Aluminum alloy 5052 Grade B, Class 2
Shielding effectiveness has been tested in accor- per MIL-C-7438.
dance with TECKNIT test method TSETS-01,
based upon modified MIL-STD-285. Typical val- • EMI Gaskets
ues are given below. Beryllium Copper Fingerstock: 55-45000
Elastomet: Monel wires in solid silicone rubber.
FINISH DESCRIPTION
E-FIELD PLANE WAVE
TECKCELL A 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz • Standard: Trivalent Chromium Coating in compliance
dB dB dB with the EU RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC.
Be/Cu Gasket 70 50 30
Elastomet 60 40 25 • Optional: Tin plate per MIL-T-10727 Type 1 (ASTM)-B-
545). Electroless nickel-plate per MIL-C-26074A, Class 1,
Grade B (SAE-AMS-C-26074).
Chromate conversion coating per MIL-C-5541, Class 1A
or 3A.
F-7
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
F. AIR VENT PANELS
DIMENSIONS FOR LOW PROFILE TECKCELL-A VENT PANELS
PART NUMBERS ORDERING INFORMATION

DIMENSIONS GASKETING To order TECKCELL-A (LP) air vent panels, simply
L C Be/Cu Elastomet specify the standard items by the part numbers
± .015" [0.38 mm] ± .010" [0.25 mm] listed on this page. For custom sizes or any
2.36 [59.94] 1.97 [50.03] 60-40001 60-40011 special air vent requirements, please contact the
3.14 [79.75] 2.81 [71.37] 60-40002 60-40012
factory.
3.62 [91.94] 3.25 [82.55] 60-40003 60-40013
4.69 [119.12] 4.13 [104.90] 60-40004 60-40014
F-8
F. AIR VENT PANELS
™
Teckscreen
DUST ARRESTING EMI SHIELDING AIR VENT PANELS

[SI Metric]
TECKSCREEN Panels consist of three layers of
aluminum wire screen sandwiched between rigid
expanded metal and installed within a frame.
Standard TECKSCREEN panels are available with
an EMI gasket on the panel frame to provide a
superior shielding interface. TECKSCREEN Panels
are an alternative to panels with honeycomb con-
structions.
TECKSCREEN Panels are used in applications
requiring both EMI shielding and an air filter
medium for ventilation or inlet cooling. Typical
applications include electronic equipment enclo-
SPECIFICATIONS
sures, mobile military control stations, and shield- MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
ing rooms. Most standard air fans or blower pack- • Frame: Aluminum alloy 6063-T1 per QQ-A-200/9
ages can be mounted behind TECKSCREEN (ASTM-B-221).
Panels. TECKSCREEN Panels have been evaluat- • Expanded Metal Screen: Aluminum alloy
ed for their air flow characteristics. Results of 3003-H14 per ASTM B-209
these tests for a filter face area of 1.0 ft.2 [0.09 • Wire Screen: Aluminum 5154 alloy wire fabric.
m2] are shown below in Figure 1.
• EMI Gasket(1)
Wire Mesh: Sn/Cu/Fe (tin coated, copper clad steel)
Figure 1. Air Filtration wire per ASTM B-520.
Elastomer: Neoprene sponge per MIL-R-6130, Type II,
Grade A, Condition Medium. (ASTM-D-6576)
• Blind Fastener(2): Steel alloy, cadmium plated
6-32 UNC-2B or 8-32 UNC-2B
FINISH DESCRIPTION
• Chromate(3): Trivalent Chromium conversion coating in
compliance with EU RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC.
(1) Reference Duogasket or Tecknit Strip Data Sheet

(2) Threaded inserts are available on request
(3) For other finishes contact Tecknit.
Note: Rated Capacity, 320 ft.3/min. [9m3/min.]. Dust holding capacity 12.1
grams. Average Arrestance 20.2%.
F-9
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
F. AIR VENT PANELS
STANDARD FRAMING AND MOUNTING DESIGNS EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE

Specially designed aluminum extrusions can be TECKNIT TECKSCREEN Shielding Effectiveness
manufactured into frames to provide convenient has been tested in accordance with TECKNIT
mounting assemblies. TECKSCREEN panels may Test Method TSETS-01 and based upon modified
be mounted over or through openings in equip- MILSTD-285. Typical values for a 5" square panel
ment enclosures. Panels with standard extrusions are given below.
are supplied with a TECKNIT EMI gasket already
installed. Requirements for holes, studs or
TECKSCREEN 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz
threaded inserts should be included when speci-
PLATING dB dB dB dB
fying panels.
Chromate 70 120 80 60
FRAME STYLE 93
Figure 2.
TECKSCREEN PANELS
DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCE
FRAME
Length up to 8 in. [203 mm] ±.015 in. [0.4 mm]
& Width 8-24 in. [203-610 mm] ±.031 in. [0.8 mm]
Over 24 in. [ 611 mm] ±.060 in. [1.6 mm]
Hole
Locations ALL ±.015 in.[0.4 mm]
Hole
Diameters ALL ±.005 in. [0.13 mm]
Frame
FRAME STYLE 104 Cross Sections ALL ±.010 in. [0.25 mm]
Figure 3.
EMI GASKETS
Mesh:
Height Up to .125 in. + .016, - 0 in.
& Width [3.18 mm] [0.41, 0 mm]
Elastomer:
Height Up to .100 in. [2.54 mm] ±.016 in. [0.41 mm]
Width Up to .500 in. [12.7 mm] ±.031 in. [0.79 mm]
When ordering TECKSCREEN Air Vent Panels,
specifications should include: frame style num-
ber, overall frame and opening dimensions, air
flow direction, hole locations and fastener require-
ments. For specifications assistance, contact your
location.
F-10
F. AIR VENT PANELS
Teckaire ®
LOW PROFILE DUST AND EMI FILTERING AIR VENT PANELS

[SI Metric]
TECKAIRE panels are made of a viscous impinge-
ment filter medium framed within an aluminum
extrusion. They are extremely low profile vents
and require only .2 in. [5 mm] of inside enclosure
depth. TECKAIRE panels combine excellent dust
arrestance and shielding properties with minimal
restriction of air flow. They are available with an
EMI gasket on the panel frame to provide a supe-
rior shielding interface. Maximum overall size of
TECKAIRE panels is 12x25 in. [305x610 mm]
requiring cross braces to reinforce the frame.
TECKAIRE panels are used on electronic equip-
ment enclosures and shielded rooms. They are Filters will be furnished with a viscous impinge-
especially suited for applications requiring a ment coating consisting of a water soluble film of
shielding vent panel of minimum depth. TECK- hydrocarbon oil. Dust saturated filters may be
AIRE panels will perform under harsh environ- washed in water, recoated, and returned to
mental conditions and meet MIL-E-5272C, service.
Section 4.6, salt spray test.
AIR FLOW CHARACTERISTICS
(WITH VISCOUS FILTER COATING) SPECIFICATIONS
At the rated air velocity of 355 feet per minute,
the pressure drop through TECKAIRE with vis- • Frame: Aluminum alloy 6063-T1 per QQ-A-200/9
cous filter coating is less than .22 in W.G. [55 (ASTM-B-221).
Pascals]. At this velocity, average dust arrestance • Filter Medium: Aluminum alloy 1145-H-19,
is 45% with about 12 grams of dust retained for with interlayer polyethylene binder.
each 1 ft.2[0.093 m2] of filter area. Standard • EMI Gasket
TECKAIRE Filters are supplied without a viscous
Wire mesh: Sn/Cu/Fe (tin coated, copper clad steel)
impingement coating. When specified, TECKAIRE
wire per ASTM B-520.
Viscous Filter Coating(1): Water soluable hydrocarbon
TECKAIRE AIRFLOW AND oil film.
FILTRATION CHARACTERISTICS
Figure 1.
FINISH DESCRIPTION
• Chromate: Trivalent Chromium conversion coating in
compliance with Eu RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC.
(1) Upon request the panels are coated with a viscous

impingement coating.
F-11
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
F. AIR VENT PANELS
VENT PANEL FRAME DIMENSIONING FRAME STYLE 131

Figure 2. Figure 3.
FRAME STYLE 133A

Figure 4.
FRAME
Length up to 8 in. [203 mm] ±.015 in. [0.4 mm]
& Width 8-24 in. [204-610 mm] ±.031 in. [0.8 mm]
> 24 in. [ 610 mm] ±.062 in. [1.6 mm]
Hole
Locations C,D,E,F ±.015 in.[0.38 mm] ORDERING INFORMATION
Hole
Diameters ALL ±.005 in. [0.13 mm] When ordering TECKAIRE Air Vent Panels, speci-
Frame fications should include: extrusion style number,
Cross Sections ALL ±.010 in. [0.25 mm] overall frame and opening dimensions, and hole
locations. For specification assistance, contact
your nearest TECKNIT area representative or fac-
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE tory location.
TECKNIT TECKAIRE Shielding Effectiveness has
Method TSETS-01 and based upon modified MIL-
STD- 285. Typical Shielding Effectiveness values
are based on a 5" square panel.

TECKAIRE 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz
PLATING dB dB dB dB
Chromate 60 125 75 55
F-12
G. CONDUCTIVE SYSTEMS
Section G:
U.S. Customary
[SI Metric]
Conductive Systems
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

PRODUCT PAGE
CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVES (One Part Silver-Filled RTV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G1 - G2

CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVES (Silver and Nickel Filled RTV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G3 - G4
TECKBOND™-C (Silver Plated Copper-Filled Silicone Adhesive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G5
TECKBOND™-A (Silver Plated Aluminum-Filled Silicone Adhesive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G6
TECKBOND™-NC (Nickel Coated Graphite-Filled Silicone Adhesive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G7
CONDUCTIVE CAULKING (Silver-Filled Flexible resin Caulking Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G9 - G10
CONDUCTIVE EPOXY (Silver-Filled Systems for Joining, Bonding and Sealing) . . . . . . . . . . .G11 - G12
CONDUCTIVE GREASE (Electically Conductive Silver-Filled Grease) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G13 - G14
CONDUCTIVE COATINGS ( Electically Conductive Paints) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G15 - G16

Conductive Adhesives
ONE PART: SILVER-FILLED SILICONE RTV

[SI Metric]
TECKNIT CON/RTV-I system is a pure silver
loaded, one component RTV silicone adhesive-
sealant. It is ready to use without mixing and
cures quickly at room temperature on exposure to
moisture in the air to form a flexible, resilient, SPECIFICATIONS
conductive bond or seal. MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION INFORMATION • Number of Components: One
TECKNIT CON/RTV-I can be used in the following • Resin: Silicone
applications: • Filler: Ag
1. Bonding or installing various conductive sili- AS SUPPLIED

cone elastomer EMI gaskets. These include silver • Color: Silver-Tan
filled silicone (CONSIL®), silicone filled with stain- • Consistency: Thick paste
less steel fiber. (TECKFELT™), silicone impregnat- • Final Condition: Flexible
ed woven (DUOLASTIC™), expanded • Volume: 1.1 in.3
(TECKSPAN™), metal aluminum wire or silicone • Weight: 2 oz.
• Pot Life @ 77°F [25°C]: 5 minutes
filled oriented wire (ELASTOMET®). It can also be
• Shelf Life, unopened container: 5-1/2 months
used for attaching porous or wire mesh materials. • Recommended Cure: 24 hours @ 77°F [25°C] x 50%
2. For joining strips of conductive elastomers to RH [for 1/8” dia bead]
form continuous shield/seal rings or gaskets. • Full Cure: 72 hours @ 77°F [25°C] x 50% RH
3. To form-in-place conductive gasketing to attach CURED*

shielding windows to frames or bezels, and in • Volume Resistivity
turn, installing the framed window on a shielding (QA-1038), max.: 0.01 ohm-cm
enclosure; for in place EMI gasketing of shield • Shear Strength, min. (ASTM D-1002): 150 psi
penetrating components such as connectors or • Peel Strength, min. (ASTM D-1876)
(silicone aluminum): 2 ppi
switches: conductively attaching small screens,
• Temperature Range: -75°F to 400°F [-59°C to 204°C]
honeycomb or metal shielding vents to enclo-
sures. PART NUMBER
4. For flow-in-place EMI gasketing for grooves in • 72-00002
cast boxes or covers or as a conductive seam • Transportation Class: Combustable
sealant. Generally, these are field repair or “fix”
*72 hours @ 25°C x 50% RH
applications.
CURING CHARACTERISTICS
CON/RTV-I cures on exposure to moisture in the
air. A skin forms on the surface of a .250 in.[6.35
mm] diameter bead in 3-4 minutes at standard
room temperature conditions 72°F[23°C] and
50% RH. Lower temperature and humidity slow
the cure, while higher temperature and humidity
accelerate it. In all adhering and joining opera-
tions the adhesive must be spread and parts
assembled before the adhesive becomes “tack
free.” Thin films (less than .005 in. [0.13 mm] )
should be avoided as cure is rapid. Early in the
cure stage an odor caused by acetic acid will be
evident and will disappear after complete cure.
G-1
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
A preliminary check of the affect of acetic acid on GASKET PREPARATION AND JOINING
surfaces to be bonded is recommended. Cure is TECHNIQUES
optimum in 24 hours in most cases. Parts may be
handled 2 hours after assembly. 1. Wipe cut ends of elastomer to be joined with
clean isopropanol alcohol moistened cloth.
SURFACE PREPARATION AND BONDING
2. Apply adhesive to both faces to be joined.
TECHNIQUES
1. Roughen both surfaces to be bonded with 3. Join ends together and hold in position with
Scotchbrite® or equivalent. pins or other holding devices until cure is com-
pleted.
2. Degrease both surfaces with VM&P Naptha or
an equivalent and then solvent wipe with acetone
or methyl ethyl keytone. Allow to dry before apply- TECKNIT P/N UNIT DESCRIPTION
ing adhesive. 72-00002 2.0 oz.[56 g] CON/RTV-I packaged in
collapsible aluminum tube, spreading
3. Apply adhesive from tube directly to bond area
tool, instructions.
in spots or as a bead. CAP TUBE TO KEEP OUT
MOISTURE.
4. Spread adhesive to approximately twice the
desired final film thickness. Work quickly. When ordering TECKNIT CON/RTV-I, specify
Remember assembly must be complete within 3- number of units and TECKNIT Part Number 72-
4 minutes! Large areas must be bonded in 00002. For assistance, contact your nearest
stages. TECKNIT area representative or factory location.
5. Place conductive gasket in position on top of

adhesive and work into place with slight circular
motion.
6. A hand roller is useful to evenly distribute
adhesive if film is not spread to uniform thick-
ness. This technique removes “lumps.”
7. Handle only after 2 hours. 24 hours will pro-
vide cure. Remember impermeable materials
slow the moisture penetration necessary to obtain
full cure.
8. Though not required, slight pressure applied
during cure will increase bond strength.
9. Vertical bonds must be made with gasket
materials held in place during cure.
Scotchbright is a registered trademark of 3M Co.
®
G-2
Conductive Adhesives
SILVER AND NICKEL FILLED RTV'S

[SI Metric]
Two RTV silicone adhesive-sealants comprise
TECKNIT electrically conductive, medium viscosi-
ty adhesive- sealant systems. They are CON/RTV-
II (silver- filled) and CON/RTV-Ni (nickel-filled).
Each is formulated with a special conductive
material producing its own unique advantages.
Each system with its conductive material and vol-
ume resistivity is shown in Table 2. After full cure,
the resultant bond or seal of each system is flexi-
ble, resilient and conductive.
TECKNIT Conductive Adhesive-Sealants are rec-
ommended wherever an electrically conductive
SMALL QUANTITY MIXING PROPORTIONS
flexible bond and seal is required. The main con- PART 1 PART 2 (Catalyst) oz. [grams]
sideration for selecting the correct adhesive oz. [g] Net Wt. Nickel Silver
.5 [14] .01 [.29] .01 [.29]
should be based on the galvanic coupling of
1.0 [28] .02 [.57] .02 [.57]
metallic (or conductive) materials. Excellent prac-
2.0 [57] .04 [1.16] .05 [1.16]
tices and recommendations can be obtained by 4.0 [113] .10 (2.29)
.08 [2.86] .10 (2.29)
[2.86]
.08
reviewing MIL-STD- 1250. The Adhesive-Sealants
are also used to join and install a variety of con-
ductive elastomers and porous or open wire mesh CURING CHARACTERISTICS
gaskets. Recommended applications and material Curing two part conductive adhesives begins with
combinations are given in Table 3. the addition of the catalyst. 70% of maximum
PREPARATION OF TWO PART CONDUCTIVE peel strength is reached in about 24 hours at
room temperature, with maximum strength
SILICONE ADHESIVES achieved after 7 days. The cure time can be
Mix Part 1 of the adhesive by stirring to disperse shortened by exposing the applied adhesive to
any material that has settled out. Stir in Part 2 elevated temperatures in a circulating air oven.
(catalyst) and thoroughly mix with Part 1 to insure Four hours at 50°C will yield approximately 50%
uniform dispersion. The Part 2 supplied is the of full cure strength.
correct amount to properly catalyze the entire
content of the Part 1 container. It is recommend-
SAFETY AND USAGE CAUTIONS
ed that the full amount of Part 1 be catalyzed. Conductive Adhesives contain a flammable sol-
This avoids errors in mixing. However if less is vent and should be used in well ventilated areas.
required, use portions as recommended in Table Avoid direct skin contact and inhalation of vapors.
1, “Small Quantity Mixing Proportions.” Prevent contact with eyes. Do not use near open
flame. Industrial use only. Some individuals may
SURFACE PREPARATION observe skin irritation-wash with mild soap and
To insure the best adhesive bond and electrical rinse with clean water. Contact physician should
conductivity the following procedure should be irritation occur.
used. Remove all grease, oil and dirt. Roughen all
surfaces to be bonded with an abrasive material.
After surface has been roughened, degrease with
VM&P Naptha, then solvent wipe with acetone or
methyl ethyl keytone. Allow to dry before applying
adhesive.
G-3
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
SPECIFICATIONS Table 2.
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION CON/RTV-II 2 Part CON/RTV-Ni 2 Part
• Number of Components: Two Two
• Resin: Silicone Silicone
• Filler: Ag/Glass Ni
AS SUPPLIED
• Color: Beige Dark gray
• Consistency: Paste Thin paste
• Final Condition: Flexible Flexible
• Mix Ratio: 49:1 49:1
• Volume: 13.6 in.3 7.0 in.3
• Weight: 16 oz. 16 oz.
• Pot Life @ 25°C: 4 hours 4 hours
• Shelf Life, unopened container: 9 months 9 months
• Recommended Cure/Full Cure: 168 hours 168 hours
CURED*
• Volume Resistivity, QAP-1017, max. 0.01 ohm-cm 0.1 ohm-cm
• Shear Strength, min. (ASTM D-1002): 60 psi 50 psi
• Peel Strength, min. (ASTM D-1876) (silicone aluminum): 3 ppi 3 ppi
• Shrinkage, max.: 31% 44%
• Temperature Range: -67°F to 302°F -67° to 302°F
[-55°C to 150°C] [-55°C to 150°C]
PART NUMBER 72-00036 72-00035

• Transportation Class: Part I: Flammable liquid Part I: Flammable liquid
Part II: Non Flammable Part II: Non Flammable
*24 hrs. @ RT followed by 24 hrs @ 212°F [100°C]
BONDING: RECOMMENDED APPLICATIONS

1. Keep adhesive covered to minimize solvent Table 3:
evaporation and extend pot life. CONDUCTIVE CONDUCTIVE OTHER METALLIC
ADHESIVE-SEALANTS ELASTOMERS MATERIALS
2. Apply a uniform film .010 to .015 in. [0.25 to CON/RTV-II (Silver) Consil-E, -II, -R Silver, Gold
0.38 mm] thick on both surfaces to be bonded. CON/RTV-Ni (Nickel) SC-Consil Nickel, Monel,
Aluminum, Tin,
3. Press surfaces firmly together avoiding forma- Copper
tion of air bubbles in the bond area. For optimum
bond strength pressure should be maintained CLEAN UP:
during cure. Excessive adhesive may be removed by wiping
with a clean cloth dampened in a solvent VM&P
4. Allow to cure. Sufficient bond strength for nor-
Naptha. This should be done immediately after
mal handling develops in 24 hours.
bonding and before the adhesive cures.
5. Because curing relies on evaporation of sol-
vent, surface area to be bonded is a determining
factor in actual cure time. Solvent entrapment When ordering TECKNIT 2-part adhesives, specify
inhibits curing. quantity and part number. For assistance contact
your nearest TECKNIT representative or factory.
6. For non-permeable adherents, [rubber to rub-
ber (solid) or metal to rubber (solid)], allow for
some solvent evaporation before joining surfaces.
G-4
™
TeckBond -C
SILVER-PLATED COPPER-FILLED ADHESIVE

[SI Metric]
TECKBOND-C is a silicone rubber base filled with
silver-plated copper particles to produce a highly
conductive one-component adhesive sealant. The
system is an RTV moisture-cured compound
which is ready to use without additional prepara-
tion or mixing. The compound cures at room tem-
perature to form a flexible resilient conductive
bond or sealant.
TECKBOND conductive adhesive-sealants are
recommended wherever a flexible bond is
required in a metal-to-silicone gasket application, SPECIFICATIONS
such as TECKNIT CONSIL®-C. These adhesives MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
are recommended in applications where the bond
• Number of Components: One + primer
thickness is less than 0.016 in. [0.4 mm]. To • Resin: Silicone
ensure optimum bond performance, the surface • Filler: Ag/Cu
of the metal may require priming.
CURING CHARACTERISTICS AS SUPPLIED
• Color: Gray
TECKBOND one-part RTV cures on exposure to • Consistency: Thick paste
moisture in the air. The adhesive is tack free in • Final Condition: Flexible
30 minutes. Parts can be handled after 2 hours • Mix Ratio: N/A
and used after 72 hrs. Lower humidity will slow • Pot Life @ 77°F [25°C]: N/A
curing while higher humidity accelerates curing. • Shelf Life, unopened container: 9 months
Full cure is achieved in approximately 7 days. • Recommended Cure: 72 hrs. @ 77°F [25°C] x 50% RH
(1/8” dia. bead)
SURFACE PREPARATION • Full Cure: 168 hours @ 77°F [25°C] x 50% RH
To ensure maximum adhesive bond strength and
electrical conductivity, surfaces should be free of CURED*
grease, oil and dirt. Gaskets should be cleaned • Volume Resistivity, 77°F [25°C] & 50% RH
using denatured alcohol just prior to bonding and (QA-1038), max.: .04 ohm-cm
• Shear Strength, min. (ASTM D-1002),: 200 psi
should be held in position under slight pressure
• Peel Strength, min. (ASTM D-1876)
to ensure continuous contact with the adhesive. (silicone-aluminum): 2.5 ppi
Use of the one-part adhesive on metal surfaces • Shrinkage, max.: 1.0%
requires the use of a primer supplied with the • Temperature Range: -85°F to 360°F [-65°C to 182°C]
adhesive. Allow the primer to air dry 1 to 2 hours • Transportation Class: Adhesive - Non Flammable
under normal room temperatures and humidity Primer - Flammable
conditions. Low humidity will require a longer dry-
ing time. Surfaces to be bonded should be rough- *168 hrs. @ 25°C x 50% RH
ened with Scotchbrite, degreased withVM&P
Naptha and wiped with acetone or methyl ethyl
keytone. Allow to dry and then apply a thin, even
layer of primer by wiping or brushing. When ordering TECKBOND adhesives specify
quantity and part number. For assistance contact
your nearest TECKNIT area representative or fac-
PART NUMBER WEIGHT VOLUME tory location.
72-00192 3.5 oz 1.6 cu in
72-00193 14 oz 6.4 cu in
G-5
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
™
TeckBond -A
SILVER-PLATED ALUMINUM-FILLED ADHESIVE
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
TECKBOND-A conductive system is a silicone
based, two-component RTV, filled with silver-plat-
ed aluminum particles. After cure, the resultant
bond or seal is flexible, resilient, and conductive.
TECKBOND-A conductive adhesive is recom-
mended wherever a flexible bond is required in a
metal to silicone gasket application, such as
TECKNIT® CONSIL®-A. (Reference TECKNIT Data
Sheet D-895.)
CURING CHARACTERISTICS
TECKBOND two-part RTV is a two-component SPECIFICATIONS
adhesive which begins to cure immediately upon MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
addition of the catalyst which is supplied as a • Number of Components: Two
separate vial. Full cure at room temperature is • Resin: Silicone
achieved after 7 days. • Filler: Ag/Al
SURFACE PREPARATION
AS SUPPLIED
To ensure maximum adhesive bond strength and • Color: Beige
electrical conductivity, surfaces should be free of • Consistency: Thick paste
grease, oil and dirt. Gaskets should be cleaned • Final Condition: Flexible
using denatured alcohol just prior to bonding and • Mix Ratio: 49:1
should be held in position under slight pressure • Volume: 14 in.3
to ensure continuous contact with the adhesive. • Weight: 16 oz.
Metal surfaces should be roughened with • Pot Life @ 77°F [25°C]: N/A
• Shelf Life, unopened container: 9 months
Scotchbrite, degreased with toluene and then
• Recomended Cure: 24 hrs. @ RT followed by
wiped with acetone prior to applying adhesive. 24hrs. @ 212°F [100°C]
MIXING INSTRUCTIONS
CURED*
Mix Part 1 of the adhesive by stirring to disperse
• Volume Resistivity (QAP-1017), max.: 0.01 ohm cm
any filler which has settled out. Stir in Part 2 (cat- • Shear Strength, min. (ASTM D-1002),: 100 psi
alyst) and thoroughly mix with Part 1 until com- • Peel Strength, min. (ASTM D-1876)
pletely dispersed. The amount of Part 2 supplied (silicone-aluminum): 2 ppi
is the correct amount to properly catalyze the • Shrinkage, max.: 40%
entire contents of Part 1. The full amount should • Temperature Range: -67°F to 150°F [-55°C to 302°C]
be catalyzed. This avoids errors in mixing. • Transportation Class: Part I - Flammable
However, if less is required, a mix ratio by weight Part II - Non Flammable
of 49:1 should be used.
*24 hrs. @ 77°F [25°C] followed by 24hrs. @ 212°F [100°C]
PART NUMBER
• 72-00236
When ordering TECKBOND adhesives specify
quantity and part number. For assistance contact
factory location.
G-6
™
TeckBond -NC
NICKEL COATED GRAPHITE-FILLED ADHESIVE

[SI Metric]
TECKBOND-NC is a silicone rubber base filled
with nickel coated graphite particles to produce a
highly conductive one-component adhesive
sealant. The system is an RTV moisture-cured
compound which is ready to use without addition-
al preparation or mixing. The compound cures at
room temperature to form a flexible resilient con-
ductive bond or sealant.
TECKBOND conductive adhesive-sealants are
recommended wherever a flexible bond is
required in a metal-to-silicone gasket application, SPECIFICATIONS
such as TECKNIT NC-CONSIL®. MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
These adhesives are recommended in applications • Number of Components: One
where the bond thickness is less than 0.016 in. • Resin: Silicone
[0.4 mm]. To ensure optimum bond performance, • Filler: Nickel coated graphite
the surface of the metal may require priming.
AS SUPPLIED
CURING CHARACTERISTICS • Color: Dark gray
TECKBOND one-part RTV cures on exposure to • Consistency: Thick paste
• Final Condition: Flexible
moisture in the air. The adhesive is tack free in
• Pot Life @ 25°C: N/A
30 minutes. Parts can be handled after 2 hours • Shelf Life, unopened container: 9 months
and used after 72 hrs. Lower humidity will slow • Tack Free: 1.5 hours
curing while higher humidity accelerates curing. • Recommended Cure: 72 hrs. @ 77°F [25°C] x 50% RH
Full cure is achieved in approximately 7 days. (1/8 dia. bead)
SURFACE PREPARATION • Full Cure: 168 hours @ 77°F [25°C] x 50% RH
To ensure maximum adhesive bond strength and CURED*
electrical conductivity, surfaces should be free of • Volume Resistivity, (QA-1038), max.: 0.5 ohm-cm
grease, oil and dirt. Gaskets should be cleaned • Shear Strength, min. (ASTM D-1002),: 100 psi
using denatured alcohol just prior to bonding and • Peel Strength, min. (ASTM D-1876)
should be held in position under slight pressure (silicone-aluminum): 3 ppi
to ensure continuous contact with the adhesive. • Shrinkage, max.: 1.0%
Use of the one-part adhesive on metal surfaces • Temperature Range: -67°F to 392°F [-55°C to 200°C]
requires the use of a primer supplied with the
adhesive. Allow the primer to air dry 1 to 2 hours
under normal room temperatures and humidity ORDERING INFORMATION
conditions. Low humidity will require a longer dry- When ordering TECKBOND adhesives specify
ing time. Surfaces to be bonded should be rough- quantity and part number. For assistance contact
ened with Scotchbrite, degreased with VM&P your nearest TECKNIT area representative or
Naptha and wiped with acetone or methyl ethyl factory location.
keytone. Allow to dry and then apply a thin, even
layer of primer by wiping or brushing.
PART NUMBER WEIGHT VOLUME
72-00350 2.5 oz tube 1.7 in3
72-00355 10 oz cartridge 6.7 in3
• Transportation Class: Adhesive - Combustable

Primer - Flammable
G-7
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
G-8
Conductive Caulking
SILVER-FILLED FLEXIBLE RESIN CAULKING SYSTEM

[SI Metric]
TECKNIT standard electrically conductive caulks
consist of four one-component resin systems
filled with silver plated glass or copper particles.
These systems are formulated to provide over 100
dB total shielding effectiveness across the RF
spectrum. They may be used to improve joint or
seam integrity for all types of electronic enclo-
sures.
An outstanding feature of these one-component
systems is the ease with which they may be
applied with conventional caulking guns and dis-
pensing equipment, such as small bead orifice
syringes. Hand application with spatula or putty tures of this flexible system. It is used to fill gaps
knife is also simple. in shielded room joints, repair damaged conduc-
tive gaskets and shield/seal permanently mounted
High yield per pound is another advantage panels, components and hardware. This system
offered in these conductive caulks. Proprietary will withstand shock vibration, seam warping and
formulation techniques result in lower density compensate for thermal expansion.
than most current state-of-the-art caulking
compounds. 72-00151 CAULKING, CONDUCTIVE, RTV SILICONE
FLEXIBLE — This silver plated, highly conductive,
The systems are safe to handle, very easily moisture curing RTV silicone caulking compound
applied and free of any corrosive binders. They has excellent adhesion to metals and is ideal for
contain silver plated glass or copper particles for permanent EMI shielding and fluid sealing.
electrical conductivity, assuring stable operation Primer is supplied in a separate vial. Allow the
over wide temperature ranges not generally possi- primer to dry 1 to 2 hours under normal room
ble with carbon- black filled systems. temperature and humidity conditions. This mate-
APPLICATION INFORMATION rial is well suited for aerospace and military appli-
cations and is an ideal material where good con-
72-00005 CAULKING, CONDUCTIVE. THERMOPLAS- ductivity, flexible and long life expectancy are
TIC, FLEXIBLE — This thixotropic cream system, required.
which remains permanently flexible after curing,
is easy to apply with standard caulking equip- PREPARATION AND APPLICATION
ment. It is a thermoplastic + solvent type, which To ensure the best electrical and mechanical reli-
dries quickly to a highly conductive seal. Small ability, it is highly recommended that the surfaces
beads are easily drawn. It is safe to handle, non- to be caulked be thoroughly cleaned of grease,
exothermic and has excellent adhesion to metal. oils, dirt and oxide coatings. Preparation should
The system is watertight, ozone resistant, and be in accordance with standard practice for
non-corrosive to applied surfaces. Among the preparing surfaces for adhesive bonding.
chief uses are caulking EMI tight cabinets and
enclosures, fasteners, panels and handles. The
system is extremely vibration and thermal shock
resistant.
72-00014 CAULKING, CONDUCTIVE, SILICONE,
FAST CURING, FLEXIBLE — This system is a con-
ductive, fast room temperature curing silicone-sil-
ver caulking compound. Ease of application and
high electrical conductivity are outstanding fea-
G-9
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
APPLICATION OF CAULKING SYSTEMS 72-00151, 72-00152 — 2 oz. tube and 1 lb. tube
respectively. No mixing required.
72-00005 — Stir well in original container to
assure uniformity before using. Apply to surface ORDERING INFORMATION
with caulking or dispensing equipment, putty When ordering CONDUCTIVE CAULKING SYS-
knife or spatula. Cover unused contents to pre- TEMS, specify quantity and TECKNIT Part
vent solvent evaporation. Number. Special packaging in 5 lb. [2.25 kg]
72-00014 — This caulk is solvent evaporating, cans is also available for 72-00005 and 72-
air curing and is supplied in a standard 1 lb. can. 00014. For assistance, contact your nearest
Thoroughly stir contents of original container TECKNIT area representative or factory location.
before application or loading into dispensing
equipment.
SPECIFICATIONS
• Number of Components: One One One
• Resin: Polyolefin Silicone Silicone
• Filler: Ag/Glass Ag/Glass Ag/Copper
AS SUPPLIED
• Color: Tan Tan Gray
• Consistency: Liquid Self-Leveling Paste
• Final Condition: Flexible Flexible Flexible
• Mix Ratio: N/A N/A N/A
• Volume: 16.0 in.3 13.8 in.3 1.0 in.3 / 7.7 in.3
• Weight: 16 oz. 16 oz. 2 oz. / 16 oz.
• Pot Life @ 25°C: N/A N/A N/A
• Shelf Life, unopened container: 9 months 9 months 9 months
• Recommended Cure: 72 hours @ 25°C 24 hours @ 25°C 72 hours @ 25°C
x 50% RH
• Full Cure: 72 hours @ 25°C 24 hours @ 25°C 168 hours @ 25°C
x 50% RH
CURED QAP-1017 QAP-1017 QAP-1038

• Volume Resistivity, max.*: .005 .01 .01
• Shear Strength, min.: 4 psi 25 psi 150 psi
(ASTM D-1002), silicone-aluminum
• Peel Strength, min.(ASTM D-1876): N/A N/A 3.0 ppi
• Shrinkage, max.: 46% 26% 1%
• Temperature Range: -65°F to + 200°F -80°F to + 400°F -67° to + 257°F
[-54°C to + 94°C] [-63°C to + 204°C] [-55°C to + 125°C]
PART NUMBERS 72-00005 72-00014 72-00151

72-00152
• Transportation Class: Nonflammable Flammable Flammable
(Adhesive & Primer)
G-10
Conductive Epoxy
SILVER-FILLED EPOXY SYSTEMS

[SI Metric]
72-00008 - EPOXY ADHESIVE, CONDUCTIVE
TWOCOMPONENT - This commercial grade, con-
ductive epoxy is designed for use in bonding
applications where good conductivity is required.
When mixed in a ratio of 1:1.4 by volume or
weight, the two components produce a light col-
ored creamy paste which can be easily applied.
72-08116 - EPOXY SOLDER, CONDUCTIVE, HIGH
SILVER CONTENT, TWO-COMPONENT - This is a sil-
ver filled epoxy system designed for maximum
performance and lowest volume resistivity. It is
easily mixed 1:1 by volume or weight, from the
two one-ounce jars. Its consistency is that of a CAUTIONS
thick paste, making it easy to dispense and apply. The conductive systems are safe, non-volatile and
non-toxic; however, the following precautions
PREPARATION AND CLEANING
must be observed:
To ensure the best electrical and mechanical reli-
ability, it is highly recommended that the surfaces Avoid direct skin contact, as the systems may
to be bonded are thoroughly cleaned of grease, cause irritation to some individuals. If this should
oils, dirt and oxide coatings. Preparation should occur, wash with mild soap and rinse with clean
be in accordance with standard practice for water. Contact physician should irritation occur ...
preparing surfaces for adhesive bonding. Avoid inhalation of vapors by working in ventilated
area ... Prevent contact with the eyes ... Do not
APPLICATION OF EPOXY SYSTEMS use near open flame ... This material is for indus-
72-00008 - Epoxy Adhesive, Conductive, Two- trial use only.
Component.
Stir parts 1 and 2 thoroughly, then mix together When ordering CONDUCTIVE EPOXY, specify
one unit of part 1 and 1.4 units of part 2. They number of kits and TECKNIT Part Number. For
may be mixed either by volume or weight. Apply assistance, contact your nearest TECKNIT area
with dispensing equipment, syringe or spatula. representative or factory location.
May be cured at room temperature or elevated
temperature. See Table for cure time and temper-
ature.
72-08116 - Epoxy Solder, Conductive, High Silver
Content, Two Component.
Stir Part 1 and Part 2 thoroughly, then mix togeth-
er one unit of Part 1 and one unit of Part 2. They
may be mixed either by volume or weight. Since
each jar is half filled, there is sufficient room to
mix Part 1 and Part 2 together in either jar. May
be cured at room temperature or elevated tem-
perature. For solvent cleaning of surface or mate-
rial cleaning use Xylene.
G-11
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
SPECIFICATIONS
• Number of Components: Two Two
• Resin: Epoxy Epoxy
• Filler: Ag/Glass Ag
AS SUPPLIED
• Color: Silver gray Bright silver
• Consistency: Thick paste Thick paste
• Final Condition: Rigid Rigid
• Mix Ratio: 1:1.4 1:1
• Volume: 14.7 in.3 1.5 in.3
• Weight: 16 oz. 2 oz.
• Pot Life @ 25°C: 45 minutes 45 minutes
• Shelf Life, unopened container: 15 months 15 months
• Recommended Cure: 30 minutes 30 minutes
@ 212°F [100°C] @ 212°F [100°C]
CURED*
• Volume Resistivity, QAP-1017 max.: 0.02 ohm-cm .001 ohm-cm
• Shear Strength, min. (ASTM D-1002): 1000 psi 1400 psi
• Shrinkage, max.: 1% 1%
• Temperature Range: -80° to 300°F -80° to 300°F
[-62°C to 149°C] [-62°C to 149°C]
PART NUMBER 72-00008 72-08116

• Transportation Class: Part I-Nonflammable Combustable
Part II-Nonflammable Combustable
*30 mins. @ 212°F [100°C] followed by 24 hrs @ RT
G-12
Conductive Grease
CONDUCTIVE SILVER-FILLED SILICONE GREASE

[SI Metric]
TECKNIT CONDUCTIVE GREASE is a highly con-
ductive silver-filled silicone grease which contains
no carbon or graphite. The material will maintain
its electrical and lubricating properties over a
broad environmental range. These conditions and
properties include high and low temperatures,
excellent resistance to moisture and humidity,
inertness to many chemicals, ozone and radia-
tion. TECKNIT CONDUCTIVE GREASE is a vis-
cous paste which can be applied to vertical or
overhead surfaces without dripping or running at
elevated operating temperatures.
APPLICATIONS INFORMATION blade and operate the switch several times. These
switch surfaces may be wiped smooth with your
TECKNIT CONDUCTIVE GREASE is used on
finger to achieve a thin layer. Do not wipe off the
power substation switches and in suspension
grease with a rag. With ball and socket insulators
insulators to reduce EMI noise. It also reduces
a sufficient quantity of grease must be applied to
make-break arcing and pitting of the sliding metal
fill the clearance gap between the ball and socket
contact surfaces of switches and fills in existing
contact surfaces. TECKNIT CONDUCTIVE
pitted areas with silver/ silicone. In addition, nor-
GREASE is reapplied as required during sched-
mally closed switches are prevented from sticking
uled maintenance either by wiping or brushing
due to corrosion or icing. The grease is effective
with stiff-bristled brush.
in maintaining a continuous electrical path
between contact surfaces which connections of Before applying to contact surfaces, it is recom-
power insulators, which if allowed to arc, can give mended that the desired quantity of grease be
rise to EMI noise. TECKNIT CONDUCTIVE kneaded to guarantee proper dispersion of silver.
GREASE is designed to maintain low resistance For solvent cleaning, use Toluene.
electrical contact and thereby maintain equip-
ment operation over extended harsh environmen-
tal conditions, helping to deliver continuous elec- TECKNIT CONDUCTIVE GREASE is available in
trical service. standard packages of 1 lb. [0.45 kg] jars (Part
Number 72-00015) and 2 oz.[0.06 kg] jars (Part
OTHER APPLICATIONS Number 72-00016) and should be ordered by
TECKNIT CONDUCTIVE GREASE is used on the specifying the part number and the total quantity
contacting surfaces of circuit breakers and knife required. Custom packaging and other size con-
blade switches. It reduces localized overheating tainers are available on request by contacting
or “hot spots” in turn maintaining the blade your nearest TECKNIT Area Representative or
spring properties and current rating of the switch factory location.
or breaker at original equipment level. Lubricating
conductively prevents “freeze up” in operating
equipment and permits restoration of marginal or
discarded breakers to rated capacity.
METHODS OF APPLICATION
Apply TECKNIT CONDUCTIVE GREASE to both
contact surfaces of the switch. To ensure com-
plete coating, apply the grease to the pivoting
G-13
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
SPECIFICATIONS
• Number of Components: One
• Resin: Silicone
• Filler: Ag/Glass
AS SUPPLIED
• Color: Silver Gray
• Consistency: Light Paste
• Final Condition: Non-Setting
• Pot Life @ 25°C: Indefinite
• Shelf Life, unopened container: Indefinite
• Volume Resistivity, (QAP-1017), max.: .20 ohm-cm
• Temperature Range: -67°F to +400°F
[-55°C to +190°C]
PART NUMBER
• 72-00015: 1lb. Jar - Volume 10.7 cm in
72-00016: 2 oz. Jar - Volume 1.4 cm in
• Transportation Class: Nonflammable
G-14
Conductive Coatings
ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE ACRYLIC AND POLYURETHANE PAINTS

[SI Metric]
TECKNIT manufactures a highly conductive
acrylic and polyurethane paints filled with silver.
These coatings provide a cost effective method
for shielding and grounding plastic enclosures,
which are susceptible to EMI, and other applica-
tions requiring a flexible protective shield.
SHELF LIFE AND STORAGE
RECOMMENDATIONS
It is recommended the ACRYLIC-1 paint be used
within six months of the manufactured date and
the POLYURETHANE paints be used within nine
months of the manufactured date. All conductive RECOMMENDED THINNING
coating containers should be stored in the
“upside-down” position and at a temperature THINNING IS REQUIRED FOR THE ACRYLIC-1
between 50°F and 86°F [10°C and 30°C]. DO PAINT to achieve the proper consistency when
NOT FREEZE CONDUCTIVE COATINGS. using spray equipment. Thinning increases drying
time by two or three fold but assures “wetting
PAINT PREPARATION out” of the ACRYLIC-1 paint offering optimum
Before and during use, CONDUCTIVE COATINGS electrical properties. Thinner should never exceed
should be thoroughly stirred. Each component of 25% by volume. The POLYURETHANE coatings
the two and three part polyurethane coatings can be used with spray equipment as supplied. It
should be stirred prior to combining. The compo- is not recommended to thin the POLYURETHANE
nents of the two and three part systems are sup- COATINGS. Toluene can be used for solvent
plied as a premeasured kit. cleaning the ACRYLIC-1.
SAFETY AND USAGE CAUTIONS ORDERING INFORMATION
TECKNIT CONDUCTIVE ACRYLIC AND Small quantities can be shipped within one week
POLYURETHANE PAINTS contain a flammable after receipt of order. To order TECKNIT conduc-
solvent and should be used in a well ventilated tive paint, specify quantity and part number. For
area. Avoid direct skin contact and inhalation of additional assistance, or for scheduling large
vapors. Prevent contact with eyes. Do not use quantity shipments, contact your nearest TECK-
near open flame. Industrial use only. Some indi- NIT area representative or factory location.
viduals may experience skin irritation - wash with
mild soap and rinse with clear water. Contact
physician should irritation occur.
SURFACE PREPARATION
To ensure the best electrical and mechanical reli-
ability, remove all grease, oils, dirt, mold releases
and foreign matter. Preparation should be in
accordance with standard practice for one-
coat painting. Recommended cleaning agent
is alcohol.
G-15
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
SPECIFICATIONS
• Number of Components One Two
• Resin Acrylic Polyurethane
• Filler Ag/Glass Ag
AS SUPPLIED
• Color Silver Gray Metalic Gray
• Consistency Thin Paint Thin Paint
• Final Condition Durable Film Flexible Film
• Mix Ratio N/A 75.5 : 24.5
• Volume 16.4 in.3/115 in.3 11.4 in.3
• Weight 16 oz./128 oz. (1 gallon) 12 oz.
• Pot Life @ 25°C 30 minutes 30 minutes
• Shelf Life, unopened container 6 months 9 months
• Full Cure 168 hours @ RT 7-21 days @ RT
CURED*
• Surface Resistivity, (QA-1074), max. OMS 1.0 per square .06 per square
• Coverage (Approx.) at Recommended 0.002" thick 56 sq. ft./400 sq. ft. 39 sq. ft.
• Temperature Range -65°F to +298°F -67°F to +347°F
[-54°C to +134°C] [-55°C to +161°C]
PART NUMBERS 73-00025/73-00081 73-00008

• Transportation Class Flammable Flammable
* 7 days @ 25°C
G-16
H. SHIELDING COMPONENTS
Section H:
U.S. Customary
[SI Metric]
Shielding Components
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

PRODUCT PAGE
DIE COMPRESSED MESH CONTACTS (Wire Mesh Resilient Contact Element) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H1 -H2
EMI CONNECTOR GASKETS (EMI Flange Seals for Electrical Connectors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H3 - H7
CONDUCTIVE O-SEALS (Conductive Elastomer Gaskets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H9 - H10
WAVEGUIDE GASKETS (Silicone Elastomer Gaskets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H11 - H13
EMC FOIL TAPE (Conductive Foil Tape with Conductive Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H14
TECKMASK™ (EMI Foil Tape with Easy Peel Mask) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H15 - H16

Die Compressed Mesh Contacts

WIRE MESH RESILIENT CONTACT ELEMENT

[SI Metric]
DIE COMPRESSED MESH CONTACTS are
resilient, low-impedance, multi-path shielding and
grounding elements. Each unit is formed by die
compressing a charge of cohesive, fine knitted
wire mesh to a desired shape and density, provid-
ing low resistance, redundancy of contact and
mechanical compliance.
FEATURES INCLUDE:
• Resiliency-high compressibility and recovery
characteristic of wire mesh.
• Low Impedance-typically less than 15 SPECIFICATIONS
milliohms, even at low closure force. MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
• Durability-conforms to contact surface, remains • Wire Mesh
conductive and resilient even after thousands of
cycles. Standard: Phosphor Bronze: .0045 in. [0.114 mm]
diameter, per ASTM B-105, Alloy 30 (CDA C 50700),
• Low Cost, Fast Delivery-MESH CONTACTS can tin-plated per ASTM B-33.
be produced in large or small quantities quickly Optional:
and economically. Monel: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diameter, per QQN-281 or
AMS-4730.
FUZZ BUTTON ELEMENTS are versatile resilient Ag/Brass: .003 in. [0.076 mm] diameter, per
electrically conductive pads with many applica- QQW-321 (ASTM-B-134), Silver-plated (3% Silver by
tions in EMI grounding, and static discharge, as weight).
well as heat transfer and vibration or shock
dampening. They are particularly useful for low
closure force EMIshielding and static discharge in
computer enclosures.
DIE COMPRESSED MESH CONTACTS may be
retained in metal cup-type inserts or attached to
threaded studs for mounting.
H-1
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
Figure 1. Figure 2. Resistance/Percent Deflection versus Load for a typical

.120 inch Diameter Tin Plated Phospher Bronze part (i.e. 30-01751).
STANDARD DIE COMPRESSED MESH CONTACTS (1) Table 1.

DIAMETER(2) HEIGHT (3)
.125 .250 .375 .500
.125 32-01761 32-01762 32-01763 32-01764
.156 32-01765 32-01766 32-01767 32-01768
.188 32-01769 32-01770 32-01771 32-01772
.246 32-01753 32-01754 32-01755 32-01756
.375 32-01773 32-01774 32-01775 32-01776
.484 32-01757 32-01758 32-01759 32-01760
(1) Standard material is Tin-plated Phosphor Bronze.
(2) Other sizes and materials available, please contact factory.
(3) All dimensions given are in a free state under no load.
(4) Height to diameter ratio not recommended above 4:1.
TOLERANCES Table 2. ORDERING INFORMATION

Dimensional up to over
.125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] To order DIE COMPRESSED MESH CONTACTS
specify the TECKNIT Part Number and the quan-
Diameter ± .010 [0.25] + .015 [0.38] tity desired. Contact your nearest TECKNIT area
- .005 [0.13] representative or factory location for assistance on
designs and mounting techniques.
Height + .010 [0.25] + .015 [0.38]
- .005 [0.13] - .005 [0.13]
H-2
EMI Connector Gaskets

EMI FLANGE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS

[SI Metric]
A variety of TECKNIT EMI shielding materials can
be manufactured into connector gaskets for mili-
tary and commercial applications. These materi-
als include TECKNIT CONSIL® materials,
TECKFELT™, DUOLASTIC™, TECKSPAN™, and
ELASTOMET®. Each TECKNIT material has its
own advantages and characteristics. The gaskets
can be manufactured to provide shielding only or
a combination of shielding and environmental
sealing. Tests have shown total shielding effective-
ness of 100 dB or greater can be achieved with
these TECKNIT materials.
STANDARD FOR DIMENSIONING SPECIFICATIONS
CONNECTOR GASKETS STANDARD THK.
MATERIALS* EMI SEALING (see Fig. 1)
Figure 1.
(part # prefix) SEAL ELASTOMER in. [mm]
DUOLASTIC
(42-6xxxx) Aluminum Silicone .020 [0.51]
(42-8xxxx) Aluminum Neoprene .020 [0.51]
TECKFELT
(45-6xxxx) Stainless Steel Silicone .030 [0.76]
TECKSPAN
(48-6xxxx) Monel Silicone .030 [0.76]
ELASTOMET
Figure 2. MIL-C-38999 Series III only. (82-6xxxx) Monel Silicone .030 [0.76]
(82-7xxxx) Phosphor, Bronze Silicone .030 [0.76]
CONSIL-II (842)
(84-6xxxx) Silver-plated Silicone .030 [0.76]
inert particles
CONSIL-C (873)
(87-7xxxx) Silver-plated Silicone .030 [0.76]
copper particles
CONSIL-C (875)
(87-5xxxx) Silver-plated Fluoro- .030 [0.76]
copper particles silicone
CONSIL-A (895)
ORDERING INFORMATION (89-5xxxx) Silver-plated Silicone .030 [0.76]
To order TECKNIT connector gaskets, first select aluminum particles
the Material Part Number Prefix. Second, locate CONSIL-A (897)
the required gasket dimension from Table II or III (89-7xxxx) Silver-plated Fluoro- .030 [0.76]
and record the TECKNIT Order Number or Suffix. aluminum particles silicone
Third, combine the Material Prefix Number with
*For material specifications and thickness tolerances see applica-
the Order Number to obtain the complete TECK-
ble material data sheet.
NIT Part Number which can be used to order
gaskets. For assistance, or to determine the avail-
ability of connector gaskets not listed here, con-
tact your nearest TECKNIT representative or fac-
tory location.
H-3
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
STANDARD CONNECTOR GASKETS Table 1.

FLANGE, CONNECTOR SHELL SIZE GASKET DIMENSIONS
JT,PT & PC
AN,HT MIL-C-26482
& QWL MS-3110
MIL-C-5015 MS-3112 A B C D R *TECKNIT
MS-3100 MS-3119 ± .015 ± .015 ± .015 ± .015 ± .015 ORDER
MS-3102 SP MS-3120 [0.38] [0.38] [0.38] [0.38] [0.38] NUMBER
#6 0.688 [17.48] 0.375 [9.53] 0.469 [11.91] .156 [3.96] .109 [2.77] XX-X1650
#8 0.812 [20.62] 0.500 [12.70] 0.594 [15.09] .156 [3.96] .109 [2.77] XX-X1651
#8 0.875 [22.23] 0.500 [12.70] 0.594 [15.09] .172 [4.37] .125 [3.18] XX-X1408
#10 0.938 [23.83] 0.625 [15.88] 0.719 [18.26] .156 [3.96] .109 [2.77] XX-X1652
#6 0.953 [24.21] 0.375 [9.53] 0.641 [16.28] .172 [4.37] .156 [3.96] XX-X1653
#10 1.000 [25.40] 0.625 [15.88] 0.719 [18.26] .172 [4.37] .125 [3.18] XX-X1411
#12 1.031 [26.19] 0.750 [19.05] 0.813 [20.65] .156 [3.96] .109 [2.77] XX-X1654
#8 1.047 [26.59] 0.500 [12.70] 0.734 [18.64] .172 [4.37] .156 [3.96] XX-X1655
#12 1.094 [27.79] 0.750 [19.05] 0.813 [20.65] .172 [4.37] .125 [3.18] XX-X1415
#14 1.125 [28.58] 0.875 [22.23] 0.906 [23.01] .156 [3.96] .109 [2.77] XX-X1656
#10 1.125 [28.58] 0.687 [17.45] 0.812 [20.62] .172 [4.37] .063 X 45° XX-X1418
[1.60 X 45°]
#14 1.188 [30.18] 0.875 [22.23] 0.906 [23.01] .172 [4.37] .125 [3.18] XX-X1423
#16 1.219 [30.96] 1.000 [25.40] 0.969 [24.61] .156 [3.96] .125 [3.18] XX-X1657
#12 1.250 [31.75] 0.781 [19.84] 0.938 [23.83] .172 [4.37] .156 [3.96] XX-X1658
#16 1.281 [32.54] 1.000 [25.40] 0.969 [24.61] .172 [4.37] .125 [3.18] XX-X1434
#18 1.312 [33.32] 1.125 [28.58] 1.063 [27.00] .156 [3.96] .125 [3.18] XX-X1659
#14 1.344 [34.14] 0.875 [22.23] 1.031 [26.19] .172 [4.37] .156 [3.96] XX-X1660
#18 1.375 [34.93] 1.125 [28.58] 1.063 [27.00] .203 [5.16] .125 [3.18] XX-X1439
#20 1.469 [37.31] 1.281 [32.54] 1.156 [29.36] .156 [3.96] .125 [3.18] XX-X1448
#16 1.438 [36.53] 1.000 [25.40] 1.125 [28.58] .172 [4.37] .156 [3.96] XX-X1661
#20 1.500 [38.10] 1.250 [31.75] 1.156 [29.36] .203 [5.16] .125 [3.18] XX-X1455
#18 1.516 [38.51] 1.125 [28.58] 1.203 [30.56] .172 [4.37] .156 [3.96] XX-X1662
#22 1.563 [39.70] 1.375 [34.93] 1.250 [31.75] .130 [3.30] .156 [3.96] XX-X1461
#22 1.625 [41.28] 1.375 [34.93] 1.250 [31.75] .203 [5.16] .125 [3.18] XX-X1465
#20 1.672 [42.47] 1.250 [31.75] 1.297 [32.94] .172 [4.37] .187 [4.75] XX-X1663
#24 1.688 [42.88] 1.500 [38.10] 1.375 [34.93] .156 [3.96] .156 [3.96] XX-X1664
#24 1.750 [44.45] 1.500 [38.10] 1.375 [34.93] .203 [5.16] .125 [3.18] XX-X1480
#22 1.750 [44.45] 1.375 [34.93] 1.375 [34.93] .172 [4.37] .187 [4.75] XX-X1478
#24 1.875 [47.63] 1.500 [38.10] 1.500 [38.10] .172 [4.37] .187 [4.75] XX-X1665
#28 2.000 [50.80] 1.750 [44.45] 1.563 [39.70] .203 [5.16] .125 [3.18] XX-X1491
#32 2.250 [57.15] 2.000 [50.80] 1.750 [44.45] .219 [5.56] - XX-X1496
#36 2.500 [63.50] 2.188 [55.58] 1.938 [49.23] .219 [5.56] .125 [3.18] XX-X1505
#40 2.750 [69.85] 2.438 [61.93] 2.188 [55.58] .219 [5.56] .125 [3.18] XX-X1509
#44 3.000 [76.20] 2.781 [70.64] 2.375 [60.33] .219 [5.56] .125 [3.18] XX-X1144
#48 3.250 [82.55] 3.031 [76.99] 2.625 [66.68] .219 [5.56] .109 [2.77] XX-X1148
RF CONNECTORS
BN & BNC 0.687 [17.45] 0.437 [11.10] 0.500 [12.70] .100 [2.54] .093 [2.36] XX-X1402
C&N 1.000 [25.40] 0.625 [15.88] 0.719 [18.26] .172 [4.37] .125 [3.18] XX-X1411
HN 1.188 [30.18] 0.750 [19.05] 0.906 [23.01] .156 [3.96] .140 [3.56] XX-X1422
UHF 1.281 [32.54] 1.000 [25.40] 0.969 [24.61] .172 [4.37] .125 [3.18] XX-X1434
LC 2.000 [50.50] 1.250 [31.75] 1.437 [36.50] .265 [6.73] .281 [7.14] XX-X1666
*To form, a complete TECKNIT part no., substitute the appropriate material prefix from the Specifications
Table for the “XX-X” in the above TECKNIT order number.
H-4
EMI Connector Gaskets, continued

COMMONLY USED CONNECTOR SIZES AND PART NUMBERS Table 1.
GASKET DIMENSIONS GASKET DIMENSIONS
A B C D R *TECKNIT A B C D R *TECKNIT
U.S. Customary ±.015 ±.015 ±.015 ±.015 ±015 ORDER ±.015 ±.015 ±.015 ±.015 ±015 ORDER
[SI Metric] 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 NUMBER 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 NUMBER
.687 [17.45] .348 [8.84] .500 [12.70] .100 [2.54] .093 [2.36] XX-X1400 1.500 [38.10] 1.219 [30.96] 1.156 [29.36] .156 [3.96] .171 [4.34] XX-X1454
.687 [17.45] .348 [8.84] .500 [12.70] .109 [2.77] .093 [2.36] XX-X1401 1.500 [38.10] 1.281 [32.54] 1.156 [29.36] .120 [3.05] .187 [4.75] XX-X1120
.687 [17.45] .437 [11.10] .500 [12.70] .109 [2.77] - XX-X1403 1.500 [38.10] 1.240 [31.50] 1.160 [29.46] .156 [3.96] .160 [4.06] XX-X1456
.750 [19.05] .375 [9.53] - - .062 [1.57] XX-X1404 1.500 [38.10] 1.344 [34.14]* 1.188 [30.18] .171 [4.34] .187 [4.75] XX-X1457
.750 [19.05] .500 [12.70] - - - XX-X1405 1.516 [38.51] 1.250 [31.75] 1.203 [30.56] .156 [3.96] .125 [3.18] XX-X1458
.800 [20.32] .440 [11.18] .500 [12.70] .120 [3.05] .150 [3.81] XX-X1406 1.516 [38.51] 1.125 [28.58] - - - XX-X1459
.812 [20.62] .385 [9.53] .500 [12.70] .128 [3.25] - XX-X1407 1.531 [38.89] 1.156 [29.36] 1.203 [30.56] .125 [3.18] - XX-X1460
.875 [22.23] .531 [13.49] .594 [15.09] .120 [3.05] .062 [1.57] XX-X1409 1.594 [40.49] 1.312 [33.32] 1.250 [31.75] .173 [4.39] - XX-X1462
.953 [24.21] .609 [15.47] .719 [18.26] .120 [3.05] .125X45° XX-X1410 1.594 [40.49] 1.406 [35.71] 1.250 [31.75] .141 [3.58] .125 [3.18] XX-X1463
[3.18X45°]
1.625 [41.28] 1.375 [34.93] 1.250 [31.75] .171 [4.34] .188 [4.78] XX-X1464
1.000 [25.40] .656 [16.66] .719 [18.26] .120 [3.05] .125 [3.18] XX-X1110
1.625 [41.28] 1.406 [35.71] 1.250 [31.75] .120 [3.05] .125 [3.18] XX-X1466
1.000 [25.40] .703 [17.86] .719 [18.26] .156 [3.96] - XX-X1412
1.625 [41.28] 1.437 [36.50] 1.250 [31.75] .120 [3.05] .187 [4.75] XX-X1467
1.031 [26.19] .719 [18.26] .719 [18.26] .130 [3.30] .156 [3.96] XX-X1413
1.640 [41.66] 1.250 [31.75] - - .35 X 45° XX-X1468
1.094 [27.79] .750 [19.05] .812 [20.62] .150 [3.81] .140 [3.56] XX-X1414 [8.89 X 45°]
1.094 [27.79] .781 [19.84] .812 [20.62] .120 [3.05] .125 [3.18] XX-X1416 1.672 [42.47] 1.375 [34.93] 1.297 [32.94] .125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] XX-X1469
1.094 [27.79] .875 [22.23] .812 [20.62] .143 [3.63] - XX-X1417 1.688 [42.88] 1.385 [35.18] 1.297 [32.94] .150 [3.81] - XX-X1470
1.125 [28.58] .750 [19.05] .812 [20.62] .156 [3.96] .125 [3.18] XX-X1419 1.688 [42.88] 1.375 [34.93] 1.297 [32.94] .150 [3.81] .181 [4.60] XX-X1471
1.160 [29.46] .925 [23.50] .906 [23.01] .125 [3.18] - XX-X1420 1.687 [42.85] 1.312 [33.32] 1.312 [33.32] .156 [3.96] .156 [3.96] XX-X1472
1.188 [30.18] .984 [25.00] .812 [20.62] .156 [3.96] .125 [3.18] XX-X1421 1.735 [44.09] 1.560 [39.62] 1.312 [33.32] .125 [3.18] .200 [5.59] XX-X1473
1.188 [30.18] .906 [23.01] .906 [23.01] .120 [3.05] .140 [3.56] XX-X1114 1.470 [44.20] 1.439 [36.55] 1.312 [33.32] .136 [3.45] - XX-X1474
1.188 [30.18] .938 [23.83] .906 [23.01] .120 [3.05] .141 [3.58] XX-X1424 1.750 [44.45] 1.281 [32.54] 1.297 [32.94] .173 [4.39] .226 [5.74] XX-X1475
1.188 [30.18] .950 [24.13] .906 [23.01] .120 [3.05] .125 [3.18] XX-X1425 1.750 [44.45] 1.562 [39.67] 1.312 [33.32] .140 [3.56] .125 [3.18] XX-X1476
1.188 [30.18] 1.000 [25.40] .969 [24.61] .065 [1.65] - XX-X1426 1.750 [44.45] 1.500 [38.10] 1.312 [33.32] .125 [3.18] .156 [3.96] XX-X1477
1.203 [30.58] .875 [22.23] .906 [23.01] .125 [3.18] .063X45° XX-X1427 1.750 [44.45] 1.500 [38.10] 1.375 [34.92] .125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] XX-X1479
[1.60X45°]
1.750 [44.45] 1.531 [38.89] 1.375 [34.92] .147 [3.73] .125 [3.18] XX-X1124
1.250 [31.75] .875 [22.23] .938 [23.83] .156 [3.96] .125 [3.18] XX-X1428
1.750 [44.45] 1.500 [38.10] 1.375 [34.92] .109 [2.77] .188 [4.78] XX-X1481
1.265 [32.13] .875 [22.23] - - - XX-X1429
1.781 [45.24] 1.594 [40.49] 1.438 [36.53] .136 [3.45] .062 [1.57] XX-X1482
1.265 [32.13] .937 [23.80] .906 [23.01] .140 [3.56] - XX-X1430
1.800 [45.72] 1.440 [36.58] 1.380 [35.05] .204 [5.18] .093 [2.36] XX-X1483
1.266 [32.16] .781 [19.84] .938 [23.83] .125 [3.18] - XX-X1431
1.812 [46.02] 1.560 [39.62] 1.312 [33.32] .125 [3.18] .250 [6.35] XX-X1484
1.281 [32.54] .875 [22.23] .969 [24.61] .150 [3.81] .160 [4.06] XX-X1432
1.812 [46.02] 1.375 [34.93] - - - XX-X1485
1.281 [32.54] .875 [22.23] .969 [24.61] .146 [3.71] .188 [4.78] XX-X1433
1.875 [47.63] 1.625 [41.28] 1.500 [38.10] .156 [3.96] .125 [3.18] XX-X1486
1.281 [32.54] 1.031 [26.19] .969 [24.61] .120 [3.05] .125 [3.18] XX-X1116
1.875 [47.63] 1.531 [38.89] 1.375 [34.92] .109 [2.77] .250 [6.35] XX-X1487
1.281 [32.54] 1.063 [27.00] 969 [24.61] .120 [3.05] .156 [3.96] XX-X1435
1.950 [49.53] 1.500 [38.10] - - - XX-X1488
1.344 [34.14] 1.000 [25.40] 1.031 [26.19] .156 [3.96] .125 [3.18] XX-X1436
2.000 [50.80] 1.437 [36.50] 1.437 [36.50] .257 [6.53] .125 [3.18] XX-X1489
1.360 [34.54] .870 [22.10] 1.030 [26.16] .120 [3.05] .120 [3.05] XX-X1437
2.000 [50.80] 39.80 [1.567] 1.437 [38.50] .257 [6.53] .125 [3.18] XX-X1490
1.375 [34.93] 1.000 [25.40] 1.063 [27.00] .128 [3.25] .156 [3.96] XX-X1438
2.000 [50.80] 1.781 [45.24] 1.563 [39.70] .147 [3.73] .218 [5.54] XX-X1128
1.375 [34.93] 1.156 [29.36] 1.063 [27.00] .120 [3.05] .188 [4.76] XX-X1118
2.000 [50.80] 1.781 [45.24] 1.563 [39.70] .188 [4.76] .125 [3.18] XX-X1492
1.375 [34.93] 1.188 [30.18] 1.063 [27.00] .120 [3.05] .156 [3.96] XX-X1440
2.070 [52.58] 1.625 [41.28] - - - XX-X1493
1.375 [34.93] 1.000 [25.40] 1.062 [26.97] .166 [4.22] .166 [4.22] XX-X1441
2.125 [53.98] 1.688 [42.88] 1.688 [42.88] .195 [4.95] .218 [5.54] XX-X1494
1.375 [34.93] 1.000 [25.40] - - - XX-X1442
2.250 [57.15] 1.843 [46.81] 1.750 [44.45] .219 [5.56] - XX-X1495
1.406 [35.71] 1.000 [25.40] 1.000 [25.40] .177 [4.50] .201 [5.11] XX-X1443
2.250 [57.15] 2.000 [50.80] 1.750 [44.45] .219 [5.56] .125 [3.18] XX-X1497
1.406 [35.71] 1.125 [28.58] 1.062 [26.97] .149 [3.78] .125 [3.18] XX-X1444
2.250 [57.15] 2.031 [51.59] 1.750 [44.45] .173 [4.39] .125 [3.18] XX-X1498
1.437 [36.49] 1.062 [26.97] 1.125 [28.58] .156 [3.96] .156 [3.96] XX-X1445
2.250 [57.15] 2.031 [51.59] 1.750 [44.45] .219 [5.56] .125 [3.18] XX-X1499
1.437 [36.49] 1.125 [28.58] 1.125 [28.58] .156 [3.96] .125 [3.18] XX-X1446
2.281 [57.94] 2.015 [51.18] 1.688 [42.88] .219 [5.56] .125 [3.18] XX-X1500
1.437 [36.49] 1.250 [31.75] 1.188 [30.18] .125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] XX-X1447
2.375 [60.33] 2.032 [51.61] 1.688 [42.88] .125 [3.18] .250 [6.35] XX-X1501
1.469 [36.49] 1.312 [33.32] 1.188 [30.18] .125 [3.18] .156 [3.96] XX-X1449
2.500 [63.50] 1.250 [31.75] 1.750 [44.45] .312 [7.92] - XX-X1502
1.500 [38.10] .875 [22.23] 1.062 [26.97] .177 [4.50] - XX-X1450
2.500 [63.50] 1.625 [41.28] 1.750 [44.45] .312 [7.92] - XX-X1503
1.500 [38.10] 1.000 [25.40] 1.125 [28.58] .188 [4.78] - XX-X1451
2.500 [63.50] 2.250 [57.15] 1.852 [47.04] .177 [4.50] .312 [7.92] XX-X1504
1.500 [38.10] 1.031 [26.19] 1.125 [28.58] .173 [4.39] .188 [4.78] XX-X1452
2.500 [63.50] 2.281 [57.94] 1.983 [49.23] .173 [4.39] .093 [2.36] XX-X1136
1.500 [38.10] 1.140 [28.96] 1.156 [29.36] .120 [3.05] .171 [4.34] XX-X1453
H-5
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
COMMONLY USED CONNECTOR SIZES AND PART NUMBERS, CONT. Table 2.
GASKET DIMENSIONS GASKET DIMENSIONS
A B C D R *TECKNIT A B C D R *TECKNIT
±.015 ±.015 ±.015 ±.015 ±015 ORDER ±.015 ±.015 ±.015 ±.015 ±015 ORDER
0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 NUMBER 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 NUMBER
2.500 [63.50] 2.281 [57.94] 1.983 [49.23] .281 [7.14] .093 [2.36] XX-X1506 3.265 [82.93] 3.035 [77.09] 2.531 [64.29] .296 [7.52] .312 [7.92] XX-X1515
2.625 [66.68] 2.188 [55.58] 2.093 [53.16] .221 [5.61] .266 [6.76] XX-X1507 3.281 [83.34] 3.015 [76.58] 2.531 [64.29] .281 [7.14] .125 [3.18] XX-X1516
2.690 [68.33] 2.250 [57.15] 2.250 [57.15] .201 [5.11] .125 X 45° XX-X1508 3.375 [85.73] 2.138 [79.71] 2.475 [62.87] .166 [4.22] 1.000 [25.40] XX-X1517
[3.18 X 45°]
3.812 [96.82] 3.125 [79.38] 3.250 [82.55] .312 [7.92] - XX-X1518
2.750 [69.85] 2.531 [64.29] 2.188 [55.58] .173 [4.39] .125 [3.18] XX-X1140
4.000 [101.60] 2.000 [50.80] 3.000 [72.20] .281 [7.14] - XX-X1519
2.750 [69.85] 2.531 [64.29] 2.234 [56.74] .173 [4.39] .26 X 45° XX-X1510
4.000 [101.60] 2.938 [74.63] 3.375 [85.73] .180 [4.57] .312 [7.92] XX-X1520
[6.60 X 45°]
4.500 [114.30] 3.000 [76.20] 3.800 [96.52] .250 [6.35] .35 X 45° XX-X1521
2.765 [70.23] 2.515 [63.88] 2.085 [52.96] .236 [5.99] .250 [6.60] XX-X1511
[8.89 X 45°]
2.781 [70.64] 2.500 [63.50] 2.234 [56.74] .166 [4.22] FULL XX-X1512
4.500 [114.30] 4.000 [101.60] 3.875 [98.43] .281 [7.14] .312 [7.92] XX-X1522
2.875 [73.03] 2.531 [64.29] 2.094 [53.19] .138 [3.51] .250 [6.60] XX-X1513
4.625 [117.48] 3.888 [98.76] - - - XX-X1523
2.875 [73.03] 2.500 [63.50] 2.500 [63.50] .154 [3.91] .188 [4.78] XX-X1514
*To form a complete TECKNIT part no., substitute the appropriate material prefix from Specifications Table for the “XX-X” in the above TECKNIT order
number.
STANDARD CONNECTOR GASKETS Table 3.

CONNECTOR
SHELL SIZE GASKET DIMENSIONS
MIL-C-38999 A B C D R E** TECKNIT*
± .015 +.020 ± .015 ± .015 ± .015 ± .015 ORDER
NUMBER SERIES [0.38] -.000 [0.38] [0.38] [0.38] [0.38] NUMBER
[+ 0.51,-000 ]
8 II .840 [21.34] .630 [16.00] .594 [15.09] .135 [3.43] .125 [3.18] XX-X1616
9 I .965 [24.51] .750 [19.05] .719 [18.26] .135 [3.43] .125 [3.18] XX-X1617
9A III .965 [24.51] .750 [19.05] .719 [18.26] .135 [3.43] .125 [3.18] .222[5.64] XX-X1640
10 II .965 [24.51] .750 [19.05] .719 [18.26] .135 [3.43] .125 [3.18] XX-X1617
11 I & 1V 1.060 [26.92] .875 [22.23] .812 [20.62] .141 [3.58] .125 [3.18] XX-X1618
11B III 1.060 [26.92] .875 [22.23] .812 [20.62] .141 [3.58] .125 [3.18] .206 [5.23] XX-X1641
12 II 1.060 [26.92] .875 [22.23] .812 [20.62] .141 [3.58] .125 [3.18] XX-X1618
13 I & IV 1.153 [29.29] 1.005 [25.53] .906 [23.01] .135 [3.43] .125 [3.18] XX-X1619
13C III 1.153 [29.29] 1.005 [25.53] .906 [23.01] .135 [3.43] .125 [3.18] .206 [5.23] XX-X1642
14 II 1.153 [29.29] 1.005 [25.53] .906 [23.01] .135 [3.43] .125 [3.18] XX-X1619
15 I & IV 1.258 [31.95] 1.135 [28.83] .969 [24.61] .156 [3.96] .141 [3.58] XX-X1620
15D III 1.258 [31.95] 1.135 [28.83] .969 [24.61] .156 [3.96] .141 [3.58] .206 [5.23] XX-X1643
16 II 1.258 [31.95] 1.135 [28.83] .969 [24.61] .156 [3.96] .141 [3.58] XX-X1620
17 I & IV 1.351 [34.32] 1.260 [32.00] 1.062 [26.97] .156 [3.96] .141 [3.58] XX-X1621
17E III 1.351 [34.32] 1.260 [32.00] 1.062 [26.97] .156 [3.96] .141 [3.58] .222 [5.64] XX-X1644
18 II 1.351 [34.32] 1.260 [32.00] 1.062 [26.97] .156 [3.96] .141 [3.58] XX-X1621
19 I & IV 1.500 [38.10] 1.375 [34.93] 1.156 [29.36] .141 [3.58] .172 [437] XX-X1622
19F III 1.500 [38.10] 1.375 [34.93] 1.156 [29.36] .141 [3.58] .172 [437] .206 [5.23] XX-X1645
20 II 1.500 [38.10] 1.375 [34.93] 1.156 [29.36] .141 [3.58] .172 [437] XX-X1622
21 I & IV 1.625 [41.28] 1.500 [38.10] 1.250 [31.75] .141 [3.58] .188 [4.78] XX-X1623
21G III 1.625 [41.28] 1.500 [38.10] 1.250 [31.75] .141 [3.58] .188 [4.78] .206 [5.23] XX-X1646
22 II 1.625 [41.28] 1.500 [38.10] 1.250 [31.75] .141 [3.58] .188 [4.78] XX-X1623
23 I & IV 1.750 [44.45] 1.625 [41.28] 1.375 [34.93] .172 [4.37] .188 [4.78] XX-X1624
23H III 1.750 [44.45] 1.625 [41.28] 1.375 [34.93] .172 [4.37] .188 [4.78] .259 [6.58] XX-X1647
24 II 1.750 [44.45] 1.625 [41.28] 1.375 [34.93] .172 [4.37] .188 [4.78] XX-X1624
25 I & IV 1.875 [47.63] 1.750 [44.45] 1.500 [38.10] .172 [4.37] .188 [4.78] XX-X1625
25J III 1.875 [47.63] 1.750 [44.45] 1.500 [38.10] .172 [4.37] .188 [4.78] .259 [6.58] XX-X1648
* To form a complete TECKNIT part no., substitute the appropriate material suffix from the SPECIFICATIONS TABLE for the “XX-X” in the TECKNIT order
number.
**Required for Series III only. At TECKNIT’s option dimension “E” may be slotted through to Hole “B” (see Figure 2).
H-6
EMI Connector Gaskets, continued

“D” SUBMINIATURE CONNECTOR GASKETS
U.S. Customary
[SI Metric]
GASKET DIMENSIONS
PART MOUNTING NUMBER OF A B C D E F
NUMBER METHOD CONNECTOR PINS ± .020 ± .005 ± .010 ± .010 ± .020 ± .005
42-X1700 Front Mounting 9 1.313 .984 .782 .450 .750 .140
42-X1701 Rear Mounting 1.313 .984 .665 .370 .750 .140
42-X1702 Front Mounting 15 1.641 1.312 1.110 .450 .750 .140
42-X1703 Rear Mounting 1.641 1.312 .993 .370 .750 .140
42-X1704 Front Mounting 25 2.188 1.852 1.650 .450 .750 .140
42-X1705 Rear Mounting 2.188 1.852 1.533 .370 .750 .140
42-X1706 Front Mounting 37 2.829 2.500 2.298 .450 .750 .140
42-X1707 Rear Mounting 2.829 2.500 2.181 .370 .750 .140
42-X1708 Front Mounting 50 2.740 2.406 2.200 .562 .860 .140
42-X1709 Rear Mounting 2.740 2.406 2.087 .480 .860 .140
NOTE: “D” Subminature Connector Gaskets can be fabricated from any of Tecknit’s sheet stock materials. Contact your nearest Tecknit representative or
factory location for part numbers and design assitance.
H-7
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
H-8
Conductive O-Seals
CONDUCTIVE ELASTOMER RING SEALS

[SI Metric]
O-SEALS are resilient O-rings of electrically con-
ductive silicone elastomer. They can be manufac-
tured from a variety of TECKNIT CONSIL® materi-
als, and are available in round or rectangular
cross-sections and provide high electrical con-
ductivity, shielding effectiveness, and moisture or
pressure sealing. They are designed for static
applications in which the sealed surfaces do not
move relative to each other.
Typical applications for O-SEALS include connec-
tor, jam-nut and interfacial seals, waveguide SPECIFICATIONS
flange seals, cap seals, and conductive moisture STANDARD CONDUCTIVE ELASTOMER VOL.
seals for sealing screws. Typical groove dimen- MATERIALS* FILLER RES.(max.)
sions for round cross-section O-SEALS are listed Consil-II 842 Silver plated Silicone .01
in Table 1 below. inert particles ohm-cm
Consil-C 871 Silver plated Silicone .004
Table 1. Groove Dimensions for Round Cross-Section O-SEALS copper particles ohm-cm
Consil-C 873 Silver plated Silicone .005
O-SEAL Groove Groove copper particles ohm-cm
Cross-Section Depth Width Consil-A 895 Silver plated Silicone .008
Diameter ±.003 in. [0.07 mm] ±.005 in. [0.12 mm] aluminum particles ohm-cm
.070 in. [1.78 mm] .055 in. [1.40 mm] .080 in. [2.03 mm]
.103 in. [2.62 mm] .082 in. [2.06 mm] .1127 in. [2.97 mm] *For detailed material specifications see applicable data sheets.
To order O-SEALS specify the TECKNIT Part
Numbers shown in Tables II and III and the
quantity required. For part not listed in Tables II
and III, or for part numbers of other CONSIL
materials, contact your nearest TECKNIT area
Figure 1. Groove Design representative or factory location to determine
availability of the required tooling.
H-9
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
INTERFACIAL SEALS Table 2.
CONNECTOR
SHELL DIMENSIONS
MIL-C- MIL-C- I.D. O.D. T
26482 5015 ± .010 in. ± .010 ± .005 in. Consil II Consil-C Consil-A
[0.25mm] [0.25 mm] [0.13] 842 871 895
#8 .319 [8.10] .422 [10.72] .075 [1.91] 84-30220 87-30220 89-50220
#8 .328 [8.33] .391 [9.93] .030 [0.76] 84-30221 87-30221 89-50221
#10 .447 [11.35] .550 [13.97] .075 [1.91] 84-30222 87-30222 89-50222
#10 .406 [10.31] .469 [11.91] .030 [0.76] 84-30223 87-30223 89-50223
#12 .547 [13.89] .703 [17.86] .075 [1.91] 84-30224 87-30224 89-50224
#12 .531 [13.49] .594 [15.09] .030 [0.76] 84-30225 87-30225 89-50225
#14 .671 [17.04] .828 [21.03] .075 [1.91] 84-30226 87-30226 89-50226
#14 .641 [16.28] .700 [17.78] .030 [0.76] 84-30227 87-30227 89-50227
#16 .797 [20.24] .953 [24.21] .075 [1.91] 84-30228 87-30228 89-50228
#16 .781 [19.84] .844 [21.44] .030 [0.76] 84-30229 87-30229 89-50229
#18 .891 [22.63] 1.047 [26.59] .075 [1.91] 84-30230 87-30230 89-50230
#18 .891 [22.63] .953 [24.21] .030 [0.76] 84-30231 87-30231 89-50231
#20 1.039 [26.39] 1.172 [29.77] .075 [1.91] 84-30232 87-30232 89-50232
#20 .984 [24.99] 1.047 [26.59] .030 [0.76] 84-30233 87-30233 89-50233
#22 1.141 [28.98] 1.297 [32.94] .075 [1.91] 84-30234 87-30234 89-50234
#22 1.109 [28.17] 1.172 [29.77] .030 [0.76] 84-30235 87-30235 89-50235
#24 1.266 [32.16] 1.322 [36.12] .075 [1.91] 84-30236 87-30236 89-50236
#24 1.219 [30.96] 1.281 [32.54] .030 [0.76] 84-30237 87-30237 89-50237
#28 1.455 [36.96] 1.547 [39.29] .040 [1.02] 84-30238 87-30238 89-50238
#32 1.672 [42.47] 1.766 [14.86] .040 [1.02] 84-30239 87-30239 89-50239
#36 1.891 [48.03] 1.984 [50.39] .040 [1.02] 84-30240 87-30240 89-50240
JAM NUT AND O-RING SEAL Table 3.
CONNECTOR
SHELL REFERENCE DIMENSIONS
MIL-C- Substitute for
26482 MIL-C- MS-29513 I.D. Section Dia.
81511 Size Reference ± 0.010 in. ± .005 in. Consil-II Consil-C Consil-A
MIL-C- Dash Number [0.25 mm] [0.13 mm] 842 871 895
38999
-11 .301 [7.65] .070 [1.78] 84-30200 87-30200 89-50200
-13 .426 [10.82] .070 [1.78] 84-30201 87-30201 89-50201
-14 .489 [12.42] .070 [1.78] 84-30202 87-30202 89-50202
#6 -15 .551 [14.00] .070 [1.78] 84-30203 87-30203 89-50203
#8 -17 .676 [17.17] .070 [1.78] 84-30204 87-30204 89-50204
#8 -18 .739 [18.77] .070 [1.78] 84-30205 87-30205 89-50205
#9, 10 -19 .801 [20.35] .070 [1.78] 84-30206 87-30206 89-50206
#10 -20 .864 [21.95] .070 [1.78] 84-30207 87-30207 89-50207
#11, 12 -22 .989 [25.12] .070 [1.78] 84-30208 87-30208 89-50208
#13, 14 #14 -24 1.114 [28.30] .070 [1.78] 84-30209 87-30209 89-50209
#15, 16 #16 -26 1.239 [31.47] .070 [1.78] 84-30210 87-30210 89-50210
#17, 18 #18 -28 1.364 [34.65] .070 [1.78] 84-30211 87-30211 89-50211
#19, 20 1.487 [37.77] .103 [2.62] 84-30212 87-30212 89-50212
#21, 22 1.612 [40.94] .103 [2.62] 84-30213 87-30213 89-50213
#23, 24 1.737 [44.12] .103 [2.62] 84-30214 87-30214 89-50214
#25 1.862 [47.30] .103 [2.62] 84-30215 87-30215 89-50215
H-10
Waveguide Gaskets
CONDUCTIVE SILICONE ELASTOMER GASKETS

[SI Metric]
TECKNIT® WAVEGUIDE GASKETS are made from
a silicone elastomer filled with silver-plated parti-
cles designed to achieve maximum electrical con-
ductivity. Gaskets for choke or grooved contact
flanges are molded from TECKNIT CONSIL®- C
(Compound 873) elastomer in solid round or solid
“D” shaped cross sections. Flat contact flange
gaskets are die cut from .027 in. [0.69 mm] thick
TECKNIT CONSIL-C (Compound 877) elastomer.
CONSIL-C (Compound 877) contains an expand-
ed copper metal reinforcement to eliminate cold
flow. All gaskets are reusable and have no metal
surfaces to mar flanges.
TECKNIT WAVEGUIDE GASKETS offer the circuit MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
designer a wide variety of RF and pressure tight Consil-C
seals for any waveguide system. They can be Compound No. 873 877
used for EMP and TEMPEST applications, and Elastomer Silicone Silicone
are widely used by the military and aerospace
Filler Silver Plated Silver Plated
communities in sophisticated electronic counter- Copper Particles Copper Particles
measure, communication, and guidance systems. & Expanded Copper
Recommended design compression is 7 to 10% Reinforcement
of thickness for rectangular cross sections, 18 to Color Gray Red
20% of diameter for round cross sections and 12 Texture Smooth Smooth
to 15% of height for “D” shaped cross sections.
All at 50 to 200 PSI closure force.
EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE*
Hardness Shore A 85 80
TECKNIT CONSIL-C Shielding Effectiveness has Durometer, ASTM D-2240 ±7 ±7
been tested in accordance with TECKNIT test Volume Res. .005 .007
method TSETS-01 and based upon MODIFIED (max.) QA-1039 ohm-cm ohm-cm
MIL-STD- 285. Typical values are given below. Specific Gravity 3.5 4.75
ASTM D-792 ±13% ±.75
H-FIELD E-FIELD PLANE WAVE Tensile Strength 400 psi 600 psi
MATERIALS 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz (Min.) ASTM D-412 [4.05 MPa]
dB dB dB dB Tear Strength 40 ppi 70 ppi

873 75 130+ 115 110 (Min.) ASTM D-624 [7 kN/m] [12.25 kN/m]
877 75 130+ 115 110 Elongation to (Min/Max) 100%/ NA(1)
ASTM D-412 300%
(*Based on 127 mm x 127 mm Aperture) Temperature Range -49°F to 257°F -49°F to 257°F
[-45°C to 125°C] [-45°C to 125°C]
Form Available: Molded Die Cut
& Extruded
(1)
NA = Not Applicable
H-11
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
TECKNIT WAVEGUIDE GASKET SELECTION CHART

Wave- Frequency Flange Flange Gasket Gasket Part
guide Band Range Description Type Type(1) Material Number
Size GHz
WR28 Ka 26.5 UG-599/U Cover 1 877 87-87000
UG-595/U
WR42 K 18.0 Cover 1 877 87-87001
UG-597/U
WR62 Ku 12.4 UG-419/U Cover 1 877 87-87002
UG-39/U
Cover 1 877 87-87003
8.2 UG-135U
WR90 X
12.4 UG-1736/U Flat
1 877 87-87004
UG-1737/U Contact
UG-51/U
Cover 1 877 87-87005
7.05 UG-138/U
WR112 X1
10.00 UG-1734/U Flat
1 877 87-87006
UG-1735/U Contact
UG-344/U
Cover 2 877 87-87007
5.85 UG-441/U
WR137 Xb
8.20 UG-1732/U Flat
1 877 87-87008
UG-1733/U Contact
4.90 UG-1730/U Flat
WR159
7.05 UG-1731/U Contact 1 877 87-87009
UG-149A/U
Cover 2 877 87-87010
3.95 UG-407/U
WR187 C
5.85 UG-1728/U Flat
1 877 87-87011
UG-1729/U Contact
UG-53U
Cover 2 877 87-87012
2.60 UG-584/U GASKET TYPE
WR284
3.95 UG-1724/U Flat
1 877 87-87013 1 Die Cut Rectangular
UG-1725/U Contact 2 Die Cut Circular
H-12
Waveguide Gaskets, continued

U.S. Customary TYPE 1 GASKET DIMENSIONS Table 3.
[SI Metric]
A B C D H T PART
± .015 [0.38] ± .015 [0.38] +.015 [0.38] +.015 [0.38] ±.010 [0.25] ±.005 [0.13] NUMBER
-0 -0
.750 [19.05] .750 [19.05] .145 [3.68] .285 [7.24] .116 [2.95] .027 [0.69] 87-87000
.875 [22.23] .875 [22.23] .175 [4.45] .425 [10.80] .116 [2.95] .027 [0.69] 87-87001
1.313 [33.35] 1.313 [33.35] .630 [16.00] .320 [8.13] .140 [3.56] .027 [0.69] 87-87002
1.625 [41.28] 1.625 [41.28] .905 [22.99] .405 [10.29] .169 [4.29] .027 [0.69] 87-87003
1.594 [40.49] 2.094 [53.19] .405 [10.29] .905 [22.99] .169 [4.29] .027 [0.69] 87-87004
1.875 [47.63] 1.875 [47.63] 1.130 [28.70] .505 [12.83] .180 [4.57] .027 [0.69] 87-87005
1.750 [44.45] 2.500 [63.50] .505 [12.83] 1.130 [28.70] .171 [4.34] .027 [0.69] 87-87006
1.937 [49.20] 2.687 [68.25] .633 [16.08] 1.380 [35.05] .206 [5.23] .027 [0.69] 87-87008
2.438 [61.93] 3.188 [80.98] .805 [20.45] 1.600 [40.64] .257 [6.53] .027 [0.69] 87-87009
3.500 [88.90] 2.500 [63.50] 1.880 [47.75] .880 [22.35] .266 [6.76] .027 [0.69] 87-87011
4.500 [114.30] 3.000 [76.20] 2.850 [72.39] 1.350 [34.29] .266 [6.76] .027 [0.69] 87-87013
TYPE 2 GASKET DIMENSIONS Table 4.

A B C H T PART
±.015 [0.38] +.015 [0.38] +.015 [0.38] ±.010 [0.38] ±.005 [0.13] NUMBER
-0 -0
3.125 [79.38] .632 [16.05] 1.382 [35.10] .234 [5.94] .027 [0.69] 87-87007
3.625 [92.08] .882 [22.40] 1.882 [47.80] .234 [5.94] .027 [0.69] 87-87010
5.312 [134.93] 1.350[34.29] 2.850 [72.39] 2.90 [7.37] .027 [0.69] 87-87012
H-13
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
EMC Foil Tape

CONDUCTIVE FOIL TAPE WITH CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVE
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
TECKNIT® EMC FOIL TAPE consists of copper or
aluminum foil backed with conductive acrylic
adhesive on one side. The adhesive is a pressure-
sensitive type consisting of a uniform dispersion
of conductive particles.
• Sealing of seams on EMI shielding rooms,
enclosures and electronic equipment.
• Shielding of cables by wrapping.
• Provides a reliable ground surface.
• Static discharge drain. SPECIFICATIONS
• Practical multi-purpose repair material. MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
• Foil
Copper* .0014 inch. (1 oz.)
STANDARD PART NUMBER DESIGNATION Aluminum .002 inch.
• Thickness
PART Copper .0029 inch ±10%.
WIDTH NUMBER Aluminum .0035 inch ±10%.
Copper 0.5 Inch 23-60005 • Interliner: Polyethylene Coated Paper.
1.0 Inch 23-60010 • Adhesive
2.0 Inch 23-60020 Conductive Acrylic .0015 inch ±10%.
4.0 Inch 23-60040
Aluminum 0.5 Inch 23-70005 PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
1.0 Inch 23-70010 • Peel Strength (ASTM D-1000)
2.0 Inch 23-70020 Copper 40 oz./inch of width.
4.0 Inch 23-70040 Aluminum 35 oz./inch of width.
• Tensile Strength (ASTM D-1000)
Copper 35 lb./inch of width.
Aluminum 20 lb./inch of width.
ORDERING INFORMATION • Conductivity through Adhesive
TECKNIT EMC FOIL TAPE is available in standard Copper 0.010 ohms/in.2
widths of .5", 1.0", 2.0" and 4.0" in standard 36 Aluminum 0.010 ohms/in.2
yard lengths. Widths up to 24", different lengths • Shielding Effectiveness: 10MHz to 1GHz
are available on special order. Copper 60 dB
Aluminum 55 dB
• Temperature Range
-131°F to +311°F [-55°C to + 155°C]
*Available Tinned
H-14
TeckMask ™
EMI FOIL TAPE WITH EASY PEEL MASK

[SI Metric]
Tecknit’s TECKMASK tape has been designed to
withstand the rigorous powder painting processes
currently used in sheet metal cabinet manufac-
turing. TECKMASK tape also provides a conduc-
tive, non- corroding surface, thus eliminating
expensive plating, hand masking and chromate
conversion coating of enclosure flanges prior to
painting. After painting and baking, the high tem-
perature recessed paint mask is removed, leaving
a clean conductive surface with a smooth paint
edge.
SPECIFICATIONS
• Foil:
Tinned Copper
Thickness .0028"
Tin plating per MIL-T-10727
• Mask:
APPLICATION INFORMATION Nylon
Thickness: .002"
TECKMASK tape is recommended for use in Color: Light green
areas where a conductive path is required, typi- • Total Thickness: .0077"
cally, the interface between the cabinet frame and • Temperature Range: -10°F to 400°F
an EMI gasket. [-23°C to 204°]
• Adhesion:
TECKMASK consists of an easily removable 2-mil Film to Foil: 20 oz/in.
nylon protective film mask over 2 oz. tin-plated Foil to Substrate: 70 oz/inch width
copper foil and backed with an aggressive con- • Shear: 2.2 psi (PSTC #7)
ductive pressure sensitive adhesive. The foil tape • Electrical Resistance: .002 ohm/sq. inch
is a special electrolytic grade of premium, dead • Surface Resistivity: .010 ohm
soft, zero temper, high tensile copper that is tin • Release Liner: 65# Kraft.
clad on both sides. The high temperature nylon • Standard Widths: .430" to 1.5"
film mask is backed with a thin film of removable • Standard Lengths: 18 yards
adhesive which has been formulated to leave no • Custom lengths and widths: consult factory
trace of adhesive or residue upon removal of the
film from the foil tape.
TECKMASK tape shielding effectiveness has been
tested in accordance with MIL-STD-285. Typical
values are given below.
100 kHZ 10 MHz 1 GHz
dB dB dB
141 114.5 116
H-15
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
APPLICATION GUIDELINES 2. BAKE. Recommended baking schedule for

optimum performance of Teckmask Tape is 5 to
A. SURFACE PREPARATION:
60 minutes at 225° to 350°F (Figure 3).
Teckmask tape should be applied to a clean dry
Surface (Figure 1). If the surface is contaminated,
clean with a rag dipped in methylethyl ketone.
Use a rubber roller or rubber squeegee and mod-
erate pressure (4-10 lbs) to ensure proper adhe-
sion of Teckmask tape to cabinet. After applying,
allow Teckmask Tape to stand one hour at room
temperature to develop adhesion sufficient to
withstand normal processing and handling. Full Figure 3.
adhesion is developed after 24 hours.
3. Allow painted area to cool to ambient tempera-
ture before removing mask portion of tape (Figure
4). Mask should be removed immediately after
cooling as it will reestablish adhesion within 24 to
48 hours. If the mask does regain adhesion it can
be removed by reheating to the recommended
bake schedule listed above.
4. To minimize the chance of lifting the metal
Figure 1. tape, the mask should be peeled back at an
angle as close to 180° as possible. If the tape
B. APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS:
shows signs of lifting during mask removal, it can
1. Paint the cabinet using conventional methods be rolled back down, using moderate pressure,
(Figure 2). with a rubber roller or squeegee.
Figure 2. Figure 4.
ORDERING INFORMATION PART NUMBERS

Standard TECKMASK Tape is available in 18 yard PART NUMBER WIDTH
length rolls. Consult factory for custom length, 23-61004 .43" [10.92]
and/or width requirements. TECKMASK tape is 23-61005 .50" [12.70]
available with a non-recessed mask. 23-61006 .625" [15.88]
23-61007 .75" [19.05]
23-61010 1.0" [25.40]
23-61015 1.5" [38.10]
H-16
I. LOW CLOSURE FORCE GASKETS
Section I:
U.S. Customary
[SI Metric]
Beryllium Copper Gaskets
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

PRODUCT PAGE
BERYLLIUM COPPER (Copper EMI Shielding Gaskets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I1 - I8

Beryllium Copper
EMI SHIELDING FINGERSTOCK GASKETS

[SI Metric]
Tecknit Beryllium Copper EMI Shielding
Fingerstock Gaskets are durable metal strips used
as gasket material to provide high shielding effec-
tiveness in closure applications where low closure
forces are required. Where extremely low closure
force is required, Softstock gaskets are available
in all standard cross sections. The following graph
compares the force / deflection of Softstock to
standard Beryllium Copper gasketing.
Tecknit Beryllium Copper EMI Shielding Gaskets
can be used in a broad range of electronic equip-
ment where EMI/RFI or ESD problems exist.
Beryllium Copper Gaskets perform flawlessly in a
variety of environments. They can be plated with
a large choice of metal finishes to ensure their
compatibility with any mating surface. They will
not burn nor are they affected by radiation, or
ultraviolet. For these reasons, top designers use
Both Softstock and standard Beryllium Copper Beryllium Copper EMI Shielding in everything
gaskets are ideal for applications where closure from computers and radios to military guidance
force is applied parallel to the mating surface and systems and consumer electronics.
the gasket is “wiped” rather than perpendicularly SPECIFICATIONS
compressed. Beryllium copper gaskets retain a
high resistance to relaxation - virtually eliminating MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
compression set. • Metal: Beryllium Copper Alloy C17200 (ASTM B194)
• Heat Treated: 353-435 DPH/Vickers
Note: For detailed technical data, please
contact our Customer Service Department at PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
(908) 272-5500 for information on the following: TYPICAL SHIELDING EFFECTIVENESS
25% deflection in accordance with MIL-STD-285 test procedure.
• Force/deflection on specific part numbers
• Shielding effectiveness on specific part H-FIELD E-FIELD PLANE WAVE
numbers Standard 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz
Finger Stock 110 dB 100 dB 90 dB
• Physical properties of Beryllium Copper Alloy Softstock 95dB 85dB 75dB
• Pressure sensitive adhesive tape specifications
• Product tolerances and detailed drawings
• Plating specifications
Tecknit offers a wide choice of Beryllium Copper
gaskets specially designed for both large and
small enclosures. They can be installed by a vari-
ety of methods, including adhesive strips, clip-on,
and rivet mount designs.
I-1
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS
OPEN END - Low compression force strips with adhesive backing. All-
purpose contact strip offers superior performance under minimum
compression. Ideally suited for applications requiring a range of compres-
sion due to variations in mounting surface.
Product A B C D E F Approx.
Number Ref. Length
5X-50000 .580[14.73] .235[5.96] .770[19.55] .060[1.52] .375[9.52] .032[0.81] 24"
5X-52000 .380[9.65] .150[3.81] .500[12.7] .060[1.52] .250[6.35] .022[0.55] 16"
5X-54000 .280[7.11] .120[3.04] .370[9.39] .040[1.01] .188[4.77] .018[0.45] 16"
5X-53800 .780[19.81] .270[6.85] .940[23.87] .060[1.52] .375[9.52] .040[1.01] 24
Contact Tecknit for availability of 25ft. coils
FOLD-OVER - Same characteristics as the open end series. However, this

design incorporates a “fold over” design which encaptures each finger pro-
tecting them from damage.
Number Ref. Length
5X-51500 .580[14.73] .223[5.84] .760[19.30] .060[1.52] .375[9.52] .032[0.81] 24"
5X-52100 .400[10.16] .150[3.81] .510[12.95] .060[1.52] .250[6.35] .022[0.55] 16"
5X-54100 .280[7.11] .120[3.04] .380[9.65] .050[1.27] .188[4.77] .018[0.45] 16"
5X-54200 .173[4.39] .080[2.32] .250[6.35] .050[1.27] .187[4.76] .018[0.45] 16"
RIGHT ANGLE - For applications where a minimal amount of material thick-

ness is desired. This series provides optimum shielding with minimal clo-
sure force.
Product A B C D E F G Approx.
Number Ref. Ref. Length
5X-50400 .580[14.73] .735[18.66] .770[19.55] .060[1.52] .375[9.52] .032[.812] .50[12.7] 24"
5X-52400 .380[9.65] .450[11.43] .500[12.7] .060[1.52] .250[6.35] .022[.558] .30[7.62] 16"
5X-54400 .280[7.11] .354[8.99] .370[9.39] .040[1.01] .188[4.77] .018[.457] .23[5.84] 16"
5X-53400 .780[19.81] .810[20.57] .940[23.87] .060[1.52] .375[9.52] .040[1.016] .54[13.71] 24"
LARGE ENCLOSURE - A design uniquely suited to applications such as

shielded room doors or large electronic enclosures. May be used in wiping
or compression applications.
Number Ref. Length
5X-63900 1.500[38.1] .225[5.71] 1.760[44.70] .060[1.524] .375[9.52] .040[1.016] 24"
5X-63800 1.090[27.68] .225[5.71] 1.350[34.29] .060[1.524] .375[9.52] .040[1.016] 24"
Contact Tecknit for availability of 25ft. coils.
I-2
Beryllium Copper, continued

U.S. Customary TWIST - Designed for compression applications with minimum flange
[SI Metric] widths. Available in single sided and double sided versions.
Product A B C D Approx.
Number Length
5X-45000 .230[5.84] .030[0.762] .095[2.41] .015[0.381] 24"
5X-45500 .340[8.64] .070[1.77] .165[4.19] .015[0.381] 24"
5X-46000 .500[12.7] .070[1.77] .165[4.19] .015[0.381] 24"
RIGHT ANGLE TWIST- For compression applications where side mounting

is desired.
Product A B C DE F Approx.
Number Ref. Length
5X-65100 .080[2.03] .190[4.82] .095[2.41] .015[0.381] .160[4.064] .03[.762} 24"
5X-65500 .160[4.06] .260[6.60] .165[4.19] .015[0.381] .190[4.830] .07[1.778] 24"
CLIP-ON - For applications where adhesive mounting is not possible.

Product A B C D E Approx.
Number Length
*5X-61000 .300[7.62] .092[2.33] .078[1.98] .188[4.77] .047[1.19] 16"
*5X-62000 .440[11.17] .078[1.98] .078[1.98] .188[4.77] .047[1.19] 16"
*5X-63000 .600[15.24] .205[5.20] .078[1.98] .188[4.77] .047[1.19] 16"
*5X-64000 1.090[27.68] .255[6.47] .081[2.05] .375[9.52] .040[1.016] 16"
MODIFIED CLIP-ON - For applications where adhesive mounting is not pos-

sible and where space limitations exist.
Number Length
5X-66600 .600[15.23] .165[4.14] .097[2.46] .188[4.77] .047[1.19] 16"
5X-66700 .272[6.90] .200[5.08] .070[1.78] .190[4.82] .030[.762] 18"
CLIP-ON TWIST - For compression applications where non-adhesive

mounting is desired.
Number Length
5X-65200 .150[3.81] .100[2.54] .095[2.41] .015[0.381] 24"
*5X-66500 .270[6.85] .110[2.79] .165[4.19] .015[0.381] 24"
REVERSE CLIP-ON - For applications where closure force is applied from

the same side as the flange form.
Product A B C D E F G Approx. Lance
Number Length
5X-65000 .380 .200 .070 .040 .250 .250 .500 16" T
[9.65] [5.08] [1.77] [1.016] [6.35] [6.35] [12.70]
5x-66000 .380 .200 .070 .040 .250 .250 .500 16" D
[9.65] [5.08] [1.77] [1.016 [6.35] [6.35] {12.70]
* "D" and "T" Lances available in 1/2" and 1" spacing. Contact the factory.
NOTE: Clip dimension alternatives available. Contact TECKNIT factory.
I-3
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
CONTACT STRIPS - For a variety of design applications. Contact strips offer

near continuous contact from each finger.
Number Length
5X-60900 .520[13.20] .100[2.54] .188[4.77] .047[1.19] 16"
5X-61900 .670[17.01] .080[2.03] .188[4.77] .047[1.19] 16"
5X-62900 .860[21.84] .205[5.20] .188[4.77] .047[1.19] 16"
Contact Tecknit for availability of 25ft. coils.
RIGHT ANGLE CONTACT STRIP - Same performance characteristics of the

contact strip, but designed for side mounting applications.
Number Length
5X-61500 .300[7.62] .357[9.06] .188[4.77] .047[1.19] .257[6.52] 16"
5X-62500 .440[11.17] .360[9.14] .188[4.77] .047[1.19] .280[7.112] 16"
5X-63500 .600[15.24] .500[12.11] .188[4.77] .047[1.19] .290[7.36] 16"
5X-64500 1.090[27.68] .650[14.09] .375[9.52] .040[1.016] .395[10.03] 16"
SYMMETRICAL SLOT MOUNT SERIES - Fingers are designed to snap into

parallel slots and can be compressed to stock thickness.
Product A B C1 C2 D E F Ref.
Number Min. Ref. Length
5X-71000 .320[8.13] .110[2.79] .085[2.16] - .040[1.01] .187[4.74] .169[4.29] 16"
5X-71100 .320[8.13] .110[2.79] .085[2.16] - .040[1.01] .187[4.74] .169[4.29] .187" (1 finger)
5X-71200 .320[8.13] .110[2.79] .085[2.16] - .040[1.01] .187[4.74] .169[4.29] .375" (2 finger)
5X-71300 .320[8.13] .110[2.79] .085[2.16] - .040[1.01] .187[4.74] .169[4.29] .563" (3 finger)
5X-72000 .600[15.23] .220[5.58] .140[3.56] - .070[1.77] .282[7.16] .25[6.35] 15.75"
5X-72100 .600[15.23] .220[5.58] .140[3.56] - .070[1.77] .282[7.16 .250[6.35] .282" (1 finger)
5X-72200 .600[15.23] .220[5.58] .140[3.56] - .070[1.77] .282[7.16] .250[6.35] .563" (2 finger)
5X-72300 .600[15.23] .220[5.58] .140[3.56] - .070[1.77] .282[7.16] .250[6.35] .845" (3 finger)
55-73000 .358[9.09] .128[3.25] .110[2.79] .098[2.29] .050[1.27] .202[5.13] .184[5.67] .389" (2 fingers)
SYMMETRICAL STAGGERED SLOT MOUNT - Designed to ease longer strip

mount installations.
Product A B C D E F
Number Min. Length
56-74016 .320[8.13] .110[2.79] .085[2.16] .040[1.02] .187[4.75] .169[4.29] .92" (5 fingers)
56-74000 .320[8.13] .110[2.79] .085[2.16] .040[1.02] .187[4.75] .169[4.29] 16.3"
56-75016 .560[14.22] .240[6.09] .128[3.25] .040[1.02] .281[7.15] .250[6.35] 4.187[106.3] (15 fingers)
*Availble in soft stock only.
SOFT FINGERS - Superior elastic performance in applications where

extremely low closure forces are required. Softstock version only.
Product A B C D E F Max. Thickness
Number Min. Length
56-70000 .370[9.398] .13[3.30] - - .250[6.35] .225[5.71] 16" .0020[.0508]
*Availble in soft stock only.
I-4

U.S. Customary SOFT MINI CLIP-ON - Designed for use on connectors and other small
[SI Metric] applications. Softstock version only.
Product A B C D E Length Thickness
Number Min.
56-68000* .025[0.64] .042[1.07] .025[0.64] .049[1.25] .020[0.51 .784[19.92] .002
± .020[.50] [.0508]
*Available in Softstock only.
SYMMETRICAL - A symmetrical strip suited for use applications with

bi-directional closure force designs.
Number Min. Length
5X-55700 .350[8.89] .110[2.79] .380[9.65] .070[1.77] .187[4.74] .018[0.45] 15"
5X-3000 .450[11.43] .080[203] .510[12.95] .040[1.016 .125[3.175] .05[.635] 24"
5X-55400 .450[11.43] .140[3.55] .510[12.95] .080[2.03] .250[6.35] .022[0.55] 15"
*Available in Softstock only.
SYMMETRICAL WITH SPINE - All the advantages of standard symmetrical

with the added feature of a spine running lengthwise to allow for parallel
sliding. Symmetrical strips are suited for use with bi-directional closure
force designs.
Number Min. Length
5X-55300 .350[8.89] .110[2.79] .380[9.65] .070[1.77] .187[4.74] .018[0.45] 15"
SYMMETRICAL WITH RIVET MOUNT - For bi-directional closure force

designs that require the highest reliability mounting methods.
Product A B C D E F G H Approx. Rivet
Number Min. Length Type
5X-55800 .350[8.89] .110[2.79] .380[9.65] .070[1.77] .187[4.74] .018[0.45] .66 .84 15" Clip
5X-55500 .450[11.43] .140[3.55] .510[12.95] .080[2.03] .250[6.35] .022[0.55] .63 .88 15" Clip
5X-55900 .350[8.89] .110[2.79] .380[9.65] .070[1.77] .187[4.74] .018[0.45] .66 .84 15" Push
5X-55600 .450[11.43] .140[3.55] .510[12.95] .080[2.03] .250[6.35] .022[0.55] .63 .88 15" Push
SYMMETRICAL RIVET MOUNT WITH SPINE - Standard symmetrical advan-

tages with added feature of a spine running lengthwise to allow parallel
sliding.
Product A B C D E F G H Approx. Rivet
Number Min. Length Type
5X-55100 .350[8.89] .110[2.79] .380[9.65] .070[1.77] .187[4.74] .018[0.45] .66 .84 15" Clip
5X-55200 .350[8.89] .110[2.79] .380[9.65] .070[1.77] .187[4.74] .018[0.45] .66 .84 15" Push
LONGITUDINAL GROUNDING STRIP - Designed for sliding contact applica-

tions, such as rack-mounted equipment equipment and sliding drawer or
cover applications.
Number Min. Length
55-00101 .250[6.35] .177[4.49] – .070[1.77] .102[2.59] 6.38"
I-5
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
T-LANCE - Clip-on Gaskets with the “T” lance T-LANCE AND D-LANCE - Items requiring a "T" or
assure extra grip and electrical conductivity. “T” "D" lance, add a "T" or "D" on the end ot the part
lance is the perfect solution for mounting gaskets number. Also add the spacing dimension: .500"
on aluminum and other softer metals. All “T” or 1000"
lance gaskets are available in standard finishes.
Example: 55-63000T500
"T" lance with .500" spacing
Example: 55-62000D100
"D" lance with 1.000" spacing
COILS - When ordering Be/Cu coils, simply add
the code letter "C" to the part number.
D-LANCE - “D” lances snap into mounting
surface holes for enhanced gripping power and Example: 55-51500C
conductivity.
When ordering Beryllium Copper Gaskets with
plating, refer to the Tecknit Plating Code Chart
below. Simply substitute the last two digits of the
part number with the appropriate code number of
the plating to specified.
Example: 55 - 520 00 = 55-520 06 (Satin Tin Finish)
Standard lance locations are on .50” centers. PLATING CODE CHART

Other locations are available. Please contact Standard plating thickness: 0001" min. (Gold is:
factory. 00005" min.)
MOUNTING METHODS Finish Identification Finish Identification
TECKNIT supplies gaskets adaptable to six Bright Finish 00 Electroless Nickel 09
attachment methods: clip-on, pressure sensitive Gold 01 Bright Nickel 10
adhesive, solder, weld, slot, and rivet mounting. Silver 02 Tin/Nickel 11
Please note that the clip dimensions depicted in Tin Lead 05 Zinc 12
this catalog can be modified to accommodate a Satin Tin 06 Zinc Chromate
variety of mounting surface material thicknesses. Bright Tin 07 (Yellow) 13
In addition, various rivet styles are available for Dull Nickel 08 Zinc Chromate
the symmetrical rivet series. (Clear) 40
PLATING FOR GALVANIC COMPATABILITY

Often plating is advisable to prevent inter action
with Beryllium Copper and the metal it contacts.
The figure below shows groups of compatible
metals. Each group of metals overlap with those
next in the group. It is safe to use metals from
adjacent groups. For example, Beryllium Copper
is found in Group lll, makining it safe to use with
metals and platings from groups ll, lll or lV.
When ordering standard Beryllium Copper
Gaskets replace the second digit of the part num-
ber (X) with a 5. To order the low compression
Softstock version, change the “X” to a 6.
Example: 5X - 71000 = 55 - 71000 (Standard)

56 - 71000 (Softstock)
I-6

U.S. Customary GROUPING OF METALS BY ELECTROCHEMICAL COMPATIBILITY
[SI Metric]
ANODE
Group l Group ll Group lll Group lV
Magnesium Aluminum Cadmium Plating Brass
Magnesium Alloys Aluminum Alloys Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
Aluminum Zinc & Zinc Plating Iron Beryllium Copper
Aluminum Alloys Chromium Plating Nickel & Nickel Plating Copper / Copper Alloys
Zinc / Zinc Plating Cadmium Plating Tin & Tin Plating Nickel / Copper Alloys
Chromium Plating Carbon Steel Tin / Lead Solder Monel
Iron Lead Silver
Nickel & Nickel Plating Brass Graphite
Tin & Tin Plating Stainless Steel Rhodium
Tin / Lead Solder Beryllium Copper Titanium
Copper / Copper Alloys Platinum
Nickel / Copper Alloys Gold
CATHODE
I-7
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
I-8
J. FABRIC OVER FOAM
Section J:
U.S. Customary
[SI Metric]
Tecksof 2000
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

J. FABRIC OVER FOAM
PRODUCT PAGE
TECKSOF 2000™ (Conductive Fabric over Foam Gaskets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J1 - J9

J. FABRIC OVER FOAM
TECKSOF 2000 ™
CONDUCTIVE FABRIC OVER FOAM GASKETS -- UL 94-VO RATED

[SI Metric]
The Tecknit TECKSOF 2000 Series gasket con-
sists of conductive fabric over foam and has been
designed to meet today’s commercial EMI shield-
ing application demands where wide tolerance
gaps exist. The foam core is flexible and conform-
able, making it ideal for applications requiring low
closure force and minimal compression set.
Tecknit TECKSOF 2000 Series gaskets are ideally
suited for commercial electronic enclosures. They
provide shielding effectiveness in excess of 100
dB.
Conductive soft gaskets are an ideal low cost MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
solution for placement in enclosures where weight Foam Core:
and space are limited. TECKSOF 2000 is an • Urethane
excellent choice where conformability as well as Conductive Fabric:
high shielding requirements are specified. • Nickel Copper metallized fabric
Applications recommended include electronic • Others available
cabinets/enclosures, laptop computers, cellular
devices and portable electronic devices such as GENERAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
PDA's. • Shielding Effectiveness: .250”x.375” profile:
>100 dB
FEATURES (20 MHz to 10 GHz,
• Low compression force requirements: Typicaly MIL-G-83528B)
less than 2lbs./1 inch • Surface Resistivity: < 0.07 ohm/sq.
• Shielding effectiveness of over 100 dB (Typically <0.05 ohm/sq.)
• Highly flexible and conformable • Compression set: 8% - 20%
• Thin light weight design • Service Temperature: -40°F (-40°C)
• Corrosion resistant nickel coating for excellent to 158°F (70°C)
galvanic compatibility • Abrasion Resistance: >500,000 Cycles
• Low surface contact resistance (ASTM D3886 )
• Continuous intimate contact between mating • Corrosion Resistance: Galvanic Compatibility
surfaces With Aluminum,
• Pressure sensitive adhesive as well as rigid Galvanized Steel,
mounting mechanisms Electrogalvanized Steel
And Other Materials.
• Easy cut to length installation
• Flammability Rating UL94V-0 or UL94V-1
• Wide variety of profile options depending on profile
• General Duty and Flame resistant, UL 94-VO
• Minimum compression 10%-Profile Dependent
Rated. Foam cores available
• Typical compression 30-40%
• Maximum compression 80%-Profile Dependent
• Expected minimum IP rating 54
J-1
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
J. FABRIC OVER FOAM
TECKSOF 2000 Structure

1= Conductive Fabric
2= Foam core
3= PSA tape
4= Paper liner
SPECIFICATIONS – CONDUCTIVE FABRICS

There are main four types of conductive fabric for T2000 fabric-over-foam:
CONDUCTIVE FABRIC – RIPSTOP, WOVEN (NO.SR-W23B)
Applications For extra abrasion resistance, Conductive Polyester
Flammability UL94V-1: 0.8MM to 1.0mm.UL94V-0: >1.0mm
Plating type Nickel + Copper + Nickel
Tensile strength CD60/MD65 (LB/INCH)
Max. short duration temp 210°C
Surface Resistance 0.04 to 0.08 ohms per square
CONDUCTIVE FABRIC – TAFFETA, WOVEN (NO.ST-W29B)
Applications standard material, Conductive polyester
Flammability UL94V-0: >0.8mm
Tensile strength CD60/MD65 (LB/INCH)
Max. short duration temp 200°C
CONDUCTIVE FABRIC – NON WOVEN (NO.SN-W05B)
- Limited availability; contact Tecknit Sales for assistance
Applications Die cut gaskets. Non UL94 rated.
Material Conductive non woven Polyester
Tensile strength CD6.30/MD15.20
Max. short duration temp: 210°C
CONDUCTIVE WRAP – USING CONDUCTIVE RUBBER (NO.SN-RUB)
- Limited availability; contact Tecknit Sales for assistance
Applications Provides an environmental seal, as well as EMI shield
Material Urethane rubber, coated with silver powder.
Plating type Silver
Surface resistance: Calculated to 0.016 ohm - square
Tensile strength 15kgf/cm2 to ASTM D638
Ozone resistance: 250 ppm for 96 hours, no cracking to KSM6518
Elongation 120% to ASTM D638
TYPICAL RESISTANCE VS COMPRESSION GRAPH
J-2
J. FABRIC OVER FOAM
TECKSOF 2000, continued

U.S. Customary COMPRESSION/DEFLECTION DATA
[SI Metric]
SAMPLE GENERAL DUTY UL94
SIZE
lbs/in
lbs/in
3x3mm
Deflection % Deflection %
lbs/in
lbs/in
4x4mm
5x5mm
lbs/in
lbs/in
J-3
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
J. FABRIC OVER FOAM
TECKSOF 2000 Profile Descriptions
TECKSOF 2000 PART No. PROFILE WIDTH HEIGHT WIDTH HEIGHT UL Rating Notes:
Product Code: mm mm in in
27- 406 C-FOLD 6.4 6.4 0.250 0.250 V-0
410 C-FOLD W/ INSERT 9.8 10.9 0.386 0.430 V-0
407 C-FOLD 10.7 9.8 0.420 0.385 V-0
402 C-FOLD 10.9 10.0 0.430 0.395 V-0
409 C-FOLD 10.9 10.0 0.430 0.395 V-0
403 C-FOLD 12.4 11.9 0.487 0.470 V-0
405 C-FOLD 14.7 17.1 0.580 0.675 V-0
401 C-FOLD 15.0 17.1 0.590 0.675 V-0
404 C-FOLD 15.2 17.1 0.600 0.675 V-0
412 C-FOLD 19.0 23.0 0.748 0.906 V-0
27- 408 DOUBLE D 2.8 9.7 0.110 0.380 V-0

411 DOUBLE D 15.0 3.8 0.591 0.150 V-0
27- 206 D-SHAPE 2.3 2.3 0.090 0.090 V-0

209 D-SHAPE 2.3 3.2 0.090 0.125 V-0
201 D-SHAPE 3.8 1.5 0.150 0.060 V-0
205 D-SHAPE 3.8 2.3 0.150 0.090 V-0
203 D-SHAPE 3.8 3.0 0.150 0.120 V-0
210 D-SHAPE 3.8 3.8 0.150 0.150 V-0
218 D-SHAPE 4.0 3.0 0.157 0.118 V-0
215 D-SHAPE 4.8 5.1 0.190 0.200 V-0
217 D-SHAPE 4.8 7.6 0.189 0.300 V-0
219 D-SHAPE 5.0 3.0 0.197 0.118 V-0
220 D-SHAPE 5.4 3.6 0.213 0.142 V-0
222 D-SHAPE 6.0 8.0 0.236 0.315 V-0
221 D-SHAPE 6.4 2.0 0.252 0.079 V-0
207 D-SHAPE 6.4 3.0 0.250 0.120 V-0
216 D-SHAPE 6.4 3.2 0.250 0.125 V-0
202 D-SHAPE 6.4 3.6 0.250 0.140 V-0
211 D-SHAPE 6.4 6.4 0.250 0.250 V-0
223 D-SHAPE 7.6 4.8 0.299 0.189 V-0
214 D-SHAPE 8.0 5.0 0.315 0.196 V-0
224 D-SHAPE 8.0 8.5 0.315 0.335 V-0
225 D-SHAPE 9.0 4.0 0.354 0.157 V-0
208 D-SHAPE 9.1 3.0 0.360 0.120 V-0
204 D-SHAPE 9.5 6.4 0.375 0.250 V-0
226 D-SHAPE 9.7 3.3 0.382 0.130 V-0
227 D-SHAPE 10.0 2.5 0.394 0.098 V-0
228 D-SHAPE 10.0 4.6 0.394 0.181 V-0
229 D-SHAPE 10.0 5.0 0.394 0.197 V-0
230 D-SHAPE 10.0 10.0 0.394 0.394 V-0
231 D-SHAPE 10.0 11.0 0.394 0.433 V-0
232 D-SHAPE 12.0 10.0 0.472 0.394 V-0
233 D-SHAPE 12.2 5.1 0.480 0.201 V-0
234 D-SHAPE 12.7 9.5 0.500 0.374 V-0
212 D-SHAPE 12.7 12.7 0.500 0.500 V-0
213 D-SHAPE 12.7 17.8 0.500 0.700 V-0
235 D-SHAPE 13.0 4.8 0.512 0.189 V-0
236 D-SHAPE 18.0 10.0 0.709 0.394 V-0
237 D-SHAPE 18.0 14.3 0.709 0.563 V-0
238 D-SHAPE 20.0 5.0 0.787 0.197 V-0
239 D-SHAPE 20.0 7.0 0.787 0.276 V-0
240 D-SHAPE 49.0 7.0 1.929 0.276 V-0
J-4
J. FABRIC OVER FOAM

27- 302 I/O 19.1 1.5 0.750 0.060 V-0
313 I/O 21.0 1.7 0.827 0.067 V-0
307 I/O 21.1 2.0 0.830 0.080 V-0
303 I/O 22.0 1.5 0.866 0.060 V-0
304 I/O 22.9 1.5 0.900 0.060 V-0
312 I/O 24.0 2.5 0.945 0.098 V-0
314 I/O 24.0 1.0 0.945 0.039 V-0
311 I/O 24.8 2.0 0.976 0.079 V-0
315 I/O 25.0 1.0 0.984 0.039 V-0
300 I/O 25.4 1.5 1.000 0.060 V-0
316 I/O 25.5 1.9 1.004 0.075 V-0
317 I/O 29.0 1.0 1.142 0.039 V-0
318 I/O 31.0 1.0 1.220 0.039 V-0
319 I/O 33.0 1.0 1.299 0.039 V-0
305 I/O 33.8 1.5 1.330 0.060 V-0
320 I/O 35.0 1.0 1.378 0.039 V-0
321 I/O 35.0 2.0 1.378 0.079 V-0
310 I/O 38.1 1.5 1.500 0.060 V-0
322 I/O 39.4 3.2 1.550 0.125 V-0
323 I/O 40.0 1.5 1.575 0.059 V-0
324 I/O 40.0 2.0 1.575 0.079 V-0
327 I/O 40.0 3.0 1.575 0.118 V-0
326 I/O 40.5 2.0 1.594 0.079 V-0
325 I/O 40.9 3.1 1.610 0.120 V-0
306 I/O 41.0 1.5 1.615 0.060 V-0
308 I/O 41.0 3.2 1.615 0.125 V-0
328 I/O 42.0 2.0 1.654 0.079 V-0
329 I/O 43.0 2.5 1.693 0.098 V-0
330 I/O 45.0 1.0 1.772 0.039 V-0
331 I/O 45.0 1.5 1.772 0.059 V-0
332 I/O 45.0 2.0 1.772 0.079 V-0
301 I/O 50.8 1.6 2.000 0.062 V-0
309 I/O 65.0 1.8 2.560 0.070 V-0
333 I/O 68.9 2.0 2.713 0.079 V-0
334 I/O 74.9 2.0 2.949 0.079 V-0
335 I/O 84.0 1.5 3.307 0.059 V-0
27- 502 KNIFE 6.0 2.0 0.236 0.079 V-0

501 KNIFE 11.3 2.7 0.445 0.106 V-0
500 KNIFE 19.1 6.4 0.750 0.250 V-0
27- 801 P-SHAPE 10.0 2.6 0.394 0.102 V-0

802 P-SHAPE 12.0 3.7 0.472 0.146 V-0
803 P-SHAPE 13.2 3.3 0.520 0.130 V-0
800 P-SHAPE 13.2 4.0 0.520 0.157 V-0
805 T-SHAPE 14.7 17.0 0.579 0.669 V-0
* Part has rigid insert in 804 P-SHAPE 17.0 10.0 0.669 0.394 V-0
base leg
27- 806 ROUND 3.0 DIA 0.118 DIA V-0

807 ROUND 8.0 DIA 0.315 DIA V-0
J-5
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
J. FABRIC OVER FOAM
27- 107 SQUARE 2.0 2.0 0.079 0.079 V-0
108 SQUARE 2.3 2.3 0.091 0.091 V-0
100 SQUARE 3.0 3.0 0.118 0.118 V-0
109 SQUARE 4.0 4.0 0.157 0.157 V-0
103 SQUARE 5.0 5.0 0.195 0.195 V-0
110 SQUARE 6.0 6.0 0.236 0.236 V-0
101 SQUARE 6.4 6.4 0.250 0.250 V-0
111 SQUARE 8.0 8.0 0.315 0.315 V-0
112 SQUARE 9.0 9.0 0.354 0.354 V-0
104 SQUARE 9.5 9.5 0.376 0.375 V-0
105 SQUARE 10.0 10.0 0.395 0.395 V-0
113 SQUARE 12.0 12.0 0.472 0.472 V-0
102 SQUARE 12.7 12.7 0.500 0.500 V-0
114 SQUARE 13.0 13.0 0.512 0.512 V-0
115 SQUARE 15.0 15.0 0.591 0.591 V-0
106 SQUARE 17.0 17.0 0.670 0.670 V-0
116 SQUARE 17.0 17.0 0.669 0.669 V-0
117 SQUARE 30.0 30.0 1.181 1.181 V-0
118 SQUARE 35.0 35.0 1.378 1.378 V-0
27- 630 RECTANGLE 2.0 1.0 0.079 0.039 V-0

631 RECTANGLE 3.0 0.5 0.118 0.020 V-0
709 RECTANGLE 3.0 1.0 0.120 0.040 V-0 V-1 w/Ripstop
632 RECTANGLE 3.0 1.5 0.118 0.059 V-0
737 RECTANGLE 3.0 2.0 0.118 0.079 V-0
738 RECTANGLE 3.0 2.5 0.118 0.098 V-0
739 RECTANGLE 3.5 2.5 0.138 0.098 V-0
740 RECTANGLE 3.5 4.5 0.138 0.177 V-0
720 RECTANGLE 3.9 2.5 0.155 0.100 V-0
741 RECTANGLE 4.0 3.0 0.157 0.118 V-0
715 RECTANGLE 4.1 2.0 0.160 0.080 V-0
634 RECTANGLE 4.5 1.0 0.177 0.039 V-0
633 RECTANGLE 4.5 1.5 0.177 0.059 V-0
723 RECTANGLE 4.8 3.3 0.190 0.130 V-0
635 RECTANGLE 5.0 0.5 0.197 0.020 V-0
742 RECTANGLE 5.0 2.0 0.197 0.079 V-0
743 RECTANGLE 5.0 3.0 0.197 0.118 V-0
744 RECTANGLE 5.0 3.5 0.197 0.138 V-0
745 RECTANGLE 5.0 5.5 0.197 0.217 V-0
701 RECTANGLE 5.1 1.0 0.200 0.040 V-0
728 RECTANGLE 5.1 4.1 0.200 0.160 V-0
636 RECTANGLE 6.0 1.0 0.236 0.039 V-0
746 RECTANGLE 6.0 2.0 0.236 0.079 V-0
747 RECTANGLE 6.0 3.0 0.236 0.118 V-0
749 RECTANGLE 6.0 4.0 0.236 0.157 V-0
750 RECTANGLE 6.0 5.0 0.236 0.197 V-0
751 RECTANGLE 6.0 6.5 0.236 0.256 V-0
721 RECTANGLE 6.4 3.2 0.250 0.125 V-0
748 RECTANGLE 6.4 3.2 0.252 0.126 V-0
718 RECTANGLE 6.7 2.5 0.265 0.100 V-0
637 RECTANGLE 7.0 0.5 0.276 0.020 V-0
J-6
J. FABRIC OVER FOAM

27- 638 RECTANGLE 7.0 1.5 0.276 0.059 V-0
716 RECTANGLE 7.0 2.0 0.275 0.080 V-0
752 RECTANGLE 7.0 4.0 0.276 0.157 V-0
753 RECTANGLE 7.0 5.0 0.276 0.197 V-0
754 RECTANGLE 7.0 6.0 0.276 0.236 V-0
639 RECTANGLE 7.5 1.5 0.295 0.059 V-0
640 RECTANGLE 7.6 0.5 0.299 0.020 V-0
714 RECTANGLE 7.6 1.6 0.300 0.062 V-0
661 RECTANGLE 8.0 0.8 0.315 0.031 V-0
662 RECTANGLE 8.0 1.0 0.315 0.039 V-0
663 RECTANGLE 8.0 1.2 0.315 0.047 V-0
641 RECTANGLE 8.0 1.5 0.315 0.059 V-0
755 RECTANGLE 8.0 2.0 0.315 0.079 V-0
756 RECTANGLE 8.0 3.0 0.315 0.118 V-0
726 RECTANGLE 8.0 4.0 0.315 0.157 V-0
707 RECTANGLE 8.0 5.0 0.315 0.196 V-0
757 RECTANGLE 8.0 6.0 0.315 0.236 V-0
758 RECTANGLE 8.0 7.0 0.315 0.276 V-0
642 RECTANGLE 9.0 0.5 0.354 0.020 V-0
643 RECTANGLE 9.0 1.0 0.354 0.039 V-0
644 RECTANGLE 9.0 1.3 0.354 0.051 V-0
759 RECTANGLE 9.0 2.0 0.354 0.079 V-0
760 RECTANGLE 9.0 3.0 0.354 0.118 V-0
761 RECTANGLE 9.0 4.0 0.354 0.157 V-0
762 RECTANGLE 9.0 5.0 0.354 0.197 V-0
763 RECTANGLE 9.0 8.0 0.354 0.315 V-0
764 RECTANGLE 9.4 6.4 0.370 0.252 V-0
719 RECTANGLE 9.5 2.5 0.375 0.100 V-0
664 RECTANGLE 9.5 3.2 0.375 0.125 V0
722 RECTANGLE 9.5 4.0 0.375 0.156 V-0
706 RECTANGLE 9.5 6.4 0.375 0.250 V-0
724 RECTANGLE 9.7 3.3 0.380 0.130 V-0
645 RECTANGLE 10.0 0.8 0.394 0.031 V-0
646 RECTANGLE 10.0 1.5 0.394 0.059 V-0
765 RECTANGLE 10.0 3.0 0.394 0.118 V-0
767 RECTANGLE 10.0 4.0 0.394 0.157 V-0
729 RECTANGLE 10.0 5.0 0.395 0.195 V-0
768 RECTANGLE 10.0 6.0 0.394 0.236 V-0
769 RECTANGLE 10.0 7.0 0.394 0.276 V-0
770 RECTANGLE 10.0 8.0 0.394 0.315 V-0
771 RECTANGLE 10.0 9.0 0.394 0.354 V-0
772 RECTANGLE 10.0 11.0 0.394 0.433 V-0
717 RECTANGLE 10.2 2.0 0.400 0.080 V-0
731 RECTANGLE 11.0 7.0 0.433 0.276 V-0
647 RECTANGLE 12.0 1.0 0.472 0.039 V-0
773 RECTANGLE 12.0 2.5 0.472 0.098 V-0
774 RECTANGLE 12.0 3.5 0.472 0.138 V-0
775 RECTANGLE 12.0 5.0 0.472 0.197 V-0
776 RECTANGLE 12.0 6.0 0.472 0.236 V-0
777 RECTANGLE 12.0 7.0 0.472 0.276 V-0
778 RECTANGLE 12.0 8.0 0.472 0.315 V-0
779 RECTANGLE 12.0 9.0 0.472 0.354 V-0
J-7
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
J. FABRIC OVER FOAM
27- 780 RECTANGLE 12.0 10.0 0.472 0.394 V-0
705 RECTANGLE 12.7 3.2 0.500 0.125 V-0
725 RECTANGLE 12.7 3.8 0.500 0.150 V-0
730 RECTANGLE 12.7 6.4 0.500 0.250 V-0
733 RECTANGLE 12.7 9.5 0.500 0.374 V-0
648 RECTANGLE 13.0 1.5 0.512 0.059 V-0
781 RECTANGLE 13.0 2.0 0.512 0.079 V-0
782 RECTANGLE 13.0 3.5 0.512 0.138 V-0
783 RECTANGLE 13.0 4.0 0.512 0.157 V-0
784 RECTANGLE 13.0 5.0 0.512 0.197 V-0
785 RECTANGLE 13.0 6.0 0.512 0.236 V-0
786 RECTANGLE 13.0 7.0 0.512 0.276 V-0
787 RECTANGLE 13.0 8.0 0.512 0.315 V-0
788 RECTANGLE 13.0 10.0 0.512 0.394 V-0
789 RECTANGLE 13.0 15.0 0.512 0.591 V-0
649 RECTANGLE 14.0 1.5 0.551 0.059 V-0
790 RECTANGLE 14.0 6.0 0.551 0.236 V-0
650 RECTANGLE 15.0 1.0 0.591 0.039 V-0
791 RECTANGLE 15.0 2.0 0.591 0.079 V-0
792 RECTANGLE 15.0 3.0 0.591 0.118 V-0
727 RECTANGLE 15.0 4.0 0.591 0.157 V-0
793 RECTANGLE 15.0 5.0 0.591 0.197 V-0
794 RECTANGLE 15.0 6.0 0.591 0.236 V-0
732 RECTANGLE 15.0 7.5 0.591 0.295 V-0
795 RECTANGLE 15.0 8.0 0.591 0.315 V-0
796 RECTANGLE 15.0 10.0 0.591 0.394 V-0
797 RECTANGLE 15.0 11.0 0.591 0.433 V-0
798 RECTANGLE 15.0 12.0 0.591 0.472 V-0
799 RECTANGLE 15.0 17.0 0.591 0.669 V-0
600 RECTANGLE 16.0 7.0 0.630 0.276 V-0
601 RECTANGLE 17.0 7.0 0.669 0.276 V-0
602 RECTANGLE 17.5 5.0 0.689 0.197 V-0
704 RECTANGLE 17.8 3.2 0.700 0.125 V-0
651 RECTANGLE 18.0 1.6 0.709 0.063 V-0
603 RECTANGLE 18.0 10.0 0.709 0.394 V-0
652 RECTANGLE 19.0 1.0 0.748 0.039 V-0
653 RECTANGLE 19.0 1.5 0.748 0.059 V-0
605 RECTANGLE 19.0 2.0 0.748 0.079 V-0
604 RECTANGLE 19.0 18.5 0.748 0.728 V-0
702 RECTANGLE 19.1 6.4 0.750 0.250 V-0
654 RECTANGLE 20.0 1.0 0.787 0.039 V-0
655 RECTANGLE 20.0 1.6 0.787 0.063 V-0
606 RECTANGLE 20.0 3.0 0.787 0.118 V-0
607 RECTANGLE 20.0 5.0 0.787 0.197 V-0
608 RECTANGLE 20.0 6.0 0.787 0.236 V-0
609 RECTANGLE 20.0 7.0 0.787 0.276 V-0
610 RECTANGLE 20.0 8.0 0.787 0.315 V-0
611 RECTANGLE 20.0 9.0 0.787 0.354 V-0
612 RECTANGLE 20.0 10.0 0.787 0.394 V-0
613 RECTANGLE 20.0 12.0 0.787 0.472 V-0
614 RECTANGLE 20.0 13.0 0.787 0.512 V-0
615 RECTANGLE 20.0 15.0 0.787 0.591 V-0
735 RECTANGLE 21.0 1.7 0.827 0.067 V-0
616 RECTANGLE 21.0 2.0 0.827 0.079 V-0
618 RECTANGLE 21.0 4.0 0.827 0.157 V-0
703 RECTANGLE 21.0 18.0 0.827 0.710 V-0
617 RECTANGLE 21.1 2.0 0.830 0.080 V-0
J-8
J. FABRIC OVER FOAM

27- 619 RECTANGLE 24.0 3.5 0.945 0.138 V-0
620 RECTANGLE 25.0 5.0 0.984 0.197 V-0
657 RECTANGLE 25.4 1.6 1.000 0.063 V-0
621 RECTANGLE 25.4 3.2 1.000 0.125 V-0
622 RECTANGLE 25.4 6.5 1.000 0.256 V-0
623 RECTANGLE 29.0 3.0 1.142 0.118 V-0
624 RECTANGLE 30.0 10.0 1.181 0.394 V-0
625 RECTANGLE 30.0 12.0 1.181 0.472 V-0
736 RECTANGLE 34.0 4.0 1.340 0.157 V-0
626 RECTANGLE 43.0 20.0 1.693 0.787 V-0
627 RECTANGLE 45.0 20.0 1.772 0.787 V-0
628 RECTANGLE 50.0 25.0 1.969 0.984 V-0
629 RECTANGLE 60.0 10.0 2.362 0.394 V-0
ENGINEERING TOLERANCES (TYPICAL VALUES)

CUT TO LENGTH
ENGLISH UNITS (Inches)METRIC UNITS (mm)
DIMENSIONS TOLERANCE DIMENSIONS TOLERANCE
1-6 ±.030 25 - 152 ±0.8
6 - 11 ±.050 152 - 280 ±1.3
11 - 48 ±.100 280 - 1,220 ±2.6
48 - 70 ±.187 1,220 - 1,780 ±4.8
70 - 84 ±.250 1,780 - 2,134 ±6.4
CROSS SECTION
ENGLISH UNITS (Inches)METRIC UNITS (mm)
DIMENSIONS TOLERANCE DIMENSIONS TOLERANCE
<0.100 ±.020 <2.5 ±0.5
<0.100 ±.030 <2.5 ±0.8
Pressure sensitive adhesive mounting strips are
standard. Consult the factory for custom profiles.
J-9
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
J. FABRIC OVER FOAM
J-10
K. GLOSSARY
Section K:
U.S. Customary
[SI Metric]
Glossary and Appendix A
PAGE
GLOSSARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K1 - K5
APPENDIX A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K6
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

K. GLOSSARY
A cm Centimeter.
COHESION The mutual attraction by which the ele-
ABSORPTION Dissipation or loss of electromagnet- ments of a material cling to each other. Compare
ic energy in the medium through which the ener-
ADHESION in which the elements of a material
gy passes. Measured is decibels (dB).
cling to the elements of a different material.
ADHESION The attraction of two dissimilar sub-
COLD FLOW See CREEP.
stances. Compare COHESION.
COMPATIBILITY The ability of two materials to form
ADHESIVE-SEALANT A material which can perform
a chemically stable system. Two or more metals
as both an adhesive and environmental sealant.
which display no appreciable corrosion when in
AG/BR Silver plated brass. contact with each other are said to display com-
patibility.
ARRESTANCE The capacity of an air filter to cap-
ture and hold particulate material or dust. COMPRESSION The application of pressure to a
material as opposed to the application of tension.
ATTENUATION A loss of energy. Generally In the case of cellular or sponge elastomers, com-
expressed in decibels. pression will result in a decrease in cross-section
area. Compression of solid elastomers produces a
B change in the shape of a cross-section with no

change in its area (compare DEFLECTION).
BLEED To exude a liquid or gaseous material. COMPRESSION SET The percent of permanent
BOND, mechanical Joining of objects by means of height reduction in a material caused by com-
adhesion. pression under specific conditions of load, tem-
perature, and time.
BUNA-N A synthetic rubber compound useful in
applications involving exposure to jet fuels, e.g.. COMPRESSION STOP A material which acts to limit
JP- 1 through JP-6. further compression of a gasket material. Used
when a specified gap is required to avoid damage
BUS A metallic electrical conductor used to make to gasket materials due to overcompression.
a common electrical connection.
CONDUCTANCE A measure of the ability of a mate-
BUTYL A synthetic rubber made by polymerization rial to conduct electric current. The reciprocal of
of butylene and isoprene or butadiene. Useful in the resistance of the material expressed in ohms.
applications involving exposure to phosphate type
hydraulic fluids. CONDUCTIVITY Conductance of a unit cube of any
material. Reciprocal of the volume resistivity,
expressed in ohms per centimeter.
C CONTACT RESISTANCE The resistance in ohms
CHOKE FLANGE A waveguide flange having a mat- between two metal objects in contact with each
ing surface designed with a slot to restrict leakage other.
of electromagnetic energy. CREEP The diameter change in time of a material
CHROMATE CONVERSION COATING A surface pro- under load.
tection treatment frequently used in shielding CURE To change the physical properties of a
applications. Although non-conductive itself, the material by chemical reaction through the action
chromate conversion coating is easily penetrated of heat or catalysts or a combination of the two.
by EMI gasket materials when pressure is
applied. This low cost finish is usually applied in
accordance with MIL-C-5541.
K-1
K. GLOSSARY
Glossary, Continued
U.S. Customary
[SI Metric] D ELECTROMAGNETIC PULSE (EMP) Broadband,
high-intensity, transient electromagnetic fields
such as those produced by lightning and nuclear
dB See DECIBEL. explosions.
DECIBEL (dB) A dimensionless unit for expressing ELECTROSTATIC CHARGE An electric charge accu-
the ratio of two values of power (10 log P1 /P2 ) mulated on an object, usually by friction.
voltage (20 log E1 /E2 ).
ELONGATION The fractional increase in length of a
DEFLECTION The amount of movement of a mate- material stressed in tension.
rial as a result of stress. Deflection of elastomers
occurs with the application of compression force. EMULSION A suspension of one fluid in another.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH The maximum potential EXPANDED METAL A technique whereby metal foil
gradient an insulating (dielectric) material can or sheet material is pierced with a pattern of small
withstand before it breaks down, (volts per mil). slits and stretched, or expanded, to yield a screen
consisting of one unbroken piece of metal.
DRY BACK Solvent activated dry adhesive for per-
manent mounting of EMI gaskets which use solid
or sponge neoprene rubber.
DYNAMIC RANGE The ratio of the specified maxi-
F
FILLER Generally, material added to another mate-
mum signal level capability of a system to its
rial in order to improve its existing properties or
noise level. Usually expressed in decibels.
add new ones. In the case of conductive elas-
tomers (e.g.,
E TECKNIT Consil materials) silver or carbon is intro-
duced to add electrical conductivity.
E-FIELD See ELECTRIC FIELD.
FLASH The excess material on a rubber part
ELASTOMER Any of various polymers having elas- resulting from rubber being forced out of the
tic properties similar to natural rubber. mold cavity during the molding operation.
ELECTRIC OR E-FIELD The high impedance, or FLUOROSILICONE A synthetic rubber useful in
electric, component of an electromagnetic wave. applications involving petroleum oils and fuels
An E-Field induces a charge of a shield. Compare and silicone oils.
MAGNETIC or H-FIELD.
FULL INTEGRITY Said of an enclosure when all
ELECTROLYTIC CORROSION Corrosion which occurs seams, joints, and apertures are completely
when a DC current flows between two metals in sealed or covered so as to provide no degradation
the presence of a conducting fluid, electrolyte. in electromagnetic shielding performance.
The rate of corrosion does not depend on the
metals (they may be the same) but upon the FUNGUS Mold, yeast, mildew, and other microor-
amount of current and the nature of the corrosive ganisms.
fluid. Compare GALVANIC CORROSION.
FUNGUS INERT Neither destroying nor supporting
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC) The fungi.
ability of electronic equipment or systems to oper-
FUNGUS RESISTANT Unaffected by fungi when
ate in their intended operational environments
tested in accordance with MIL-STD-810, Method
without causing or suffering unacceptable degra-
508.
dation because of unintentional electromagnetic
radiation or response.
ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE (EMI) Any elec-
tromagnetic interference, periodic or random,
which may have a disturbing influence on devices
exposed to it.
K-2
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
K. GLOSSARY
G HYDROSCOPIC Tending to absorb moisture.

Hz See HERTZ (Hz).
G Giga (a multiplier, 109). g Gram (metric unit of
mass). g/cm3 Gram per cubic centimeter. Metric
expression for density (mass per unit volume). I
GALVANIC CORROSION Corrosion which occurs IMPEDANCE (Z) The total opposition offered by a
between two dissimilar metals in the presence of compound or circuit to the flow of an alternating
moisture or some other electrolyte. Under these or varying current. Impedance Z is expressed in
conditions an electrochemical cell is formed and ohms and is a combination of resistance R and
current will flow from one metal to the other car- reactance X, computed as Z =ÖR2 + X2.
rying ions of the metal with it. Compare ELEC- Impedance is also computed as Z = E/I, where E
TROLYTIC CORROSION. GASKET, EMI A material, is applied a-c voltage and I is the resulting cur-
or combination of materials, which conducts elec- rent. In computations, impedance is handled as a
tricity and which is used to ensure a continuous complex ratio of voltage to current. IMPINGE-
low-impedance contact between two surfaces MENT FILTER An air filter coated with a viscous
which conduct electromagnetic energy. fluid to improve its dust attestance and holding
capacity.
GO/NO-GO A test technique in which the object
tested is required to perform in a specified man- INSERTION LOSS The loss in power due to the
ner. If it performs, it passes (GO); if it does not insertion of a gasket, window, or vent panel in a
perform, it fails (NO-GO). (e.g., a tapped hole seam, joint, or aperture. Generally expressed as
which will (GO) or will not (NO-GO) accept a par- the ratio in decibels of the power received before
ticular screwthread gauge). insertion to the power received after insertion.
GROUND A reference potential to which all signal IRIDITE See CHROMATE CONVERSION COATING.
and power voltages are established.
GROUNDING The establishment of an electrically
conductive path between two points, with one
K
point generally being a reference point. k Kilo (multiplier, 103).
GROUNDPLANE A conductive surface or plate used K kelvin (a unit of temperature).
as a common reference point for circuit returns
and electrical or signal potentials.
M
H m Milli (a multiplier, 10-3).
HARDNESS Resistance of material to plastic defor- M Mega (a multiplier, 106).

mation usually by indentation. MAGNETIC or H-FIELD The low impedance, or
HERTZ (Hz) A unit of frequency which is equiva- magnetic component of an electromagnetic wave.
lent to one cycle per second (1/s). A magnetic field induces current in a shield.
Compare ELECTRIC or E-FIELD.
H-FIELD See MAGNETIC FIELD.
MIL 0.001 inch.
HONEYCOMB A low air resistance core material
used in EMI shielding air vent panels. Generally MONEL An alloy of nickel and copper.
made of aluminum, brass, or steel, the material
consists of multiple hexagonal cells operating as
wave guides below cut-off. The material offers
extremely low resistance to air flow and high
shielding effectiveness.
K-3
K. GLOSSARY
Glossary, Continued
U.S. Customary
[SI Metric] N POT LIFE The period of time during which a react-
ing plastic or rubber compound remains suitable
for application after a reaction with an initiating
NECKING The localized reduction in cross-section agent or hardener.
that may occur in a material under tensile stress.
NEOPRENE Polychloroprene Rubber. A general
purpose polymer with many desirable characteris-
tics, including high resilience with low compres-
R
RADIATION Electromagnetic energy, such as light
sion set and flame resistance. Attacked by ozone
waves, sound waves, radio waves, x-rays, infra-
and various hydrocarbon fluids including jet fuels.
red and thermal waves traveling through a medi-
NOMINAL A stated value as opposed to an actual um or through space.
one. Values expressed as nominals may actually
RADIO WAVES (or Hertzian Waves)
express a mid point between two limits, or an
Electromagnetic waves in the frequency range of
average, normal, or typical value.
3 kHz to 300 GHz propagated in space without
NONSETTING Nonhardening. artificial guide.
REF. Reference information. Not a requirement.
O REFLECTION The loss of electromagnetic energy
due to reflection at the air-metal boundary of a
OHM (W) A unit of electrical resistance. shield. The efficiency of the reflecting shield is a
OHM-cm A unit of material volume resistivity. complex function of the wave and shield imped-
ance. Compare ABSORPTION.
OVERCOMPRESSION Compression which causes
irreparable damage to a material or component. RELATIVE CONDUCTIVITY A comparative measure
of electrical conductivity based on copper = 1.
P RESILIENCY The ratio of energy input is a rapid

instantaneous full recovery of a deformed speci-
PARAMETER A quantity to which arbitrary values men.
may be assigned. RFI Radio Frequency Interference.
PASCAL (Pa) The metric unit of pressure or stress Electromagnetic interference (EMI) within the fre-
equal to one n/m2, or 0.000145 psi. quency range 3 kHz to 300 GHz.
PERMEABILITY (µ) A relative measure of the ability RH Relative humidity.

of a material to serve as a path for magnetic lines RTV (Room Temperature Vulcanizing) An elas-
of force based on air = 1. Permeability is the tomeric adhesive which cures at room tempera-
magnetic induction B in gauss divided by the ture, about 23°C.
magnetizing force H in oersteds.
PLANE WAVE A simple wave in which all points
normal to the direction of propagation are in
phase.
S
SHELF LIFE Length of time under specified condi-
PRESSURE-SENSITIVE ADHESIVE An adhesive tions that a material retains its usability and spec-
which, under normal conditions of temperature ified properties.
and humidity, remains tacky. Used on gasket SHIELD Electrically conductive materials placed
materials as a positioning aid during equipment around a circuit, component, or cable to suppress
assembly. It is not intended to be used for perma- the effect of an electromagnetic field within or
nent mounting. See DRY BACK. beyond definite regions.
K-4
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
K. GLOSSARY
SHIELDING EFFECTIVENESS The effectiveness of a THIXOTROPIC Describes materials that are gellike
given material as a shield under a specific set of at rest but fluid when agitated.
conditions, measured in decibels (dB).
SHIELD-SEAL A material which provides both EMI
and environmental sealing.
V
VISCOSITY The resistance of a material to flow
SHORE A A scale used for the measurement of
under stress.
hardness with a durometer.
VOLUME RESISTIVITY The electrical resistance
SILICONES Polymeric materials in which the
between opposite faces of a centimeter cube of
recurring chemical group contains silicon and
material, commonly expressed in ohm-centime-
oxygen atoms as links in the main chain.
ters (ohm-cm).
SINTERED Metal particles fused together under
pressure at a temperature below their melting
points. W
Sn/Cu/Fe Tecknit designation for a tin coated, cop- W.G. Water gauge.
per- clad steel wire used to make EMI gasket
materials. WICKING Capillary absorption of liquid (including
water) along fibers or holes in a base material.
STRESS RELAXATION The decrease in stress after
a given time at constant strain. W/m-K Watt per meter-kelvin (metric unit of ther-
mal conductivity).
STRIPLINE A type of transmission line which con-
sists of a single narrow conductor parallel and
equidistant to one or two wide ground planes.
SURFACE RESISTIVITY The resistance of a material
between two opposite sides of a unit square of its
surface.
T
TEAR STRENGTH The maximum force required to
tear a specified specimen the force acting sub-
stantially parallel to the major axis of the test
specimen.
TENSILE STRENGTH The maximum tensile stress
applied during stretching a specimen to rupture.
THERMOPLASTIC A term used to describe those
materials which can be repeatedly made to flow
under the application of heat.
THERMOSETTING A term used to describe plastic
materials that are capable of being changed into
substantially infusible or insoluble products when
cured by application of heat or by chemical
means. Once cured, the plastic cannot be made
to flow.
K-5
K. GLOSSARY
Appendix A
U.S. Customary Materials normally encountered in enclosure and kHz and 100 kHz. Above 1 megahertz, the rela-
[SI Metric] shielding design are presented in Table A-1. The tive permeability approaches 1 and approximates
materials are listed in two groups. The first group- the permeability of the nonmagnetic material of
ing ranks the relative conductivity of nonmagnetic the first group.
materials from silver (most conductive) through
The effect of frequency dependent permeability
titanium (least conductive). The second group
on the absorption loss term (AdB) is shown for the
ranks the materials by relative permeability for
magnetic materials at the discrete frequencies
steel (lowest permeability) through supermalloy
from 1kHz to 1 MHz. For example, the absorption
(highest permeability). Relative permeability for
loss for Mu- Metal peaks at about 9 kHz whereas
the first group is effectively independent of fre-
supermalloy peaks at about 20 kHz with a con-
quency, whereas the materials in the second
stant magnetic induction (B) of 20 gauss.
group are highly dependent upon frequency and
magnetic induction or flux density (gauss). The last columns, relative reflection loss, depict
the effects of loss in the reflection term (RdB)
The relative permeability values for the magnetic
due to the high values of permeability at low
materials (relative permeability greater than 1, µr
frequencies.
> 1) are provided for frequencies of 1 kHz, 10
Table A-1
SHIELDING MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS
Relative Relative Permeability µr Absorption Loss (dB) Relative Reflection Loss
Conductivity B (Magnetic Ind) = 20 Gauss Per MIL Barrier Thickness (dB)
AdB = 3.334 (tin) (µrσrf)1/2= ∆RdB = 10 log10 (σr/µr)
σr f= f= *f= f= f= f= f= f= f= f=
Material (Cu=1) 1 kHz 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 kHz 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz
Group 1
Silver (Pure) 1.08 1 1 1 0.11 0.35 1.10 3.46 + 0.3 + 0.3 + 0.3
Copper (Annealed) 1.00 1 1 1 0.11 0.33 1.05 3.33 0.0 0.0 0.0
Gold 0.70 1 1 1 0.09 0.28 0.88 2.79 - 1.6 - 1.6 - 1.6
Chromium 0.66 1 1 1 0.09 0.27 0.86 2.71 - 1.8 - 1.8 - 1.8
Aluminum 0.61 1 1 1 0.08 0.26 0.82 2.60 - 2.2 - 2.2 - 2.2
Brass (91% Cu 9% Zn) 0.47 1 1 1 0.07 0.23 0.72 2.29 - 3.3 - 3.3 - 3.3
Magnesium 0.37 1 1 1 0.06 0.20 0.64 2.03 - 4.3 - 4.3 - 4.3
Tungsten 0.31 1 1 1 0.06 0.19 0.59 1.86 - 5.1 - 5.1 - 5.1
Zinc 0.30 1 1 1 0.06 0.18 0.58 1.83 - 5.2 - 5.2 - 5.2
Cadmium 0.23 1 1 1 0.05 0.16 0.51 1.60 - 6.4 - 6.4 - 6.4
Nickel 0.22 1 1 1 0.05 0.16 0.49 1.56 - 6.6 - 6.6 - 6.6
Phosphor-Bronze 0.22 1 1 1 0.05 0.16 0.49 1.56 - 6.6 - 6.6 - 6.6
Tin 0.15 1 1 1 0.04 0.13 0.41 1.29 - 8.2 - 8.2 - 8.2
Beryllium 0.10 1 1 1 0.03 0.11 0.33 1.05 - 10.0 - 10.0 - 10.0
Lead 0.08 1 1 1 0.03 0.09 0.30 0.94 - 11.0 - 11.0 - 11.0
Monel 0.041 1 1 1 0.02 0.07 0.21 0.68 - 13.9 - 13.9 - 13.9
Manganese 0.040 1 1 1 0.02 0.07 0.21 0.67 - 14.0 - 14.0 - 14.0
Titanium 0.039 1 1 1 0.02 0.07 0.21 0.66 - 14.1 - 14.1 - 14.1
Group II
Steel 0.10 180 60 5 0.45 0.82 0.75 1.05 -27.8 - 17.0 - 10.0
Iron 0.17 200 100 10 0.61 1.37 1.37 1.37 -27.7 -17.7 - 7.7
4% Silicon Iron 0.23 500 150 10 1.13 1.96 1.60 1.60 -28.1 -16.4 - 6.4
Permalloy 0.21 2,500 800 50 2.42 4.32 3.42 1.53 -35.8 -23.8 - 6.8
Hypernik 0.21 4,500 1,400 95 3.24 5.72 4.71 1.53 -38.2 -26.6 - 6.8
Iron (Purified) 0.17 5,000 1,500 100 3.07 5.32 4.35 1.37 -39.5 -27.7 - 7.7
Mu-Metal 0.20 20,000 6,000 400 6.67 11.55 9.43 1.49 -44.8 -33.0 - 7.0
Supermalloy 0.20 100,000 30,000 2,000 14.91 25.83 21.09 1.49 -51.8 -40.0 - 7.0
K-6
U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178
K. GLOSSARY
K-7
USA
Tecknit - Corporate Headquarter
505 W. 3rd Ave.
Denver, CO 80223
e-mail: tecknit@tecknit.com
www.tecknit.com
Tecknit
135 Bryant Avenue
Cranford, NJ 07016
Tel: 908-272-5500
Fax: 908-272-2741
e-mail: tecknit@tecknit.com
www.tecknit.com
UK
Tecknit Europe
Swingbridge Road,
Grantham, England NG31 7XT
Tel: 44 1476.590600
Fax: 44 1476.591600
e-mail: tecknit@twp-europe.co.uk
www.emcshielding.co.uk
SPAIN
Tecknit Europe Espana S L
C/Juan De La Cierna No 4
Pol.Ind.Ntra.Stra De Butarque
28914 Leganes
Madrid, Spain
Tel: 00 34 91 4810178
Fax: 00 34 91 4810056
e-mail: tecknit@twp-europe.co.uk
MEXICO
Tecknit de Mexico S.A. de C.V.
Boulevard Milenium 209
Parque Industrial Milenium
Apodaca, N.L. 66600, Mexico
Tel: 011 528-369-8610
Fax: 011 528-369-8611
e-mail: tecknit.@tecknit.com
www.tecknit.com
CHINA
Tecknit (Beijing) Electronics Technologies Co. Ltd.
902 Zhong He Industrial Park.
No. 16 Zhong He Road
Beijing Economic & Technological Development Zone
Beijing 100176, China
Tel: (8610) 6788-4650
Fax (8610) 6788-4649
e-mail: tecknit@tecknit.com.cn
www.tecknit.com.cn

Shenzhen Branch.
3/F Bldg 2 CATIC Shahe North Industrial District
Overseas Chinese Town
Shenzhen, China
Tel: 86-755-2692-9460
Fax: 86-755-2692-9461
www.tecknit.com.cn

Shanghai Branch
70 Cao Bao Road
Bldg. C, Suite 3003
Shanghai, China
Tel: 86 021-6432-6760
Fax: 86 021-6432-6762
www.tecknit.com.cn
ISO
ALIT
U
Q
Y
D
C E
R
T I F I
©Copyright 2005 Tecknit-Printed in USA

Rev. 06.1

Tecknit Catalog PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tecknit Catalog PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tecknit Catalog PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TECKNIT EM!

Today, Tecknit supplies shielding solutions to an

Mexico: 528-18-369-8610 • China: 86-10-67884650 • www.tecknit.com

U.S. Customary INTRODUCTION ..............................................................................................................1 - 4

B - Metal Fibers And Screens

CONSIL® - E (Extruded Silver-Filled Silicone Elastomer) ............................................D25 - D26 81

F - Air Vent Panels

I - Beryllium Copper Gaskets

K - Glossary and Appendix A....................................................................K1 -K6

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

STANDARD PRODUCTS AND SPECIALS causing or suffering unacceptable performance

A simpler method for studying the effects of elec-

To maintain the shielding integrity of an enclosure FILTERS

maintain isolation of different circuit types as pre-

As one might expect, the military emission limits

Figure 14 shows a trapezoidal wave with a finite

c. Compression Set Selection of a gasketing mate-

6. Best overall sealing performance. H = gasket height

Solid elastomers are not compressible. They are FIGURE 20

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

TECKNIT STRIPS (Knitted Wire Mesh Material) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A1 - A2

Mexico: 528-18-369-8610 • China: 86-10-67884650 • www.tecknit.com

U.S. Customary GENERAL DESCRIPTION

ROUND CROSS SECTION ROUND WITH FIN

DIA. O/A PART DIA. O/A PART

U.S. Customary GENERAL DESCRIPTION

APPLICATION INFORMATION SPECIFICATIONS

TABLE 1-STANDARD FORMS AVAILABLE

SINGLE FIN ELASTOMER NEOPRENE SPONGE CORE SILICONE SPONGE CORE

ROUND DOUBLE KNITTED ELASTOMER DIAMETER SILICONE HOLLOW CORE

ELASTOMER TOLERANCES: ±.031 in. [0.79 mm] ORDERING INFORMATION

EMI Shielding Tape

U.S. Customary GENERAL DESCRIPTION

TIN COATING 3% by weight offering

COPPER CLADDING 40%

STEEL CORE 57% by weight offing

Figure 1. Cross section of Sn/Cu/Fe wire.

EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS

TAPE LENGTH VS. CABLE SIZE TECKNIT LENGTH OF

WIRE TYPE / WIRE DIAMETER

U.S. Customary GENERAL DESCRIPTION

EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE ORDERING INFORMATION

Figure 1. Cross Section

Wrap tape around the cable starting at one end.

Seamless Knitted Wire

U.S. Customary GENERAL DESCRIPTION

MATERIAL RECOMMENDATIONS EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE

SEAMLESS KNITTED WIRE MESH gaskets may

*Dimensions applicable to parts under a 4 oz. [113g] load using .75 in

Custom Knitted Wire

U.S. Customary GENERAL DESCRIPTION

INSPECTION METHODS ORDERING INFORMATION

Duostrips and Duogaskets ™ ™

U.S. Customary GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS

APPLICATION INFORMATION - Phosphor Bronze: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diameter,

CROSS SECTION NEOPRENE SPONGE SILICONE SPONGE

TWIN MESH DUOSTRIP

DIMENSIONS in. [mm] PLAIN TECKSTIK ADH. PLAIN TECKSTIK-SIL. ADH.

Duostrips, Duogaskets Cont.